Field	Description
Free	Number of free IP addresses.
In use	Number of IP addresses that have been assigned.
In use IP addresses	Information about the IP addresses that have been assigned.
Interface	Local interface that requests the IP address for the peer interface.

display ppp access-user

Use display ppp access-user to display PPP user information.

Syntax

display ppp access-user { interface interface-type interface-number [ count ] | ip-address ipv4-address | ipv6-address ipv6-address | username user-name | user-type { lac | lns | pppoa | pppoe } [ count ] }

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Displays brief information about PPP users on the specified interface.

ip-address ipv4-address: Displays detailed information about the PPP user specified by its IPv4 address.

ipv6-address ipv6-address: Displays detailed information about the PPP user specified by its IPv6 address.

username user-name: Displays detailed information about the PPP user specified by its username, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 80 characters.

user-type: Displays brief information about online users of the specified type.

lac: Displays brief information about L2TP users for an LAC.

lns: Displays brief information about L2TP users for an LNS.

pppoa: Displays brief information about PPPoA users.

pppoe: Displays brief information about PPPoE users.

Usage guidelines

Brief information about a PPP user includes the following:

· Brief name of the VA interface.

· Username.

· MAC address.

· IPv4 address, IPv6 address, or IPv6 prefix of the PPP user.

Detailed information about a PPP user includes the following:

· Brief name of the VA interface.

· User ID.

· Username.

· Authentication information.

· Uplink and downlink traffic.

· Access start time of the PPP user.

Examples

# Display brief information about PPP users on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display ppp access-user interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Interface Username MAC address IP address IPv6 address IPv6 PDPrefix

VA0 user1@h3c 0001-0101-9101 192.168.100.173 - -

VA1 user2@h3c 0001-0101-9101 192.168.80.173 2000::1 -

# Display the total number of PPP users on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display ppp access-user interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1 count

Total users: 2

Table 2 Command output

Field	Description
Interface	Name of the VA interface corresponding to the user.
Username	Username of the user. A hyphen (-) means that the user does not need authentication.
MAC address	MAC address of the user. A hyphen (-) means that the user is not a PPPoE user.
IP address	IP address of the user. A hyphen (-) means that no IP address is assigned to the user.
IPv6 address	IPv6 address of the user. A hyphen (-) means that no IPv6 address is assigned to the user.
IPv6 PDPrefix	IPv6 prefix of the user. A hyphen (-) means that no IPv6 prefix is assigned to the user.
Total users	Total number of PPP users.

# Display detailed information about the PPP user whose IP address is 50.50.50.3.

<Sysname> display ppp access-user ip-address 50.50.50.3

Basic:

Interface: VA0

User ID: 0x28000002

Username: user1@hrss

Domain: hrss

Access interface: RAGG2

Service-VLAN/Customer-VLAN: -/-

MAC address: 0000-0000-0001

IP address: 50.50.50.3

IPv6 address: -

IPv6 PD prefix: -

VPN instance: 123

Access type: PPPoE

Authentication type: CHAP

AAA:

Authentication state: Authenticated

Authorization state: Authorized

Realtime accounting switch: Open

Realtime accounting interval: 60s

Accounting start time: 2013-1-19 2:42:3:382

Accounting state: Accounting

Online time(hh:mm:ss): 0:7:34

Idle cut: 0 sec 0 byte

Session timeout: 12000s

Time remained: 8000s

Byte remained: 20971520 bytes

Redirect WebURL: http://6.6.6.6

ACL&QoS:

User profile: profile123 (active)

User group profile: -

Inbound CAR: CIR 64000bps PIR 640000bps CBS 500bit

Outbound CAR: CIR 64000bps PIR 640000bps CBS 500bit

NAT:

Global IP address: 111.8.0.200

Port block: 28744-28748

Flow Statistic:

IPv4 uplink packets/bytes: 7/546

IPv4 downlink packets/bytes: 0/0

IPv6 uplink packets/bytes: 0/0

IPv6 downlink packets/bytes: 0/0

ITA:

Level-1 uplink packets/bytes: 100/128000

downlink packets/bytes: 200/256000

Level-2 uplink packets/bytes: 100/128000

downlink packets/bytes: 200/256000

Table 3 Command output

Field	Description
Basic	Basic information.
Interface	Brief name of the VA interface that corresponds to the user.
Username	Username of the user. A hyphen (-) means that the user does not need authentication.
Domain	ISP domain name for authentication. A hyphen (-) means that no ISP domain is specified for authentication.
Access interface	Name of the access interface of the user.
Service-VLAN/Customer-VLAN	Service provider VLAN and customer VLAN information of the user. A hyphen (-) means that no VLAN information is available.
IP address	IP address of the user. A hyphen (-) means that no IP address is assigned to the user.
IPv6 address	IPv6 address of the user. A hyphen (-) means that no IPv6 address is assigned to the user.
IPv6 PD prefix	Delegated IPv6 prefix of the user. A hyphen (-) means that no delegated IPv6 prefix is assigned to the user.
VPN instance	VPN instance to which the user belongs. A hyphen (-) means that the user is not bound to any VPN instance.
Access type	Access type of the user: · PPPoE. · PPPoA. · L2TP.
Authentication type	Authentication type of the user: · PAP. · CHAP. · MS-CHAP. · MS-CHAP-V2.
Authentication state	Authentication state of the user: · Idle—The user has not been authenticated. · Authenticating—The user is being authenticated. · Authenticated—The user has been authenticated.
Authorization state	Authorization state of the user: · Idle—The user has not been authorized. · Authorizing—The user is being authorized. · Authorized—The user has been authorized.
Realtime accounting switch	· Open—The switch is on. · Closed—The switch is off.
Realtime accounting interval	Realtime accounting interval in seconds. A hyphen (-) means that no real-time accounting interval is authorized.
Login time	Time when the user accessed the device through PPP.
Accounting start time	Time when accounting started. A hyphen (-) means that no accounting is performed on the user.
Online time(hh:mm:ss)	Online duration of the current login.
Accounting state	Accounting state of the user: · Accounting—Accounting is on. · Stop—Accounting stops.
Idle cut	Traffic threshold for logging off the user in idle state. If the traffic is less than the threshold within the specified period, the user is forcibly logged off.
Session timeout	Authorization time for the user, in seconds. A hyphen (-) means that no authorization time is specified for the user.
Time remained	Remaining time for the user to stay online, in seconds. A hyphen (-) means that no authorization time is specified for the user.
Byte remained	Remaining traffic for the user. A hyphen (-) means that no authorization traffic is specified for the user.
Redirect WebURL	Redirect Web URL address for the user. A hyphen (-) means that no redirect Web URL address is specified for the user.
User profile	Name of the authorized user profile. The hyphen (-) means that no user profile is authorized. The user profile has two states: · active—The authorized user profile is successfully issued. · inactive—The authorized user profile fails to be issued.
User group profile	Name of the authorized user group profile. The hyphen (-) means that no user group profile is authorized. The user group profile has two states: · active—The authorized user group profile is successfully issued. · inactive—The authorized user group profile fails to be issued.
Inbound CAR	Authorized inbound CARs, which contain the CIR and the PIR in bps and the CBS in bits.
Outbound CAR	Authorized outbound CARs, which contain the CIR and the PIR in bps and the CBS in bits.
Global IP address	Global IP address of the user. This field is displayed if NAT444 is used. For information about NAT444, see Layer 3—IP Services Configuration Guide.
Port block	Port block of the user, from the start port to the end port. This field is displayed if NAT444 is used.
IPv4 uplink packets/bytes	Number of packets and bytes for IPv4 uplink traffic.
IPv4 downlink packets/bytes	Number of packets and bytes for IPv4 downlink traffic.
IPv6 uplink packets/bytes	Number of packets and bytes for IPv6 uplink traffic.
IPv6 downlink packets/bytes	Number of packets and bytes for IPv6 downlink traffic.
ITA	ITA statistics. ITA statistics are displayed after ITA is enabled. If the traffic-separate enable command is configured, ITA statistics are not included in flow statistics. For information about ITA and the traffic-separate enable command, see Security Configuration Guide.
Level-n uplink packets/bytes downlink packets/bytes	Number of packets and bytes for uplink traffic at accounting level n. The value for n depends on the traffic level command, and its value range is 1 to 8.

Related commands

reset ppp access-user

display ppp compression iphc

Use display ppp compression iphc to display IP header compression (IPHC) statistics.

Syntax

display ppp compression iphc { rtp | tcp } [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

rtp: Displays IPHC RTP header compression statistics.

tcp: Displays IPHC TCP header compression statistics.

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify this option, the command displays IPHC statistics on all interfaces.

Usage guidelines

When IPHC applies to an MP link:

· If an MP template is used, such as a VT interface or a dialer interface, the associated VA interface performs IPHC. You can view the compression information on the VA interface.

· If an MP-group interface is used, the MP-group interface performs IPHC. You can view the compression information on the MP-group interface.

When IPHC applies to a normal PPP link, the physical interface performs IPHC. You can view the compression information on the physical interface.

Examples

# Display IPHC RTP header compression statistics.

<Sysname> display ppp compression iphc rtp

----------------------Slot1----------------------

Interface: Virtual-Access0

Received:

Compressed/Error/Total: 0/0/0 packets

Sent:

Compressed/Total: 0/0 packets

Sent/Saved/Total: 0/0/0 bytes

Packet-based compression ratio: 0%

Byte-based compression ratio: 0%

Connections:

Rx/Tx: 16/16

Five-Minute-Miss: 0 (Misses/5Mins)

Max-Miss: 0

# Display IPHC TCP header compression statistics.

<Sysname>display ppp compression iphc tcp

----------------------Slot1----------------------

Interface: Virtual-Access0

Received:

Compressed/Error/Total: 0/0/0 packets

Sent:

Compressed/Total: 0/0 packets

Sent/Saved/Total: 0/0/0 bytes

Packet-based compression ratio: 0%

Byte-based compression ratio: 0%

Connections:

Rx/Tx: 16/16

Five-Minute-Miss: 0 (Misses/5Mins)

Max-Miss: 0

Table 4 Command output

Field	Description
Received: Compressed/Error/Total	Statistics for received packets: · Compressed—Number of compressed packets. · Error—Number of error packets. · Total—Total number of received packets.
Sent: Compressed/Total Sent/Saved/Total Packet-based compression ratio Byte-based compression ratio	Statistics for sent packets: · Compressed—Number of compressed packets. · Total—Total number of sent packets. · Sent—Bytes of sent packets. · Saved—Bytes of saved packets. · Total—Total bytes to be sent if packets are not compressed. · Packet-based compression ratio—Ratio of compressed packets to the total sent packets. · Byte-based compression ratio—Ratio of saved bytes to the total sent bytes.
Connections: Rx/Tx Five-Minute-Miss Max-Miss	Number of connections. · Rx—Number of connections that the receiver can decompress. · Tx—Number of connections that the sender can compress. · Five-Minute-Miss—Number of search failures within the last 5 minutes. · Max-Miss—Maximum number of search failures within 5 minutes.

Field

Description

Received:

Compressed/Error/Total

Statistics for received packets:

· Compressed—Number of compressed packets.

· Error—Number of error packets.

· Total—Total number of received packets.

Sent:

Compressed/Total

Sent/Saved/Total

Packet-based compression ratio

Byte-based compression ratio

Statistics for sent packets:

· Compressed—Number of compressed packets.

· Total—Total number of sent packets.

· Sent—Bytes of sent packets.

· Saved—Bytes of saved packets.

· Total—Total bytes to be sent if packets are not compressed.

· Packet-based compression ratio—Ratio of compressed packets to the total sent packets.

· Byte-based compression ratio—Ratio of saved bytes to the total sent bytes.

Connections:

Rx/Tx

Five-Minute-Miss

Max-Miss

Number of connections.

· Rx—Number of connections that the receiver can decompress.

· Tx—Number of connections that the sender can compress.

· Five-Minute-Miss—Number of search failures within the last 5 minutes.

· Max-Miss—Maximum number of search failures within 5 minutes.

Related commands

ppp compression iphc enable

reset ppp compression iphc

ip address ppp-negotiate

Use ip address ppp-negotiate to enable IP address negotiation on an interface, so that the interface can accept the IP address allocated by the server.

Use undo ip address ppp-negotiate to restore the default.

Syntax

ip address ppp-negotiate

undo ip address ppp-negotiate

Default

IP address negotiation is disabled on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

If you execute the ip address ppp-negotiate and ip address commands multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Enable IP address negotiation on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ip address ppp-negotiate

Related commands

ip address (Layer 3—IP Services Command Reference)

remote address

ip pool

Use ip pool to configure a PPP address pool.

Use undo ip pool to remove a PPP address pool or an IP address range of the PPP address pool.

Syntax

ip pool pool-name start-ip-address [ end-ip-address ] [ group group-name ]

undo ip pool pool-name [ start-ip-address [ end-ip-address ] ]

Default

No PPP address pool is configured.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

pool-name: Specifies a name for the PPP address pool to be created, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

start-ip-address [ end-ip-address ]: Specifies an IP address range. If you do not specify the end-ip-address argument, the PPP address pool has only the start IP address.

group group-name: Specifies a group by its name to which the PPP address pool belongs. The group name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify this option, the group name is default (the default group).

Usage guidelines

The system supports multiple address spaces that each correspond to a VPN instance. The same IP addresses can exist in different address spaces.

Each address space is represented by a group. One group can contain multiple PPP address pools, but one PPP address pool can belong to only one group.

One PPP address pool can contain multiple IP address ranges. You can execute this command multiple times to specify multiple IP address ranges for a PPP address pool. A PPP address pool can contain a maximum of 65535 IP addresses, and so can an IP address range.

IP address ranges in different groups can be overlapping, but those in the same group cannot.

Changes to a PPP address pool do not affect assigned IP addresses. For example, if you delete a PPP address pool from which an IP address has been assigned, the IP address can still be used.

When assigning IP address to users through a PPP address pool, make sure the PPP address pool excludes the gateway IP address of the PPP address pool.

Examples

# Configure PPP address pool aaa that contains IP addresses 129.102.0.1 through 129.102.0.10 for group a.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ip pool aaa 129.102.0.1 129.102.0.10 group a

Related commands

display ip pool

ip pool gateway

Use ip pool gateway to configure a gateway address for a PPP address pool.

Use undo ip pool gateway to remove the gateway address for the specified PPP address pool.

Syntax

ip pool pool-name gateway ip-address [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo ip pool pool-name gateway

Default

A PPP address pool is not configured with a gateway address.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

pool-name: Specifies an existing PPP address pool by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

ip-address: Specifies a gateway address for the PPP address pool.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an existing MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify this option, the specified gateway belongs to the public network.

Usage guidelines

The IP pool gateway setting takes precedence over the DHCP pool gateway setting.

An interface on a BRAS must have an IP address before it can assign an IP address from a PPP or DHCP address pool to a client. This command enables interfaces that have no IP address to use a gateway address for IPCP negotiation and address allocation.

When you configure a gateway address for a PPP address pool, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

· If you also specify an IP address for an interface, the interface uses its own IP address to perform IPCP negotiation.

· You can specify only one gateway address for a PPP address pool. Different PPP address pools must have different gateway addresses (different combinations of ip-address and vpn-instance-name).

· You can specify any gateway address for a PPP address pool.

Examples

# Specify gateway address 1.1.1.1 and VPN instance test for PPP address pool aaa.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ip pool aaa gateway 1.1.1.1 vpn-instance test

Related commands

ip pool

link-protocol ppp

Use link-protocol ppp to enable PPP encapsulation on an interface.

Syntax

link-protocol ppp

Default

PPP encapsulation is enabled on all interfaces except Ethernet, VLAN, and ATM interfaces.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Enable PPP encapsulation on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] link-protocol ppp

nas-port-type

Use nas-port-type to configure the nas-port-type attribute on a VT interface.

Use undo nas-port-type to restore the default.

Syntax

nas-port-type { 802.11 | adsl-cap | adsl-dmt | async | cable | ethernet | g.3-fax | hdlc | idsl | isdn-async-v110 | isdn-async-v120 | isdn-sync | piafs | sdsl | sync | virtual | wireless-other | x.25 | x.75 | xdsl }

undo nas-port-type

Default

The nas-port-type attribute is determined by the service type and link type of the PPP user, as shown in Table 5.

Table 5 Default nas-port-type attribute

Service type	Link type	Nas-port-type attribute
PPPoE	Layer 3 virtual Ethernet interface	xdsl
PPPoE	Other interfaces	ethernet
PPPoA	Any	xdsl
L2TP	Any	virtual

Views

VT interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

802.11: Specifies IEEE 802.11. The code value is 19.

adsl-cap: Specifies asymmetric DSL, Carrierless Amplitude Phase. The code value is 12.

adsl-dmt: Specifies asymmetric DSL, Discrete Multi-Tone. The code value is 13.

async: Specifies async. The code value is 0.

cable: Specifies cable. The code value is 17.

ethernet: Specifies Ethernet. The code value is 15.

g.3-fax: Specifies G.3 Fax. The code value is 10.

hdlc: Specifies HDLC Clear Channel. The code value is 7.

idsl: Specifies ISDN Digital Subscriber Line. The code value is 14.

isdn-async-v110: Specifies ISDN Async V.110. The code value is 4.

isdn-async-v120: Specifies ISDN Async V.120. The code value is 3.

isdn-sync: Specifies ISDN Sync. The code value is 2.

piafs: Specifies PHS Internet Access Forum Standard. The code value is 6.

sdsl: Specifies symmetric DSL. The code value is 11.

sync: Specifies sync. The code value is 1.

virtual: Specifies virtual. The code value is 5.

wireless-other: Specifies wireless–other. The code value is 18.

x.25: Specifies X.25. The code value is 8.

x.75: Specifies X.75. The code value is 9.

xdsl: Specifies Digital Subscriber Line of unknown type. The code value is 16.

Usage guidelines

The nas-port-type attribute is used for RADIUS authentication and accounting. For more information about the nas-port-type attribute, see RFC 2865.

Examples

# Set the nas-port-type attribute to sync for Virtual-Template 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-template 1

[Sysname-Virtual-Template1] nas-port-type sync

ppp accm

Use ppp accm to set the ACCM value sent to the peer on an interface.

Use undo ppp accm to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp accm hex-number

undo ppp accm

Default

The ACCM value sent to the peer is 0x000A0000 on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

hex-number: Specifies an ACCM value in hexadecimal format, in the range of 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF.

Usage guidelines

ACCM negotiation only applies to asynchronous links.

Examples

# Set the ACCM value sent to the peer to 0x01010101 on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp accm 01010101

ppp account-statistics enable

Use ppp account-statistics enable to enable PPP accounting on an interface.

Use undo ppp account-statistics enable to disable PPP accounting on an interface.

Syntax

ppp account-statistics enable [ acl { acl-number | name acl-name } ]

undo ppp account-statistics enable

Default

PPP accounting is disabled on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

acl: Specifies an ACL to match traffic. If no ACL is specified, the device generates statistics for all PPP traffic.

acl-number: Specifies an ACL by its number in the range of 2000 to 3999, where:

· 2000 to 2999 are numbers for basic IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs.

· 3000 to 3999 are numbers for advanced IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs.

If the specified ACL number corresponds to an IPv4 ACL and an IPv6 ACL, both ACLs take effect.

name acl-name: Specifies an ACL by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters that start with an alphabetical character. To avoid confusion, do not use all as an ACL name.

Examples

# Enable PPP accounting on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp account-statistics enable

ppp acfc local-request

Use ppp acfc local-request to configure an interface to send ACFC requests by including the ACFC option in outbound LCP negotiation requests.

Use undo ppp acfc local-request to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp acfc local-request

undo ppp acfc local-request

Default

An interface does not include the ACFC option in outbound LCP negotiation requests.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Configure Serial 2/1/0 to send ACFC requests to the peer in PPP negotiation.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp acfc local-request

ppp acfc remote-reject

Use ppp acfc remote-reject to configure an interface to reject ACFC requests received from the remote peer.

Use undo ppp acfc remote-reject to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp acfc remote-reject

undo ppp acfc remote-reject

Default

An interface accepts ACFC requests received from the remote peer, and it performs ACFC on frames sent to the peer.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Configure Serial 2/1/0 to reject ACFC requests received from the remote peer.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp acfc remote-reject

ppp authentication-mode

Use ppp authentication-mode to configure PPP authentication on an interface.

Use undo ppp authentication-mode to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp authentication-mode { chap | ms-chap | ms-chap-v2 | pap } * [ [ call-in ] domain { isp-name | default enable isp-name } ]

undo ppp authentication-mode

Default

PPP authentication is disabled on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

chap: Uses CHAP authentication.

ms-chap: Uses MS-CHAP authentication.

ms-chap-v2: Uses MS-CHAP-V2 authentication.

pap: Uses PAP authentication.

call-in: Authenticates the call-in users only. This keyword can be configured when the local end acts as the receiving end of DDR calls. For more information about DDR, see Layer 2—WAN Access Configuration Guide.

domain isp-name: Specifies the ISP domain name for authentication, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

default enable isp-name: Specifies the default ISP domain name for authentication, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

Usage guidelines

PPP authentication includes the following categories:

· PAP—Two-way handshake authentication. The password is in plain text or cipher text.

· CHAP—Three-way handshake authentication. The password is in plain text or cipher text.

· MS-CHAP—Three-way handshake authentication. The password is in cipher text.

· MS-CHAP-V2—Three-way handshake authentication. The password is in cipher text.

You can configure multiple authentication modes.

In any PPP authentication mode, AAA determines whether a user can pass the authentication through a local authentication database or an AAA server. For more information about AAA authentication, see Security Configuration Guide.

If you configure the ppp authentication-mode command with the domain keyword specified, you must perform the following tasks:

· Use the specified ISP domain to authenticate the peer.

· Use a PPP address pool associated with this ISP domain for address allocation (if necessary).

You can use the display domain command to display the domain configuration.

The system can obtain ISP domains through multiple ways during user authentication. The system chooses one of the following ISP domains for authentication in descending priority order:

· ISP domain specified by the domain isp-name option. Use a PPP address pool associated with this ISP domain for address allocation (if necessary). You can use the display domain command to display the domain configuration.

· ISP domain contained in the username. If the ISP domain does not exist on the local device, the user's access request is denied.

· ISP domain specified by the default enable isp-name option.

· Default ISP domain in the system. You can use the domain default command to configure the default ISP domain. If no default ISP domain is configured, the default ISP domain (system) is used.

For authentication on a dialup interface, configure authentication on both the physical interface and the dialer interface. When a physical interface receives a DDR call request, it first initiates PPP negotiation and authenticates the dial-in user. Then it passes the call to the upper layer protocol.

Examples

# Configure Serial 2/1/0 to authenticate the peer by using PAP.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp authentication-mode pap

# Configure Serial 2/1/0 to authenticate the peer by using PAP, CHAP, and MS-CHAP.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp authentication-mode pap chap ms-chap

Related commands

domain default (Security Command Reference)

local-user (Security Command Reference)

ppp chap password

ppp chap user

ppp pap local-user

ppp chap password

Use ppp chap password to set the password for CHAP authentication on an interface.

Use undo ppp chap password to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp chap password { cipher | simple } string

undo ppp chap password

Default

No password is set for CHAP authentication on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cipher: Specifies a password in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies a password in plaintext form. For security purposes, the password specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the password. Its plaintext form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters. Its encrypted form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 97 characters.

Examples

# Set the password for CHAP authentication to plaintext password sysname on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp chap password simple sysname

Related commands

ppp authentication-mode chap

ppp chap user

Use ppp chap user to set the username for CHAP authentication on an interface.

Use undo ppp chap user to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp chap user username

undo ppp chap user

Default

The username for CHAP authentication is null on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

username: Specifies the username for CHAP authentication, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 80 characters. The username is sent to the peer for the local device to be authenticated.

Usage guidelines

To pass CHAP authentication, the username/password of one side must be the local username/password on the peer.

Examples

# Set the username for CHAP authentication to Root on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp chap user Root

Related commands

ppp authentication-mode chap

ppp compression iphc enable

Use ppp compression iphc enable to enable IPHC on an interface.

Use undo ppp compression iphc enable to disable IPHC on an interface.

Syntax

ppp compression iphc enable [ nonstandard ]

undo ppp compression iphc enable

Default

IPHC is disabled on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

nonstandard: Specifies the nonstandard encapsulation format. If you do not specify this keyword, packets are encapsulated in standard format. You must specify this keyword when the device communicates with a non-H3C device. If you specify this keyword, this command enables RTP header compression.

Usage guidelines

IPHC includes RTP header compression and TCP header compression.

Enabling or disabling IPHC enables or disables both RTP header compression and TCP header compression.

To use IPHC, you must enable it on both sides of a PPP link.

When you enable IPHC on a VT, dialer, or ISDN interface, the setting does not immediately take effect. For the setting to take effect, execute the shutdown and then undo shutdown commands on the interface or its bound physical interface.

Examples

# Enable IPHC on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp compression iphc enable

ppp compression iphc rtp-connections

Use ppp compression iphc rtp-connections to set the maximum number of connections for which an interface can perform RTP header compression.

Use undo ppp compression iphc rtp-connections to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp compression iphc tcp-connections number

undo ppp compression iphc tcp-connections

Default

An interface can perform RTP header compression for a maximum of 16 connections.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

number: Specifies the maximum number of connections for which an interface can perform RTP header compression. The value range for this argument is 3 to 1000:

· When the number argument is set to a value less than or equal to 256, packets are compressed in the format of COMPRESSED RTP 8.

· When the number argument is set to a value greater than 256, packets are compressed in the format of COMPRESSED RTP 16.

Usage guidelines

RTP is a connection-oriented protocol. An interface can accommodate multiple RTP connections.

RTP header compression occupies memory resources for maintaining connection information. This command can limit memory resources used by compression. For example, if you set the limit to 3, RTP header compression only applies to a maximum of three RTP connections.

After you execute this command, you must shut down and then bring up the interface to make the command take effect.

You can configure this command only when IPHC is enabled. The configuration is removed after IPHC is disabled.

Examples

# Set the maximum number of connections for which Serial 2/1/0 can perform RTP header compression to 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp compression iphc enable

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp compression iphc rtp-connections 10

Related commands

ppp compression iphc enable

ppp compression iphc tcp-connections

Use ppp compression iphc tcp-connections to set the maximum number of connections for which an interface can perform TCP header compression.

Use undo ppp compression iphc tcp-connections to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp compression iphc tcp-connections number

undo ppp compression iphc tcp-connections

Default

An interface can perform TCP header compression for a maximum of 16 connections.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

number: Specifies the maximum number of connections for which an interface can perform TCP header compression. The value range for this argument is 3 to 256.

Usage guidelines

TCP is a connection-oriented protocol. A link can accommodate multiple TCP connections.

TCP header compression occupies memory resources for maintaining connection information. This command can limit memory resources used by compression. For example, if you set the limit to 3, TCP header compression only applies to a maximum of three TCP connections.

After you execute this command, you must shut down and then bring up the interface to make the command take effect.

You can configure this command only when IPHC is enabled and packets are encapsulated in standard format. The configuration is removed after IPHC is disabled or packets are encapsulated in nonstandard format.

Examples

# Set the maximum number of connections for which Serial 2/1/0 can perform TCP header compression to 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp compression iphc enable

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp compression iphc tcp-connections 10

Related commands

ppp compression iphc enable

ppp ipcp dns

Use ppp ipcp dns to configure the primary and secondary DNS server IP addresses to be allocated in PPP negotiation on an interface.

Use undo ppp ipcp dns to delete the primary and secondary DNS server IP addresses to be allocated in PPP negotiation on an interface.

Syntax

ppp ipcp dns primary-dns-address [ secondary-dns-address ]

undo ppp ipcp dns primary-dns-address [ secondary-dns-address ]

Default

The DNS server IP addresses to be allocated in PPP negotiation are not configured on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

primary-dns-address: Specifies a primary DNS server IP address.

secondary-dns-address: Specifies a secondary DNS server IP address.

Usage guidelines

A device can assign DNS server IP addresses to its peer during PPP negotiation when the peer initiates requests.

To check the allocated DNS server IP addresses, execute the winipcfg or ipconfig /all command on the host.

Examples

# Set the primary and secondary DNS server IP addresses to 100.1.1.1 and 100.1.1.2 for the peer on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp ipcp dns 100.1.1.1 100.1.1.2

ppp ipcp dns admit-any

Use ppp ipcp dns admit-any to configure an interface to accept the DNS server IP addresses assigned by the peer even though it does not request DNS server IP addresses from the peer.

Use undo ppp ipcp dns admit-any to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp ipcp dns admit-any

undo ppp ipcp dns admit-any

Default

An interface does not accept the DNS server IP addresses assigned by the peer if it does not request DNS server IP addresses from the peer.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

You can configure an interface to accept the DNS server IP addresses assigned by the peer, through which domain names can be resolved for the device.

Typically, the server assigns a DNS server address to a client in PPP negotiation only when the client is configured with the ppp ipcp dns request command. Some servers, however, forcibly assign DNS server addresses to clients. You must configure the ppp ipcp dns admit-any command on the client devices to accept the DNS server addresses.

Examples

# Configure Serial 2/1/0 to accept DNS server IP addresses allocated by the peer.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp ipcp dns admit-any

Related commands

ppp ipcp dns request

Use ppp ipcp dns request to enable an interface to actively request the DNS server IP address from its peer.

Use undo ppp ipcp dns request to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp ipcp dns request

undo ppp ipcp dns request

Default

An interface does not actively request the DNS server IP address from its peer.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

If a device is connected to a provider's access server through a PPP link, you can use this command. Then, the device can obtain the specified DNS server IP address from the access server during IPCP negotiation.

You can check the DNS server IP addresses by displaying information about the interface.

Examples

# Enable Serial 2/1/0 to actively request the DNS server IP address from its peer.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp ipcp dns request

ppp ipcp remote-address match

Use ppp ipcp remote-address match to enable the IP segment match feature for PPP IPCP negotiation on an interface.

Use undo ppp ipcp remote-address match to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp ipcp remote-address match

undo ppp ipcp remote-address match

Default

The IP segment match feature is disabled for PPP IPCP negotiation on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command enables the local interface to check whether its IP address and the IP address of the remote interface are in the same network segment. If they are not, IPCP negotiation fails.

Examples

# Enable the IP segment match feature on Virtual-Template 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-template 1

[Sysname-Virtual-Template1] ppp ipcp remote-address match

ppp ip-pool route

Use ppp ip-pool route to configure a PPP address pool route.

Use undo ppp ip-pool route to remove a PPP address pool route.

Syntax

ppp ip-pool route ip-address { mask-length | mask } [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo ppp ip-pool route ip-address { mask-length | mask } [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No PPP address pool route is configured.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address: Specifies the destination IP address of the PPP address pool route, in dotted decimal notation.

mask-length: Specifies a mask length for the IP address, in the range of 0 to 32.

mask: Specifies a mask for the IP address, in dotted decimal notation.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify this option, the PPP address pool route applies to the public network.

Usage guidelines

The BRAS uses PPP address pool routes to control downlink traffic forwarding.

After you configure a PPP address pool route, the BRAS generates a static blackhole route destined for the specified network. All traffic matching the blackhole route is discarded. When a legal user logs in, the BRAS adds a host route destined for the specified network. In addition, the BRAS uses a dynamic routing protocol to redistribute the PPP address pool route to the upstream device.

Figure 1 Network diagram for the PPP address pool route

Make sure the destination network of the PPP address pool route includes the PPP address pool. You can execute this command multiple times to configure multiple PPP address pool routes.

Examples

# Configure the PPP address pool route as 2.2.2.2/24.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ppp ip-pool route 2.2.2.2 24

ppp lcp delay

Use ppp lcp delay to set the LCP negotiation delay timer.

Use undo ppp lcp delay to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp lcp delay milliseconds

undo ppp lcp delay

Default

PPP starts LCP negotiation immediately after the physical layer comes up.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

milliseconds: Specifies the LCP negotiation delay timer in the range of 1 to 10000 milliseconds.

Usage guidelines

If two ends of a PPP link vary greatly in the LCP negotiation packet processing rate, configure this command on the end with a higher processing rate. The LCP negotiation delay timer prevents frequent LCP negotiation packet retransmissions. After the physical layer comes up, PPP starts LCP negotiation when the delay timer expires. If PPP receives LCP negotiation packets before the delay timer expires, it starts LCP negotiation immediately.

Examples

# Set the LCP negotiation delayer timer to 130 milliseconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-template 1

[Sysname-Virtual-Template1] ppp lcp delay 130

ppp lqm

Use ppp lqm to enable PPP link quality Monitoring (LQM) on an interface.

Use undo ppp lqm to disable PPP LQM on an interface.

Syntax

ppp lqm close-percentage close-percentage [ resume-percentage resume-percentage ]

undo ppp lqm

Default

PPP LQM is disabled on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

close-percentage close-percentage: Specifies the PPP LQM close percentage in the range of 0 to 100.

resume-percentage resume-percentage: Specifies the PPP LQM resume percentage in the range of 0 to 100. The resume percentage must be greater than or equal to the close percentage. The default resume percentage is equal to the close percentage.

Usage guidelines

If you enable PPP LQM on both sides of a PPP link, make sure both sides have the same PPP LQM settings. Typically, there is no need to enable PPP LQM on both sides of a PPP link.

As a best practice, do not enable PPP LQM on a DDR dial-up link because DDR tears the link down when the link is closed by LQM. Then LQM cannot send LQR packets to resume the link.

Examples

# Enable PPP LQM on Serial 2/1/0, and set the PPP LQM close percentage to 90 and resume percentage to 95.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp lqm close-percentage 90 resume-percentage 95

ppp lqm lcp-echo

Use ppp lqm lcp-echo to configure an interface to periodically send LCP echo packets when LQM detects a low quality link.

Use undo ppp lqm lcp-echo to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp lqm lcp-echo [ packet size ] [ interval interval ]

undo ppp lqm lcp-echo

Default

An interface does not send LCP echo packets when LQM detects a low quality link.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

packet size: Specifies the size added for the LCP echo packet, in the range of 128 to 1500 bytes.

interval interval: Specifies the interval for sending LCP echo packets, in the range of 1 to 10 seconds.

Usage guidelines

This feature can avoid PPP link flapping caused by loss of large LCP packets.

Examples

# Configure Serial2/1/0 to send a LCP echo packet every 1 second. The LCP echo packet is 1400 bytes larger than the original length.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp lqm lcp-echo packet 1400 interval 1

ppp pap local-user

Use ppp pap local-user to set the local username and password for PAP authentication on an interface.

Use undo ppp pap local-user to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp pap local-user username password { cipher | simple } string

undo ppp pap local-user

Default

The local username and password for PAP authentication are blank on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

username: Specifies the username of the local device for PAP authentication, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 80 characters.

cipher: Specifies a password in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies a password in plaintext form. For security purposes, the password specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the password. Its plaintext form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters. Its encrypted form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 373 characters.

Usage guidelines

For the local device to pass PAP authentication on the peer, make sure the username and password configured for the local device are also configured on the peer. You can configure the peer's username and password by using the local-user username and password { cipher | simple } string commands, respectively.

Examples

# Set the local username and password for PAP authentication to user1 and plaintext pass1 on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp pap local-user user1 password simple pass1

Related commands

local-user (Security Command Reference)

password (Security Command Reference)

ppp pfc local-request

Use ppp pfc local-request to configure an interface to send PFC requests by including the PFC option in outbound LCP negotiation requests.

Use undo ppp pfc local to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp pfc local-request

undo ppp pfc local-request

Default

An interface does not include the PFC option in outbound LCP negotiation requests.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Configure Serial 2/1/0 to send PFC requests during PPP negotiation.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp pfc local-request

ppp pfc remote-reject

Use ppp pfc remote-reject to configure an interface to reject PFC requests received from the remote peer.

Use undo ppp pfc remote to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp pfc remote-reject

undo ppp pfc remote-reject

Default

An interface accepts PFC requests received from the remote peer, and it performs PFC on frames sent to the peer.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Configure Serial 2/1/0 to reject PFC requests received from the remote peer.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp pfc remote-reject

ppp timer negotiate

Use ppp timer negotiate to set the PPP negotiation timeout time on an interface.

Use undo ppp timer negotiate to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp timer negotiate seconds

undo ppp timer negotiate

Default

The PPP negotiation timeout time is 3 seconds on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

seconds: Specifies the negotiation timeout time in the range of 1 to 10 seconds.

Usage guidelines

In PPP negotiation, if the local device receives no response from the peer during the timeout time after it sends a packet, the local device sends the last packet again.

Examples

# Set the PPP negotiation timeout time to 5 seconds on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp timer negotiate 5

remote address

Use remote address to configure an interface to assign an IP address to the client.

Use undo remote address to restore the default.

Syntax

remote address { ip-address | pool pool-name }

undo remote address

Default

An interface does not assign an IP address to the client.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address: Specifies the IP address to be assigned to the client.

pool pool-name: Specifies a PPP or DHCP address pool by its name from which an IP address is assigned to the client. The pool name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines

This command can be used when the local interface is configured with an IP address, but the peer has no IP address. To enable the peer to accept the IP address assigned by the local interface (server), you must configure the ip address ppp-negotiate command on the peer to make the peer act as a client.

This command enables the local interface to forcibly assign an IP address to the peer. If the peer is not configured with the ip address ppp-negotiate command but configured with an IP address, the peer will not accept the assigned IP address. This results in an IPCP negotiation failure.

PPP supports IP address assignment from a PPP or DHCP address pool, but the PPP address pool takes precedence over the DHCP address pool. For example, if you use a pool name that identifies both a PPP address pool and a DHCP address pool, the system uses only the PPP address pool for address assignment.

To make the configuration of the remote address command take effect, configure this command before the ip address command, which triggers IPCP negotiation. If you configure the remote address command after the ip address command, the server assigns an IP address to the client during the next IPCP negotiation.

After you use the remote address command to assign an IP address to the client, you can configure the remote address command again or the undo remote address command for the peer. However, the new configuration does not take effect until the next IPCP negotiation.

Examples

# Specify the IP address to be assigned to the client as 10.0.0.1 on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] remote address 10.0.0.1

# Configure Serial 2/1/0 to assign an IP address from address pool aaa to the client.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] remote address pool aaa

Related commands

ip address ppp-negotiate

ip pool

remote address dhcp client-identifier

Use remote address dhcp client-identifier username to use the PPP usernames as the DHCP client IDs.

Use undo remote address dhcp client-identifier to restore the default.

Syntax

remote address dhcp client-identifier username

undo remote address dhcp client-identifier

Default

The PPP usernames are not used as the DHCP client IDs.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command uses PPP usernames as DHCP client IDs for DHCP pool address assignment. The DHCP pool can be an AAA-authorized address pool or an address pool configured by using the remote address command.

Configure this command when different users use different PPP usernames to come online and PPP usernames are required to be used as DHCP client IDs.

Examples

# Use the PPP usernames as the DHCP client IDs on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] remote address dhcp client-identifier username

reset ppp compression iphc

Use reset ppp compression iphc to clear IPHC statistics.

Syntax

reset ppp compression iphc [ rtp | tcp ] [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

rtp: Clears IPHC RTP header compression statistics.

tcp: Clears IPHC TCP header compression statistics.

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify this option, the command clears IPHC statistics on all interfaces.

Usage guidelines

If neither rtp nor tcp is specified, this command clears both RTP header compression and TCP header compression statistics.

Examples

# Clear IPHC statistics on all interfaces.

<Sysname> reset ppp compression iphc

Related commands

display ppp compression iphc

timer-hold

Use timer-hold to set the keepalive interval on an interface.

Use undo timer-hold to restore the default.

Syntax

timer-hold seconds

undo timer-hold

Default

The keepalive interval is 10 seconds on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

seconds: Specifies the interval for sending keepalive packets, in the range of 0 to 32767 seconds. The value 0 disables keepalive packet sending. In this case, the interface can respond to keepalive packets from the peer.

Usage guidelines

An interface sends keepalive packets at keepalive intervals to detect the availability of the peer. If the interface receives no response to keepalive packets when the keepalive retry limit is reached, it considers the link faulty and reports a link layer down event.

To set the keepalive retry limit, use the timer-hold retry command.

On a slow link, increase the keepalive interval to prevent false shutdown of the interface. This situation might occur when keepalive packets are delayed because a large packet is being transmitted on the link.

Examples

# Set the keepalive interval to 20 seconds on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] timer-hold 20

Related commands

timer-hold retry

Use timer-hold retry to set the keepalive retry limit on an interface.

Use undo timer-hold retry to restore the default.

Syntax

timer-hold retry retries

undo timer-hold retry

Default

The keepalive retry limit is 5 on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

retries: Specifies the maximum number of keepalive attempts in the range of 1 to 255.

Usage guidelines

To set the keepalive interval, use the timer-hold command.

On a slow link, increase the keepalive retry limit to prevent false shutdown of the interface. This situation might occur when keepalive packets are delayed because a large packet is being transmitted on the link.

Examples

# Set the keepalive retry limit to 10 for Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] timer-hold retry 10

Related commands

timer-hold

reset ppp access-user

Use reset ppp access-user to log off a PPP user.

Syntax

reset ppp access-user { ip-address ipv4-address [ vpn-instance ipv4-vpn-instance-name ] | ipv6-address ipv6-address [ vpn-instance ipv6-vpn-instance-name ] | username user-name }

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address ipv4-address: Specifies a PPP user by its IPv4 address.

ipv6-address ipv6-address: Specifies a PPP user by its IPv6 address.

vpn-instance ipv4-vpn-instance-name: Specifies a PPP user by the VPN to which the user belongs. The ipv4-vpn-instance-name argument specifies the name of the IPv4 MPLS L3VPN instance, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify this option, the specified user belongs to the public network.

vpn-instance ipv6-vpn-instance-name: Specifies a PPP user by the VPN to which the user belongs. The ipv6-vpn-instance-name argument specifies the name of the IPv6 MPLS L3VPN instance, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify this option, the specified user belongs to the public network.

username user-name: Specifies a PPP user by username, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 80 characters.

Usage guidelines

This command takes effect only on the current login for a PPP user. The user can come online after it is logged off.

Examples

# Log off the PPP user at 192.168.100.2.

<Sysname> reset ppp access-user ip-address 192.168.100.2

Related commands

display ppp access-user

MP commands

bandwidth

Use bandwidth to set the expected bandwidth of an interface.

Use undo bandwidth to restore the default.

Syntax

bandwidth bandwidth-value

undo bandwidth

Default

The expected bandwidth (in kbps) is the interface baud rate divided by 1000.

Views

VT interface view

MP-group interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

bandwidth-value: Specifies the expected bandwidth in the range of 1 to 400000000 kbps.

Usage guidelines

The expected bandwidth of an interface affects the link costs in OSPF, OSPFv3, and IS-IS. For more information, see Layer 3—IP Routing Configuration Guide.

Examples

# Set the expected bandwidth of Virtual-Template 10 to 1000 kbps.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-template 10

[Sysname-Virtual-Template10] bandwidth 1000

# Set the expected bandwidth of MP-group 2/0/0 to 1000 kbps.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mp-group 2/0/0

[Sysname-MP-group2/0/0] bandwidth 1000

default

Use default to restore the default settings for a VT or MP-group interface.

Syntax

default

Views

VT interface view

MP-group interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

CAUTION:

The default command might interrupt ongoing network services. Make sure you are fully aware of the impact of this command before using it on a live network.

This command might fail to restore the default settings for some commands for reasons such as command dependencies or system restrictions. Use the display this command in interface view to identify these commands. Use the undo forms of these commands or follow the command reference to individually restore their default settings. If your restoration attempt still fails, follow the error message instructions to resolve the problem.

Examples

# Restore the default settings of Virtual-Template 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-template 10

[Sysname-Virtual-Template10] default

# Restore the default settings of MP-group 2/0/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mp-group 2/0/0

[Sysname-Mp-group2/0/0] default

description

Use description to set the description for a VT or MP-group interface.

Use undo description to restore the default.

Syntax

description text

undo description

Default

The description for a VT or MP-group interface is interface name Interface (for example, Virtual-Template1 Interface or MP-group2/0/0 Interface).

Views

VT interface view

MP-group interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

text: Specifies the interface description, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

Examples

# Set the description for Virtual-Template 10 to virtual-interface.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-template 10

[Sysname-Virtual-Template10] description virtual-interface

# Set the description for MP-group 2/0/0 to mpgroup-interface.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mp-group 2/0/0

[Sysname-MP-group2/0/0] description mpgroup-interface

display interface m p-group

Use display interface mp-group to display information about a specified MP-group interface or all MP-group interfaces.

Syntax

display interface [ mp-group [ interface-number ] ] [ brief [ description | down ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-number: Specifies an existing MP-group interface by its number in the range of 0 to 1023. (Centralized devices in standalone mode.)

interface-number: Specifies an existing MP-group interface by its number in the format of X/Y/Z. X represents the slot number of the physical interface, in the range of 0 to 2. The value of Y is fixed at 0. Z represents the number of the MP-group interface, in the range of 0 to 1023. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

interface-number: Specifies an existing MP-group interface by its number in the format of X/Y/Z. X represents the member ID of the IRF member device to which the physical interface belongs, in the range of 1 to 2. The value of Y is fixed at 0. Z represents the number of the MP-group interface, in the range of 0 to 1023. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

interface-number: Specifies an existing MP-group interface by its number in the format of R/X/Y/Z. R represents the member ID of the IRF member device to which the physical interface belongs, in the range of 1 to 2. X represents the slot number of the physical interface, in the range of 0 to 2. The value of Y is fixed at 0. Z represents the number of the MP-group interface, in the range of 0 to 1023. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

brief: Displays brief interface information. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays detailed interface information.

description: Displays complete interface description. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays only the first 27 characters of the interface description if the description contains more than 27 characters.

down: Displays information about interfaces in physically down state and the causes. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays information about all interfaces.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify the mp-group keyword, the command displays information about all interfaces on the device.

If you specify the mp-group keyword without the interface-number argument, the command displays information about all existing MP-group interfaces.

Examples

# Display detailed information about MP-group 2/0/0.

<Sysname> display interface mp-group 2/0/0

MP-group2/0/0

Current state: DOWN

Line protocol state: DOWN

Description: MP-group2/0/0 Interface

Bandwidth: 2048kbps

Maximum transmission unit: 1500

Hold timer: 10 seconds, retry times: 5

Internet address: 192.168.1.200/24 (primary)

Link layer protocol: PPP

LCP: initial

Physical: MP, baudrate: 2048000 bps

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/1024/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - FIFO queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/75/0

Last clearing of counters: Never

Last 300 seconds input rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 packets/sec

Last 300 seconds output rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 packets/sec

Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 drops

Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 drops

# Display brief information about MP-group 2/0/0.

<Sysname> display interface mp-group 12 brief

Brief information on interfaces in route mode:

Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby

Protocol: (s) - spoofing

Interface Link Protocol Primary IP Description

MP2/0/0 DOWN DOWN --

# Display brief information about the MP-group interfaces in physically down state and the causes.

<Sysname> display interface mp-group brief down

Brief information on interfaces in route mode:

Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby

Interface Link Cause

MP2/0/0 ADM Administratively

MP2/0/1 DOWN Not connected

Table 6 Command output

Field	Description
Current state	Physical and administrative states of the interface: · DOWN (Administratively)—The interface was administratively shut down with the shutdown command. · DOWN—The interface is administratively up but physically down (possibly because no physical link is present or the link is faulty). · UP—The interface is both administratively and physically up.
Line protocol state	Data link layer state: UP or DOWN.
Description	Interface description.
Bandwidth	Expected bandwidth of the interface.
Hold timer	Interval at which the interface sends keepalive packets.
retry times	Keepalive retry limit. The interface determines that its peer has been down if it does not receive a keepalive response when the keepalive retry limit is reached.
Internet protocol processing	The interface cannot process IP packets currently.
Internet address: 192.168.1.200/24 (primary)	Primary IP address of the interface.
LCP initial	LCP negotiation is complete.
Physical	Physical type of the interface.
baudrate	Baud rate of the interface.
Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/1024/0 Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0 Output queue - FIFO queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/75/0	Traffic statistics of the interface output queues.
Last clearing of counters: Never	Last time when statistics on the interface were cleared. Never indicates that statistics on the interface were never cleared.
Last 300 seconds input rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 packets/sec Last 300 seconds output rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 packets/sec	Average rate of input packets and output packets in the last 300 seconds.
Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 drops	Total number of inbound packets of the interface (in the number of packets and in bytes), and the number of dropped incoming packets.
Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 drops	Total number of outbound packets of the interface (in the number of packets and in bytes), and the number of dropped outgoing packets.
Brief information on interfaces in route mode	Brief information about Layer 3 interfaces.
Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby	Link status: · ADM—The interface has been administratively shut down. To recover its physical state, execute the undo shutdown command. · Stby—The interface is operating as a backup interface. To see the primary interface, use the display interface-backup state command in High Availability Command Reference.
Protocol: (s) - spoofing	Indicates the line protocol is UP, but the physical link is an on-demand link or is not present.
Interface	Abbreviated interface name.
Link	Physical link state of the interface: · UP—The interface is physically up. · DOWN—The interface is physically down. · ADM—The interface has been administratively shut down. To recover its physical state, use the undo shutdown command. · Stby—The interface is a backup interface.
Protocol	Line protocol state: · UP—The line protocol is up. · DOWN—The line protocol is down. · UP(s)—The line protocol is up, but the physical link is an on-demand link or is not present.
Primary IP	Primary IP address of the interface.
Description	Interface description configured by using the description command. If you do not specify the description keyword, the display interface brief command displays a maximum of 27 characters of the description. If you specify the description keyword, the command displays the complete description.
Cause	Causes for the physical state of the interface to be Down: · Not connected—No physical connection exists (possibly because the network cable is disconnected or faulty). · Administratively—The interface was shut down with the shutdown command. To restore the physical state of the interface, use the undo shutdown command.

Related commands

reset counters interface mp-group

display interface virtual-access

Use display interface virtual-access to display information about VA interfaces.

Syntax

display interface [ virtual-access [ interface-number ] ] [ brief [ description | down ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-number: Specifies a VA interface by its number.

brief: Displays brief interface information. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays detailed interface information.

description: Displays interface description information. This keyword does not apply to VA interfaces because VA interfaces do not support description configuration.

down: Displays information about interfaces in physically down state and the causes. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays information about all interfaces.

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the command and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	Yes
MSR810-W-LM-GL	Yes
MSR830-6EI-GL	No
MSR830-10EI-GL	No
MSR830-6HI-GL	No
MSR830-10HI-GL	No
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	Yes

If you do not specify the virtual-access keyword, the command displays information about all interfaces on the device.

If you specify the virtual-access keyword without the interface-number argument, the command displays information about all VA interfaces.

Examples

# Display information about Virtual-Access 1.

<Sysname> display interface virtual-access 1

Virtual-Access1

Current state: UP

Line protocol state: UP

Description: Virtual-Access1 Interface

Bandwidth: 1920kbps

Maximum transmission unit: 1500

Hold timer: 10 seconds, retry times: 5

Internet address: 122.1.1.1/24 (primary)

Link layer protocol: PPP

LCP: opened, MP: opened, IPCP: opened

Physical: MP, baudrate: 1920000 bps

Main interface: Virtual-Template1

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/1024/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - FIFO queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/75/0

Last clearing of counters: Never

Last 300 seconds input rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec

Last 300 seconds output rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec

Input: 2 packets, 24 bytes, 0 drops

Output: 2 packets, 24 bytes, 0 drops

# Display brief information about Virtual-Access 1.

<Sysname> display interface virtual-access 1 brief

Brief information on interfaces in route mode:

Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby

Protocol: (s) - spoofing

Interface Link Protocol Primary IP Description

VA1 DOWN DOWN --

# Display brief information about VA interfaces in physically down state and the causes.

<Sysname> display interface virtual-access brief down

Brief information on interfaces in route mode:

Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby

Interface Link Cause

VA1 DOWN Not connected

Table 7 Command output

Field	Description
Current state	Physical and administrative states of the interface: · DOWN—The interface is administratively up but physically down. · UP—The interface is both administratively and physically up.
Line protocol state	Data link layer state: UP or DOWN.
Description	Interface description.
Bandwidth	Expected bandwidth of the interface.
Hold timer	Interval at which the interface sends keepalive packets.
retry times	Keepalive retry limit. The interface determines that its peer has been down if it does not receive a keepalive response when the keepalive retry limit is reached.
Internet protocol processing: Disabled	The interface cannot process IP packets currently.
Internet address: 122.1.1.1/24 (primary)	Primary IP address of the interface.
LCP: opened, MP: opened, IPCP: opened	The PPP connection has been successfully established.
Physical	Physical type of the interface.
Main interface	VT interface associated with the VA interface.
Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/1024/0 Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0 Output queue - FIFO queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/75/0	Traffic statistics of the interface output queues.
Last clearing of counters: Never	Last time when statistics on the interface were cleared. Never indicates that statistics on the interface were never cleared.
Last 300 seconds input rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec Last 300 seconds output rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec	Average rate of input packets and output packets in the last 300 seconds.
Input: 2 packets, 24 bytes, 0 drops	Total number of inbound packets of the interface (in the number of packets and in bytes), and the number of packets dropped among the inbound packets.
Output: 2 packets, 24 bytes, 0 drops	Total number of outbound packets of the interface (in the number of packets and in bytes), and the number of packets dropped among the outbound packets.
Brief information on interfaces in route mode	Brief information about Layer 3 interfaces.
Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby	Link status: · ADM—The interface has been administratively shut down. To recover its physical state, execute the undo shutdown command. · Stby—The interface is a backup interface. To see the primary interface, use the display interface-backup state command in High Availability Command Reference.
Protocol: (s) - spoofing	Indicates the line protocol is UP, but the physical link is an on-demand link or is not present.
Interface	Abbreviated interface name.
Link	Physical link state of the interface: · UP—The interface is physically up. · DOWN—The interface is physically down.
Protocol	Line protocol state: · UP—The line protocol is up. · DOWN—The line protocol is down. · UP(s)—The line protocol is up, but the physical link is an on-demand link or is not present.
Primary IP	Primary IP address of the interface.
Description	Interface description configured by using the description command. This field does not apply to VA interfaces because VA interfaces do not support description configuration.
Cause	Cause for the physical state of the interface to be Down. Not connected indicates no physical link exists (possibly because the network cable is disconnected or faulty).

Related commands

reset counters interface virtual-access

display interface virtual-template

Use display interface virtual-template to display information about VT interfaces.

Syntax

display interface [ virtual-template [ interface-number ] ] [ brief [ description | down ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-number: Specifies an existing VT interface by its number.

brief: Displays brief interface information. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays detailed interface information.

down: Displays information about interfaces in physically down state and the causes. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays information about all interfaces.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify the virtual-template keyword, the command displays information about all interfaces on the device.

If you specify the virtual-template keyword without the interface-number argument, the command displays information about all existing VT interfaces.

Examples

# Display detailed information about Virtual-Template 1.

<Sysname> display interface virtual-template 1

Virtual-Template1

Current state: DOWN

Line protocol state: DOWN

Description: Virtual-Template1 Interface

Bandwidth: 100000kbps

Maximum transmission unit: 1500

Hold timer: 10 seconds, retry times: 5

Internet address: 192.168.1.200/24 (primary)

Link layer protocol: PPP

LCP: initial

Physical: None, baudrate: 100000000 bps

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/1024/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - FIFO queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/75/0

# Display brief information about Virtual-Template 1.

<Sysname> display interface virtual-template 1 brief

Brief information on interfaces in route mode:

Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby

Protocol: (s) - spoofing

Interface Link Protocol Primary IP Description

VT1 DOWN DOWN --

# Display brief information about the VT interfaces in physically down state and the causes.

<Sysname> display interface Virtual-Template brief down

Brief information on interfaces in route mode:

Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby

Interface Link Cause

VT0 DOWN Not connected

VT12 DOWN Not connected

VT1023 DOWN Not connected

Table 8 Command output

Field	Description
Current state	Physical state of the interface. This field for a VT interface can only be DOWN.
Line protocol state	Data link layer state. This field for a VT interface can only be DOWN.
Description	Interface description.
Bandwidth	Expected bandwidth of the interface.
Hold timer	Interval at which the interface sends keepalive packets.
retry times	Keepalive retry limit. The interface determines that its peer has been down if it does not receive a keepalive response when the keepalive retry limit is reached.
Internet protocol processing: Disabled	The interface cannot process IP packets currently.
Internet address: 192.168.1.200/24 (primary)	Primary IP address of the interface.
LCP initial	LCP initialization is complete.
Physical	Physical type of the interface.
Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/1024/0) Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0) Output queue - FIFO queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/75/0)	Traffic statistics of the interface output queues.
Brief information on interfaces in route mode	Brief information about Layer 3 interfaces.
Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby	Link status: · ADM—The interface has been administratively shut down. To recover its physical state, use the undo shutdown command. · Stby—The interface is operating as a backup interface. To see the primary interface, use the display interface-backup state command in High Availability Command Reference.
Protocol: (s) - spoofing	Indicates the line protocol is UP, but the physical link is an on-demand link or is not present.
Interface	Abbreviated interface name.
Link	Physical link state of the interface. This field for a VT interface can only be DOWN.
Protocol	Line protocol state of the interface. This field for a VT interface can only be DOWN.
Primary IP	Primary IP address of the interface.
Description	Interface description configured by using the description command. If you do not specify the description keyword, the display interface brief command displays a maximum of 27 characters of the description. If you specify the description keyword, the command displays the complete description.
Cause	Causes for the physical state of the interface to be Down. Not connected indicates no physical link exists (possibly because the network cable is disconnected or faulty).

display ppp mp

Use display ppp mp to display MP information for MP-group interfaces.

Syntax

display ppp mp [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its number. If you do not specify this option, the command displays MP information for all interfaces.

Examples

# Display MP information. (MP is configured through an MP-group interface.)

<Sysname> display ppp mp

Template: MP-group2/0/0

max-bind: 20, fragment: enabled, min-fragment: 128

Master link: MP-group2/0/0, Active members: 2, Bundle Multilink

Peer's endPoint descriptor: MP-group2/0/0

Sequence format: short (rcv)/long (sent)

Bundle Up Time: 2012/11/05 07:29:33:612

0 lost fragments, 0 reordered, 0 unassigned, 0 interleaved

Sequence: 0 (rcv)/0 (sent)

Active member channels: 2 members

Serial2/1/0:15 Up-Time: 2012/11/05 07:29:33:613

Serial2/1/0:16 Up-Time: 2012/11/05 07:30:10:945

Inactive member channels: 2 members

Serial2/1/0:17

Serial2/1/0:18

Table 9 Command output

Field	Description
max-bind	Maximum number of links that can be bound.
fragment	Indicates whether MP fragmentation is enabled or disabled.
min-fragment	Minimum size of an MP fragment.
Sequence format: short (rcv)/long (sent)	Sequence number header format of MP. The short sequence number format is used in the incoming direction, and the long sequence number format is used in the outgoing direction.
reordered	Number of reassembled packets.
unassigned	Number of packets waiting for being reassembled.
interleaved	Number of interleaved fragments. LFI breaks larger packets into fragments and interleaves the fragments between smaller packets for transmission.
Sequence: 0 (rcv)/0 (sent)	Received sequence number/sent sequence number.
Up-Time	Uptime of a member channel.

interface mp-group

Use interface mp-group to create an MP-group interface and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing MP-group interface.

Use undo interface mp-group to remove an MP-group interface.

Syntax

interface mp-group mp-number

undo interface mp-group mp-number

Default

No MP-group interfaces exists.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

mp-number: Specifies an existing MP-group interface by its number in the range of 0 to 1023. (Centralized devices in standalone mode.)

mp-number: Specifies an existing MP-group interface by its number in the format of X/Y/Z. X represents the slot number of the physical interface, in the range of 0 to 2. The value of Y is fixed at 0. Z represents the number of the MP-group interface, in the range of 0 to 1023. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

mp-number: Specifies an existing MP-group interface by its number in the format of X/Y/Z. X represents the member ID of the IRF member device to which the physical interface belongs, in the range of 1 to 2. The value of Y is fixed at 0. Z represents the number of the MP-group interface, in the range of 0 to 1023. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

mp-number: Specifies an existing MP-group interface by its number in the format of R/X/Y/Z. R represents the member ID of the IRF member device to which the physical interface belongs, in the range of 1 to 2. X represents the slot number of the physical interface, in the range of 0 to 2. The value of Y is fixed at 0. Z represents the number of the MP-group interface, in the range of 0 to 1023. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

You must use the interface mp-group command together with the ppp mp mp-group command. You can execute the two commands in either order.

Examples

# Create interface MP-group 2/0/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mp-group 2/0/0

[Sysname-MP-group2/0/0]

interface virtual-template

Use interface virtual-template to create a VT interface and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing VT interface.

Use undo interface virtual-template to remove a VT interface.

Syntax

interface virtual-template number

undo interface virtual-template number

Default

No VT interfaces exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

number: Specifies a VT interface by its number.

The following matrix shows the value ranges for the number argument:

Hardware	Value range
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS	0 to 1023
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	0 to 1023
MSR 2630	0 to 1023
MSR3600-28/3600-51	0 to 1023
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	0 to 1023
MSR 3610	0 to 1023
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	0 to 2047
MSR 3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	0 to 2047
MSR5620/5660/5680	0 to 4095

Hardware	Value range
MSR810-LM-GL	0 to 1023
MSR810-W-LM-GL	0 to 1023
MSR830-6EI-GL	0 to 1023
MSR830-10EI-GL	0 to 1023
MSR830-6HI-GL	0 to 1023
MSR830-10HI-GL	0 to 1023
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	0 to 1023
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	0 to 1023

Usage guidelines

To remove a VT interface, make sure all the corresponding VA interfaces are removed and the VT interface is not in use.

Examples

# Create interface Virtual-Template 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-template 10

[Sysname-Virtual-Template10]

mtu

Use mtu to set the MTU size of an interface.

Use undo mtu to restore the default.

Syntax

mtu size

undo mtu

Default

The MTU size of an interface is 1500 bytes.

Views

VT interface view

MP-group interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

size: Specifies the MTU size in the range of 128 to 1500 bytes.

Usage guidelines

The MTU size setting of an interface affects the fragmentation and reassembly of IP packets on that interface.

For the configured MTU size to take effect, you must execute the shutdown command and then the undo shutdown command on the interface.

Examples

# Set the MTU size of Virtual-Template 10 to 1400 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-template 10

[Sysname-Virtual-Template10] mtu 1400

# Set the MTU size of MP-group 2/0/0 to 1200 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mp-group 2/0/0

[Sysname-MP-group2/0/0] mtu 1200

ppp mp

Use ppp mp to enable MP for an interface.

Use undo ppp mp to disable MP on an interface.

Syntax

ppp mp

undo ppp mp

Default

An interface is enabled with PPP.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

To obtain more bandwidth, you can bind multiple PPP links to form a logical MP interface.

Examples

# Enable MP for Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp mp

ppp mp binding-mode

Use ppp mp binding-mode to set the MP binding mode on an interface.

Use undo ppp mp binding-mode to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp mp binding-mode { authentication | both | descriptor }

undo ppp mp binding-mode

Default

Both the username and the descriptor are used for MP binding on an interface.

Views

VT interface view

Dialer interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

authentication: Uses the username for MP binding.

both: Uses both the username and the endpoint descriptor for MP binding.

descriptor: Uses the endpoint descriptor for MP binding.

Usage guidelines

The username is obtained from the peer during PAP, CHAP, MS-CHAP, or MS-CHAP-V2 authentication. The endpoint descriptor, which uniquely identifies a device, is obtained from the peer during LCP negotiation. Based on the username or endpoint descriptor, the system can locate the corresponding VT interface and create an MP bundle according to the template.

The descriptor mode cannot differentiate users. To bind users to different bundles, use the both mode.

The authentication mode cannot differentiate peer devices. When multiple peer devices exist, use the both mode.

Examples

# Specify Virtual-Template 1 to use the username for MP binding.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-template1

[Sysname-Virtual-Template1] ppp mp binding-mode authentication

ppp mp endpoint

Use ppp mp endpoint to set the endpoint option.

Use undo ppp mp endpoint to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp mp endpoint endpoint

undo ppp mp endpoint

Default

The endpoint option carries the device name on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

endpoint: Specifies the content of the endpoint option, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 20 characters.

Usage guidelines

The endpoint option (terminal descriptor) is negotiated during MP LCP negotiation.

When MP is configured by using a VT interface, an MP endpoint bases its link binding decisions on the remote endpoint descriptors, and assigns the links that receive the same endpoint descriptor to the same bundle. To avoid incorrect link binding on a VT interface, make sure the link descriptors used by different devices are unique. You must reconfigure an endpoint descriptor for a device if the default endpoint descriptor (device name) cannot uniquely identify the MP bundle at the remote end.

When MP is configured by using an MP-group interface, the negotiating endpoints do not base their binding decisions on the endpoint descriptor. By default, the endpoint descriptor of an interface in an MP-group is the MP-group interface name. If you configure an endpoint descriptor for the interface, the configured MP endpoint descriptor takes effect.

If the endpoint descriptor exceeds 20 bytes, the first 20 bytes are taken as the endpoint descriptor.

Examples

# Configure the endpoint descriptor of Serial 2/1/0 as 123456.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp mp endpoint 123456

ppp mp fragment disable

Use ppp mp fragment disable to disable MP fragmentation on an interface.

Use undo ppp mp fragment disable to enable MP fragmentation on an interface.

Syntax

ppp mp fragment disable

undo ppp mp fragment disable

Default

MP fragmentation is enabled on an interface.

Views

VT interface view

Dialer interface view

MP-group interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

If the peer device does not support fragment reassembly, you must configure the ppp mp fragment disable command to disable MP fragmentation on the local device. This enables the two devices to communicate. After that, outgoing packets are not fragmented, but they still carry an MP sequence number and fragment tag.

After you configure the ppp mp fragment disable command on an interface, the settings configured with the ppp mp lfi enable and ppp mp min-fragment commands do not take effect on the interface.

Examples

# Disable MP fragmentation on MP-group 2/0/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mp-group 2/0/0

[Sysname-MP-group2/0/0] ppp mp fragment disable

Related commands

ppp mp lfi enable

ppp mp min-fragment

ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag

Use ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag to set the maximum LFI fragment transmission delay on an interface.

Use undo ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag time

undo ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag

Default

The maximum LFI fragment transmission delay is 10 ms on an interface.

Views

VT interface view

Dialer interface view

MP-group interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

time: Specifies the maximum LFI fragment transmission delay, in the range of 1 to 1000 ms.

Examples

# Set the maximum LFI fragment transmission delay to 20 ms on MP-group 2/0/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mp-group 2/0/0

[Sysname-MP-group2/0/0] ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag 20

Related commands

ppp mp lfi enable

ppp mp lfi size-per-frag

ppp mp lfi enable

Use ppp mp lfi enable to enable LFI on an interface.

Use undo ppp mp lfi to disable LFI on an interface.

Syntax

ppp mp lfi enable

undo ppp mp lfi enable

Default

LFI is disabled on an interface.

Views

VT interface view

Dialer interface view

MP-group interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Disabling LFI also removes the user-configured settings of the maximum LFI fragment transmission delay and size.

Examples

# Enable LFI on MP-group 2/0/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mp-group 2/0/0

[Sysname-MP-group2/0/0] ppp mp lfi enable

Related commands

ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag

ppp mp lfi size-per-frag

Use ppp mp lfi size-per-frag to set the maximum LFI fragment size (in bytes) on an interface.

Use undo ppp mp lfi size-per-frag to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp mp lfi size-per-frag size

undo ppp mp lfi size-per-frag

Default

On an interface, the maximum LFI fragment size is derived from this formula: (Expected bandwidth of the interface x Maximum LFI fragment transmission delay)/8.

Views

VT interface view

Dialer interface view

MP-group interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

size: Specifies the maximum LFI fragment size in the range of 40 to 1500 bytes.

Usage guidelines

When LFI is enabled and both this command and the ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag command are configured, the maximum LFI fragment size is the value configured with the ppp mp lfi size-per-frag command.

Examples

# Set the maximum LFI fragment size to 80 bytes on MP-group 2/0/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mp-group 2/0/0

[Sysname-MP-group2/0/0] ppp mp lfi size-per-frag 80

Related commands

ppp mp lfi enable

ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag

ppp mp max-bind

Use ppp mp max-bind to set the maximum number of PPP links in an MP bundle on an interface.

Use undo ppp mp max-bind to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp mp max-bind max-bind-num

undo ppp mp max-bind

Default

The maximum number of PPP links in an MP bundle is 16 on an interface.

Views

VT interface view

Dialer interface view

MP-group interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

max-bind-num: Specifies the maximum number of PPP links in an MP bundle, in the range of 1 to 128.

Usage guidelines

IMPORTANT:

Use the default setting in most situations. Inappropriate use of this command can cause PPP performance degradation. Make sure you understand the impact of this command on your network before you use it.

Set the maximum number of PPP links in an MP bundle to be greater than the actual number of bound links. Otherwise, MP binding fails.

The maximum number of PPP links configured for an MP bundle takes effect immediately. If the configured maximum number is smaller than the number of existing PPP links, the existing links are not affected.

Examples

# Set the maximum number of PPP links in an MP bundle to 12 on MP-group 2/0/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mp-group 2/0/0

[Sysname-MP-group2/0/0] ppp mp max-bind 12

ppp mp min-bind

Use ppp mp min-bind to set the minimum number of PPP links in an MP bundle on a dialer interface.

Use undo ppp mp min-bind to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp mp min-bind min-bind-num

undo ppp mp min-bind

Default

On a dialer interface, the minimum number of PPP links in an MP bundle is 0, which means that MP dial-up relies on traffic detection.

Views

Dialer interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

min-bind-num: Specifies the minimum number of PPP links in an MP bundle, in the range of 0 to 128.

Usage guidelines

This command specifies the minimum number of PPP links in a MP bundle to ensure the minimum bandwidth for the service.

When the minimum number of PPP links is set to a non-zero value, subsequent MP dial-up operations will not depend on traffic detection, but existing dial-up connections will be removed upon timeout.

The min-bind-num argument cannot be greater than the maximum number set with the ppp mp max-bind command.

Examples

# Set the minimum number of PPP links in an MP bundle to 4 on Dialer 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface dialer 0

[Sysname-Dialer0] ppp mp min-bind 4

Related commands

ppp mp max-bind

ppp mp min-fragment

Use ppp mp min-fragment to set the minimum MP packet fragmentation size on an interface.

Use undo ppp mp min-fragment to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp mp min-fragment size

undo ppp mp min-fragment

Default

The minimum MP packet fragmentation size is 128 bytes on an interface.

Views

VT interface view

Dialer interface view

MP-group interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

size: Specifies the minimum MP packet fragmentation size in the range of 128 to 1500 bytes. Outgoing MP packets less than the minimum value will not be fragmented, and those greater than or equal to the minimum value will be fragmented.

Examples

# Set the minimum MP packet fragmentation size to 500 bytes on MP-group 2/0/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mp-group 2/0/0

[Sysname-MP-group2/0/0] ppp mp min-fragment 500

ppp mp mp-group

Use ppp mp mp-group to assign an interface to an MP group, and enable MP for the interface.

Use undo ppp mp to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp mp mp-group mp-number

undo ppp mp

Default

An interface is enabled with PPP.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

mp-number: Specifies an MP-group interface by its number.

Usage guidelines

This command should be used with the interface mp-group command. You can create an MP group interface and then assign an interface to the MP group. You can also assign an interface to an MP group and then create the MP group.

Examples

# Assign Serial 2/1/0 to MP-group 2/0/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp mp mp-group 2/0/0

Related commands

interface mp-group

ppp mp short-sequence

Use ppp mp short-sequence to trigger MP short sequence number header format negotiation on an interface. After the negotiation succeeds, the local end receives packets with short sequence numbers.

Use undo ppp mp short-sequence to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp mp short-sequence

undo ppp mp short-sequence

Default

The long sequence number header format is used on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command applies to the incoming direction only. To enable the local end to transmit packets with short sequence numbers, configure this command on the remote end.

The sequence number format (long or short) of an MP bundle depends on the configuration of the first channel joining the MP bundle.

To negotiate the use of short sequence numbers on a dialer MP bundle, configure the command on the dialer interfaces and the ISDN D channels. To negotiate the use of short sequence numbers on a common MP bundle, use the command on all its channels. The command will cause PPP re-negotiation.

Examples

# Configure the short sequence number header format of MP in the incoming direction of Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp mp mp-group 2/0/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp mp short-sequence

ppp mp sort-buffer-size

Use ppp mp sort-buffer-size to set the MP sort buffer size factor on an interface.

Use undo ppp mp sort-buffer-size to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp mp sort-buffer-size size

undo ppp mp sort-buffer-size

Default

The MP sort buffer size factor is 1 on an interface.

Views

VT interface view

Dialer interface view

MP-group interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

size: Specifies the MP sort buffer size factor in the range of 1 to 64.

Usage guidelines

The MP sort buffer size = the number of channels in the current MP bundle × size. You can use the display ppp mp command to view the number of member channels in an MP bundle. If the calculated MP sort buffer size is 20, the MP sort buffer can sort 20 packets.

When MP is used, the received packets might be out of order. The sort buffer is used to re-sort packets. A large sort buffer results in better re-sorting but increases delay. For voice packets, the transmission delay should be minimized.

Examples

# Set the MP sort buffer size factor to 64 on MP-group 2/0/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mp-group 2/0/0

[Sysname-MP-group2/0/0] ppp mp sort-buffer-size 64

ppp mp timer lost-fragment

Use ppp mp timer lost-fragment to set the timer for MP to wait for the expected fragments on an interface.

Use undo ppp mp timer lost-fragment to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp mp timer lost-fragment seconds

undo ppp mp timer lost-fragment

Default

The timer for MP to wait for the expected fragments is 30 seconds on an interface.

Views

VT interface view

Dialer interface view

MP-group interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

seconds: Specifies the timer for MP to wait for the expected fragment, in the range of 1 to 255 seconds.

Usage guidelines

A receiving end puts the received fragments in the buffer and reassembles them when it receives all the packet's fragments. You can configure a timer for MP to wait for the expected fragments. When the receiving end receives the first fragment of a packet, it starts the timer. When the timer expires, the system checks whether or not all fragments have arrived. If they have all arrived, the system reassembles the fragments. If they have not all arrived, the system discards all received fragments to release the buffer space.

Examples

# Set the timer for MP to wait for the expected fragment to 20 seconds on MP-group 2/0/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mp-group 2/0/0

[Sysname-MP-group2/0/0] ppp mp timer lost-fragment 20

ppp mp user

Use ppp mp user to associate a username with a VT interface.

Use undo ppp mp user to remove the association.

Syntax

ppp mp user username bind virtual-template number

undo ppp mp user username

Default

No username is associated with a VT interface.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

username: Specifies a username, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 80 characters.

bind virtual-template number: Specifies a VT interface by its number.

The following matrix shows the value ranges for the number argument:

Hardware	Value range
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS	0 to 1023
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	0 to 1023
MSR 2630	0 to 1023
MSR3600-28/3600-51	0 to 1023
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	0 to 1023
MSR 3610	0 to 1023
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	0 to 2047
MSR 3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	0 to 2047
MSR5620/5660/5680	0 to 4095

Hardware	Value range
MSR810-LM-GL	0 to 1023
MSR810-W-LM-GL	0 to 1023
MSR830-6EI-GL	0 to 1023
MSR830-10EI-GL	0 to 1023
MSR830-6HI-GL	0 to 1023
MSR830-10HI-GL	0 to 1023
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	0 to 1023
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	0 to 1023

Usage guidelines

This command associates a username with a VT interface. After the user passes authentication, the system uses the settings on the VT interface to create an MP bundle and a VA interface to transmit data.

You can configure the following parameters for a VT interface:

· Local IP address and the peer IP address (or address pool).

· ppp mp-commands.

Examples

# Associate username user 1 with Virtual-Template 1, and set the IP address of the VT interface to 202.38.60.1/24.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ppp mp user user1 bind virtual-template 1

[Sysname] interface virtual-template 1

[Sysname-Virtual-Template1] ip address 202.38.60.1 255.255.255.0

Related commands

ppp mp

ppp mp virtual-template

Use ppp mp virtual-template to bind an interface to a VT interface and enable MP for the interface.

Use undo ppp mp to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp mp virtual-template number

undo ppp mp

Default

An interface is enabled with PPP.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

number: Specifies a VT interface by its number.

The following matrix shows the value ranges for the number argument:

Hardware	Value range
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS	0 to 1023
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	0 to 1023
MSR 2630	0 to 1023
MSR3600-28/3600-51	0 to 1023
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	0 to 1023
MSR 3610	0 to 1023
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	0 to 2047
MSR 3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	0 to 2047
MSR5620/5660/5680	0 to 4095

Hardware	Value range
MSR810-LM-GL	0 to 1023
MSR810-W-LM-GL	0 to 1023
MSR830-6EI-GL	0 to 1023
MSR830-10EI-GL	0 to 1023
MSR830-6HI-GL	0 to 1023
MSR830-10HI-GL	0 to 1023
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	0 to 1023
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	0 to 1023

Usage guidelines

After you bind an interface to a VT interface, you can optionally enable PAP, CHAP, MS-CHAP, or MS-CHAP-V2 authentication.

The interfaces bound to the same VT interface are bound together. The ppp mp virtual-template command and the ppp mp command are mutually exclusive.

Examples

# Bind Serial 2/1/0 to Virtual-Template 1, and enable MP for Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp mp virtual-template 1

Related commands

ppp mp

reset counters interface mp-group

Use reset counters interface mp-group to clear statistics on MP-group interfaces.

Syntax

reset counters interface [ mp-group [ interface-number ] ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

mp-group: Clears traffic statistics on MP-group interfaces.

interface-number: Specifies an existing MP-group interface by its number.

Usage guidelines

Before collecting traffic statistics regularly on an MP-group interface, clear the existing statistics.

If you do not specify the mp-group keyword, the command clears statistics on all interfaces.

If you specify the mp-group keyword without the interface-number argument, the command clears statistics on all MP-group interfaces.

If you specify both mp-group and interface-number, the command clears statistics on the specified MP-group interface.

Examples

# Clear the statistics of MP-group 2/0/0

<Sysname> reset counters interface mp-group 2/0/0

Related commands

display interface mp-group

reset counters interface virtual-access

Use reset counters interface virtual-access to clear statistics on VA interfaces.

Syntax

reset counters interface [ virtual-access [ interface-number ] ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

virtual-access: Clears statistics on VA interfaces.

interface-number: Specifies an existing VA interface by its number.

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the command and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	Yes
MSR810-W-LM-GL	Yes
MSR830-6EI-GL	No
MSR830-10EI-GL	No
MSR830-6HI-GL	No
MSR830-10HI-GL	No
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	Yes

Before collecting traffic statistics regularly on a VA interface, clear the existing statistics.

If you do not specify the virtual-access keyword, the command clears statistics on all interfaces.

If you specify the virtual-access keyword without the interface-number argument, the command clears statistics on all VA interfaces.

If you specify both virtual-access and interface-number, the command clears statistics on the specified VA interface.

Examples

# Clear statistics on Virtual-Access 10.

<Sysname> reset counters interface virtual-access 10

Related commands

display interface virtual-access

service

Use service to specify a primary traffic processing slot for an interface.

Use undo service to restore the default.

Syntax

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

service slot slot-number

undo service slot

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

service chassis chassis-number slot slot-number

undo service chassis

Default

No primary traffic processing slot is specified for an interface.

Views

VT interface view

Default command level

network-admin

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the command and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	No
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	No
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	No
MSR810-W-LM-GL	No
MSR830-6EI-GL	No
MSR830-10EI-GL	No
MSR830-6HI-GL	No
MSR830-10HI-GL	No
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	No
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	No

This command is supported on distributed devices and IRF-capable centralized devices.

Specify traffic processing slots if a feature requires that all traffic on a VA interface be processed on the same slot.

For high availability, you can specify one primary and one backup traffic processing slot by using the service command and the service standby command, respectively.

To avoid processing slot switchover, specify the primary slot before specifying the backup slot. If you specify the backup slot before specifying the primary slot, traffic is switched over to the primary slot immediately after you specify the primary slot.

If you specify both primary and backup slots for an interface, traffic on that interface is processed as follows:

· The backup slot takes over when the primary slot becomes unavailable. The backup slot continues to process traffic for the interface after the primary slot becomes available again. The switchover will not occur until the backup slot becomes unavailable.

· When no specified traffic processing slots are available, the traffic is processed on the slot at which it arrives. Then, the processing slot that first becomes available again takes over.

If you do not specify a primary or a backup traffic processing slot for an interface, traffic on that interface is processed on the slot at which the traffic arrives.

Examples

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) Specify slot 2 as the primary traffic processing slot for VA interfaces on Virtual-Template 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-template 10

[Sysname-Virtual-Template10] service slot 2

# (Centralized devices in IRF mode.) Specify slot 2 as the primary traffic processing slot for VA interfaces on Virtual-Template 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-template 10

[Sysname-Virtual-Template10] service slot 2

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Specify slot 2 as the primary traffic processing slot for VA interfaces on Virtual-Template 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-template 10

[Sysname-Virtual-Template10] service chassis 2 slot 2

Related commands

service standby

Use service standby to specify a backup traffic processing slot for an interface.

Use undo service standby to restore the default.

Syntax

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

service standby slot slot-number

undo service standby slot

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

service standby chassis chassis-number slot slot-number

undo service standby chassis

Default

No backup traffic processing slot is specified for an interface.

Views

VT interface view

Default command level

network-admin

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the command and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	No
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	No
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	No
MSR810-W-LM-GL	No
MSR830-6EI-GL	No
MSR830-10EI-GL	No
MSR830-6HI-GL	No
MSR830-10HI-GL	No
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	No
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	No

This command is supported on distributed devices and IRF-capable centralized devices.

Specify traffic processing slots if a feature requires that all traffic on a VA interface be processed on the same slot.

For high availability, you can specify one primary and one backup traffic processing slot by using the service command and the service standby command, respectively.

If you specify both primary and backup slots for an interface, traffic on that interface is processed as follows:

· When no specified traffic processing slots are available, the traffic is processed on the slot at which it arrives. Then, the processing slot that first becomes available again takes over.

If you do not specify a primary or a backup traffic processing slot for an interface, traffic on that interface is processed on the slot at which the traffic arrives.

Examples

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) Specify slot 2 as the primary traffic processing slot for the VA interfaces on Virtual-Template 10. Specify slot 3 as the backup traffic processing slot for the VA interfaces on Virtual-Template 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-template 10

[Sysname-Virtual-Template10] service slot 2

[Sysname-Virtual-Template10] service standby slot 3

# (Centralized devices in IRF mode.) Specify slot 2 as the primary traffic processing slot for the VA interfaces on Virtual-Template 10. Specify slot 3 as the backup traffic processing slot for the VA interfaces on Virtual-Template 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-template 10

[Sysname-Virtual-Template10] service slot 2

[Sysname-Virtual-Template10] service standby slot 3

# (Distributed devices in RF mode.) Specify slot 2 on IRF member device 2 as the primary traffic processing slot for the VA interfaces on Virtual-Template 10. Specify slot 3 on IRF member device 2 as the backup traffic processing slot for the VA interfaces on Virtual-Template 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-template 10

[Sysname-Virtual-Template10] service chassis 2 slot 2

[Sysname-Virtual-Template10] service standby chassis 2 slot 3

Related commands

service

shutdown

Use shutdown to shut down an MP-group interface.

Use undo shutdown to bring up an MP-group interface.

Syntax

shutdown

undo shutdown

Default

An MP-group interface is up.

Views

MP-group interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Shut down MP-group 2/0/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mp-group 2/0/0

[Sysname-MP-group2/0/0] shutdown

PPPoE commands

Commands and descriptions for centralized devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS.

· MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1.

· MSR 2630.

· MSR3600-28/3600-51.

· MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI.

· MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC.

· MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660.

· MSR810-LM-GL/810-W-LM-GL/830-6EI-GL/830-10EI-GL/830-6HI-GL/830-10HI-GL/2600-6-X1-GL/3600-28-SI-GL.

Commands and descriptions for distributed devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR5620.

· MSR 5660.

· MSR 5680.

IPv6-related parameters are not supported on the following routers:

· MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS.

· MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI.

The device does not support this feature in IRF mode.

The following matrix shows the feature and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	PPPoE compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK	Yes
MSR810-LMS/810-LUS	Yes for only PPPoE client
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	Yes
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	No
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	PPPoE compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	Yes
MSR810-W-LM-GL	Yes
MSR830-6EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10EI-GL	Yes
MSR830-6HI-GL	Yes
MSR830-10HI-GL	Yes
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	No

PPPoE server commands

display pppoe-server session packet

Use display pppoe-server session packet to display packet statistics for PPPoE sessions.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display pppoe-server session packet [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode:

display pppoe-server session packet { slot slot-number | interface interface-type interface-number }

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface for centralized devices in standalone mode, the command displays packet statistics for PPPoE sessions on all interfaces.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, the command displays packet statistics for PPPoE sessions on all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

Examples

# Display packet statistics for PPPoE sessions on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display pppoe-server session packet interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Total PPPoE sessions: 2

Ethernet interface: GE1/0/1 Session ID: 1

InPackets: 37 OutPackets: 38

InBytes: 390 OutBytes: 406

InDrops: 0 OutDrops: 0

Ethernet interface: GE1/0/1 Session ID: 2

InPackets: 67 OutPackets: 48

InBytes: 490 OutBytes: 806

InDrops: 1 OutDrops: 2

Table 10 Command output

Field	Description
Ethernet interface	Interface where the PPPoE session is present.
Session ID	PPPoE session ID.
InPackets	Number of packets received.
OutPackets	Number of packets transmitted.
InBytes	Number of bytes received.
OutBytes	Number of bytes transmitted.
InDrops	Number of discarded incoming packets.
OutDrops	Number of discarded outgoing packets.

Related commands

display interface virtual-access

display pppoe-server session summary

Use display pppoe-server session summary to display summary PPPoE session information.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display pppoe-server session summary [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode:

display pppoe-server session summary { slot slot-number | interface interface-type interface-number }

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface for centralized devices in standalone mode, the command displays summary PPPoE session information for all interfaces.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, the command displays summary PPPoE session information for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

Usage guidelines

Summary PPPoE session information on a physical interface can be displayed only on the card where the interface resides. Summary PPPoE session information on a logical interface can be displayed on all cards.

Examples

# Display summary PPPoE session information on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display pppoe-server session summary interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Total PPPoE sessions: 2

Ethernet interface: GE1/0/1 Session ID: 1

PPP interface: VA1 State: PADR_RCVD

Remote MAC: 00e0-1500-7100 Local MAC: 00e0-1400-7300

Service VLAN: N/A Customer VLAN: N/A

Ethernet interface: GE1/0/1 Session ID: 2

PPP interface: VA2 State: OPEN

Remote MAC:00e0-1600-7200 Local MAC: 00e0-1400-7400

Service VLAN: 2 Customer VLAN: 155

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display summary PPPoE session information on all interfaces.

<Sysname> display pppoe-server session summary

Total PPPoE sessions: 2

Local PPPoE sessions: 2

Ethernet interface: GE1/0/2 Session ID: 1

PPP interface: VA1 State: OPEN

Remote MAC: 0000-0000-0005 Local MAC: 0000-5e00-0101

Service VLAN: N/A Customer VLAN: N/A

Ethernet interface: RAGG1 Session ID: 1

PPP interface: VA0 State: OPEN

Remote MAC: 0050-56c0-0005 Local MAC: 0000-5e00-0102

Service VLAN: N/A Customer VLAN: N/A

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) Display summary PPPoE session information on the MPU in slot 0.

<Sysname> display pppoe-server session summary slot 0

Total PPPoE sessions on slot 0: 1

Local PPPoE sessions on slot 0: 0

Ethernet interface: RAGG1 Session ID: 1

PPP interface: VA0 State: OPEN

Remote MAC: 0050-56c0-0005 Local MAC: 0000-5e00-0102

Service VLAN: N/A Customer VLAN: N/A

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) Display summary PPPoE session information on the interface card in slot 2.

<Sysname> display pppoe-server session summary slot 2

Total PPPoE sessions on slot 2: 2

Local PPPoE sessions on slot 2: 1

Ethernet interface: GE2/0/2 Session ID: 1

PPP interface: VA1 State: OPEN

Remote MAC: 0000-0000-0005 Local MAC: 0000-5e00-0101

Service VLAN: N/A Customer VLAN: N/A

Ethernet interface: RAGG1 Session ID: 1

PPP interface: VA0 State: OPEN

Remote MAC: 0050-56c0-0005 Local MAC: 0000-5e00-0102

Service VLAN: N/A Customer VLAN: N/A

Table 11 Command output

Field	Description
Total PPPoE sessions	Total number of PPPoE sessions on physical interfaces and logical interfaces (centralized devices in standalone mode).
Local PPPoE sessions	Total number of PPPoE sessions on physical interfaces (centralized devices in standalone mode). When an interface is specified, this field is not displayed.
Total PPPoE sessions on slot slot-number	Total number of PPPoE sessions (distributed devices in standalone mode). When the slot slot-number option is specified, both PPPoE sessions on the local card's physical interfaces and global PPPoE sessions are displayed.
Local PPPoE sessions on slot slot-number	Total number of PPPoE sessions on the local card's physical interfaces (distributed devices in standalone mode). When an interface is specified, this field is not displayed.
Ethernet interface	Interface where the PPPoE session is present.
Session ID	PPPoE session ID.
PPP interface	Virtual access interface created for the PPPoE session.
State	PPPoE session state: · PADR RCVD—The PPPoE session is being negotiated. · Open—The PPPoE session has been successfully established.
RemoteMAC	MAC address of the remote end.
LocalMAC	MAC address of the local end.
Service VLAN	Service provider VLAN. N/A means no service provider VLAN is available.
Customer VLAN	Customer VLAN. N/A means no customer VLAN is available.

display pppoe-server throttled-mac

Use display pppoe-server throttled-mac to display information about blocked users.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display pppoe-server throttled-mac [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode:

display pppoe-server throttled-mac { slot slot-number | interface interface-type interface-number }

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface for centralized devices in standalone mode,, the command displays information about blocked users on all interfaces.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, the command displays information about blocked users on all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

Examples

# Display information about blocked users on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display pppoe-server throttled-mac interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Total 3 client MACs:

Interface Remote MAC Start time Remaining time(s)

GE1/0/1 00e0-1500-4100 2010-12-01,12:10:30 55

GE1/0/1 00e0-1500-4000 2010-12-01,12:10:40 65

GE1/0/1 00e0-1500-3300 2010-12-01,12:10:50 75

Table 12 Command output

Field	Description
Interface	Interface at which the user is blocked.
Remote MAC	MAC address of the user.
Start time	Time to start blocking users.
Remaining time(s)	Time left for blocking users, in seconds.

Related commands

pppoe-server throttle per-mac

display pppoe-server va-pool

Use display pppoe-server va-pool to display information about VA pools.

Syntax

display pppoe-server va-pool

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display information about VA pools.

<Sysname> display pppoe-server va-pool

VT interface Size Unused/State

Virtual-Template1 1000 900

Virtual-Template2 1000 Creating

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) Display information about VA pools.

<Sysname> display pppoe-server va-pool

Location VT interface Size Unused/State

Virtual-Template1 1000 900

1/* Virtual-Template2 1000 1000

Table 13 Command output

Field	Description
Location	Card and CPU where the VA pool resides. This field is not displayed for centralized devices. When the field displays a hyphen (-), it indicates a global VA pool. If the device cannot display the CPU, an asterisks () is displayed, for example, 1/0/.
VT interface	Virtual-Template interface that uses the VA pool.
Unused/State	VA pool capacity available for PPP users/current state of the VA pool. · Creating—The VA pool is being created. · Destroying—The VA pool is being removed.

Related commands

pppoe-server virtual-template va-pool

ppp lcp echo mru verify

Use ppp lcp echo mru verify to enable maximum receive unit (MRU) verification for PPPoE on a VT interface.

Use undo ppp lcp echo mru verify to disable MRU verification for PPPoE.

Syntax

ppp lcp echo mru verify [minimum value ]

undo ppp lcp echo mru verify

Default

MRU verification for PPPoE is disabled on a VT interface.

Views

VT interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

minimum value: Specifies the minimum MRU in the range of 64 to 1500 bytes.

Usage guidelines

To support an MTU larger than 1492, PPPoE adds the PPP-Max-Payload option during PPPoE negotiation. This option identifies the MTU for the current PPPoE session. If the MTU is larger than 1492, PPP uses the MTU as the MRU during LCP negotiation, and reports the MTU after negotiation.

MRU verification prevents the negotiated MRU from exceeding the receiving and sending capabilities of the interface. If the negotiated MRU is larger than 1492, the PPPoE server sends an echo request that has the same size as the negotiated MRU. If the PPPoE server receives a reply, it uses the MRU as the MTU. If the PPPoE server fails to receive a reply, the following situations occur:

· If the minimum MRU is configured, the PPPoE server sends a packet that has the same size as the minimum MRU.

· If the minimum MRU is not configured, the PPPoE server sends a packet that has the same size as the negotiated MRU.

If the second verification still fails, the PPPoE server tears down the link.

NCP negotiation starts after the MRU verification succeeds.

Examples

# Enable MRU verification for PPPoE and set the minimum MRU to 1200 bytes on Virtual-Template 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-template 10

[Sysname-Virtual-Template10] ppp lcp echo mru verify minimum 1200

pppoe-server access-delay

Use pppoe-server access-delay to set the response delay time on an interface.

Use undo pppoe-server access-delay to restore the default.

Syntax

pppoe-server access-delay delay-time

undo pppoe-server access-delay

Default

No response delay time is set on an interface.

Views

Layer 3 Ethernet interface/subinterface view

Layer 3 virtual Ethernet interface/subinterface view

VLAN interface view

Layer 3 aggregate interface/subinterface view

L3VE interface/subinterface view

EFM interface/subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

delay-time: Specifies the response delay time, in the range of 10 to 25500 milliseconds.

Usage guidelines

The system responds to the first packet of a PPP connection on the interface after the configured delay time elapses.

Examples

# Set the response delay time to 100 milliseconds on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] pppoe-server access-delay 100

pppoe-server access-line-id bas-info

Use pppoe-server access-line-id bas-info to configure the NAS-Port-ID attribute to automatically include BAS information on an interface.

Use undo pppoe-server access-line-id bas-info to restore the default.

Syntax

pppoe-server access-line-id bas-info [ cn-163 ]

undo pppoe-server access-line-id bas-info

Default

The NAS-Port-ID attribute does not automatically include BAS information on an interface.

Views

Layer 3 Ethernet interface/subinterface view

Layer 3 virtual Ethernet interface/subinterface view

VLAN interface view

Layer 3 aggregate interface/subinterface view

L3VE interface/subinterface view

EFM interface/subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cn-163: Specifies the China-Telecom 163 format for the BAS information. If you do not specify this keyword, BAS information in the China-Telecom format is included.

Usage guidelines

The bas-info formats include China Telecom and China Telecom 163.

The BAS information in the China Telecom format is {atm|eth|trunk} NAS_slot/NAS_subslot/NAS_port:XPI.XCI, which represents information about the user access interface on the BRAS.

· When ATM/DSL is used, XPI.XCI represents VPI/VCI information.

· When Ethernet/DSL is used, XPI.XCI represents VLAN information.

For example, eth 1/0/1:4096.2345 includes the following information about the user access interface on the BRAS:

· The type of the interface is Ethernet interface.

· The interface is located at slot 1, subslot 0, and port 1.

· The outer VLAN ID is 4096 (which means invalid VLAN), and the inner VLAN ID is 2345.

Table 14 shows the China-Telecom 163 format, where:

· NAS_slot, NAS_subslot, and NAS_port refer to the numbering information of the PPPoE access interface on the BAS device.

· vpi and vci refer to VPI and VCI information.

· vlanid and vlanid2 refer to inner VLAN and outer VLAN, respectively. Value for the vlanid of the primary interface is fixed at 0.

Table 14 BAS information in China-Telecom 163 format

Interface type	Format
ATM interface	slot=NAS_slot;subslot=NAS_subslot;port=NAS_port;vpi=XPI;vci=XCI;
Primary interface or interface that does not carry inner VLAN or outer VLAN information.	slot=NAS_slot;subslot=NAS_subslot;port=NAS_port;vlanid=VLAN id;
Interface that carries inner VLAN and outer VLAN information.	slot=NAS_slot;subslot=NAS_subslot;port=NAS_port;vlanid=VLAN id;vlanid2=VLAN id2;

This command determines the content of the NAS-Port-ID attribute that the PPPoE server delivers to the RADIUS server.

· If the cn-163 keyword is specified, the PPPoE server automatically inserts the corresponding BAS information before the parsed circuit-id. Then it sends the combination of the bas-info and circuit-id as the NAS-Port-ID attribute to the RADIUS server.

· If the cn-163 keyword is not specified, the PPPoE server creates a new circuit-id in China-Telecom format. Then it sends the new circuit-id as the NAS-Port-ID attribute to the RADIUS server. The new circuit-id contains the corresponding BAS information and the DSLAM user access information in the original circuit-id.

If this command is not executed, the NAS-Port-ID attribute that the PPPoE server delivers to the RADIUS server is determined by the pppoe-server access-line-id content command.

The RADIUS server cannot correctly parse a NAS-Port-ID attribute that includes the remote-id and BAS information. When you configure this command together with the pppoe-server access-line-id trust command, make sure the NAS-Port-ID attribute sent to the RADIUS sever does not include the remote-id.

Examples

# Configure the NAS-Port-ID attribute to automatically include BAS information on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] pppoe-server access-line-id bas-info

Related commands

pppoe-server access-line-id circuit-id parse-mode

pppoe-server access-line-id content

pppoe-server access-line-id trust

pppoe-server access-line-id circuit-id parse-mode

Use pppoe-server access-line-id circuit-id parse-mode to configure the format that an interface uses to parse the circuit-id in the access line ID.

Use undo pppoe-server access-line-id circuit-id parse-mode to restore the default.

Syntax

pppoe-server access-line-id circuit-id parse-mode { cn-telecom | tr-101 }

undo pppoe-server access-line-id circuit-id parse-mode

Default

An interface uses the TR-101 format to parse the circuit-id.

Views

Layer 3 Ethernet interface/subinterface view

Layer 3 virtual Ethernet interface/subinterface view

VLAN interface view

Layer 3 aggregate interface/subinterface view

L3VE interface/subinterface view

EFM interface/subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cn-telecom: Specifies China Telecom format.

tr-101: Specifies TR-101 format.

Usage guidelines

The circuit-id formats include TR-101 and China Telecom.

The TR-101 format is Access-Node-Identifier atm slot/port:vpi.vci for ATM/DSL, and is Access-Node-Identifier eth slot/port[:vlan-id] for Ethernet/DSL. The entire ID refers to the user access information on the DSLAM, where

· Access-Node-Identifier refers to the identifier of the DSLAM.

· The remainder refers to information about the user access interface on the DSLAM.

The China Telecom format is AccessNodeIdentifier/ANI_rack/ANI_frame/ANI_slot/ANI_subslot/ANI_port[:ANI_XPI.ANI_XCI], which represents user access information on the DSLAM, including DSLAM identifier and user access interface.

For example, guangzhou001/1/31/63/31/127 includes the following user access information on the DSLAM:

· The identifier of the access node DSLAM is guangzhou001.

· The rack number of the DSLAM is 1.

· The user access interface is located at frame 31, slot 63, subslot 31, and port 127.

Examples

# Configure GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to use China Telecom format to parse the circuit-id.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] pppoe-server access-line-id circuit-id parse-mode cn-telecom

Related commands

pppoe-server access-line-id circuit-id trans-format

Use pppoe-server access-line-id circuit-id trans-format to configure the transmission format for the circuit-id in access line ID on an interface.

Use undo pppoe-server access-line-id circuit-id trans-format to restore the default.

Syntax

pppoe-server access-line-id circuit-id trans-format { ascii | hex }

undo pppoe-server access-line-id circuit-id trans-format

Default

The transmission format for the circuit-id in access line ID is a string of characters on an interface.

Views

Layer 3 Ethernet interface/subinterface view

Layer 3 virtual Ethernet interface/subinterface view

VLAN interface view

Layer 3 aggregate interface/subinterface view

L3VE interface/subinterface view

EFM interface/subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ascii: Specifies the character string format. For example, the circuit-id 00010002 is transmitted in the form of 01 08 30 30 30 31 30 30 30 32.

hex: Specifies the hexadecimal format. For example, the circuit-id 00010002 is transmitted in the form of 01 04 00 01 00 02.

Examples

# Configure GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to use the hexadecimal format to transmit the circuit-id.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] pppoe-server access-line-id circuit-id trans-format hex

pppoe-server access-line-id content

Use pppoe-server access-line-id content to configure the content of the NAS-Port-ID attribute delivered to the RADIUS server on an interface.

Use undo pppoe-server access-line-id content to restore the default.

Syntax

pppoe-server access-line-id content { all [ separator ] | circuit-id | remote-id }

undo pppoe-server access-line-id content

Default

The NAS-Port-ID attribute contains only the circuit-id on an interface.

Views

Layer 3 Ethernet interface/subinterface view

Layer 3 virtual Ethernet interface/subinterface view

VLAN interface view

Layer 3 aggregate interface/subinterface view

L3VE interface/subinterface view

EFM interface/subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

all: Sends both the circuit-id and remote-id.

separator: Specifies a separator that is one character long. By default, the value is a blank space. The circuit-id and remote-id are connected by the separator.

circuit-id: Sends only the circuit-id.

remote-id: Sends only the remote-id.

Usage guidelines

The PPPoE server on a BAS device uses the RADIUS NAS-Port-ID attribute to send the access line ID received from a DSLAM device to the RADIUS server. The access line ID contains the circuit-id and remote-id. The RADIUS server compares the received NAS-Port-ID attribute with the local line ID information to verify the location of the user.

For more information about the circuit-id, see the pppoe-server access-line-id circuit-id parse-mode command.

For more information about the remote-id, see pppoe-server access-line-id remote-id trans-format the command.

Do not use a character that exists in the circuit-id or remote-id as the separator. Otherwise, the RADIUS server might fail to parse the ID information.

This command determines the content of the NAS-Port-ID attribute only when the pppoe-server access-line-id bas-info command is not configured. Otherwise, the pppoe-server access-line-id bas-info command determines the content of the NAS-Port-ID attribute.

Examples

# Configure GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to deliver only the circuit-id to the RADIUS server.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] pppoe-server access-line-id content circuit-id

Related commands

pppoe-server access-line-id bas-info

pppoe-server access-line-id circuit-id parse-mode

pppoe-server access-line-id remote-id trans-format

Use pppoe-server access-line-id remote-id trans-format to configure the transmission format for the remote-id in the access line ID on an interface.

Use undo pppoe-server access-line-id remote-id trans-format to restore the default.

Syntax

pppoe-server access-line-id remote-id trans-format { ascii | hex }

undo pppoe-server access-line-id remote-id trans-format

Default

The transmission format for the remote-id is a string of characters on an interface.

Views

Layer 3 Ethernet interface/subinterface view

Layer 3 virtual Ethernet interface/subinterface view

VLAN interface view

Layer 3 aggregate interface/subinterface view

L3VE interface/subinterface view

EFM interface/subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ascii: Specifies the character string format.

hex: Specifies the hexadecimal format.

Usage guidelines

The remote-id is the system MAC address of a PPPoE relay device (for example, DSLAM). It can be transmitted in character strings or hexadecimal format.

Examples

# Configure GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to use the hexadecimal format to transmit the remote-id.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] pppoe-server access-line-id remote-id trans-format hex

pppoe-server access-line-id trust

Use pppoe-server access-line-id trust to configure the PPPoE server to trust the access line ID in received packets on an interface.

Use undo pppoe-server access-line-id trust to restore the default.

Syntax

pppoe-server access-line-id trust

undo pppoe-server access-line-id trust

Default

The PPPoE server does not trust the access line ID in received packets on an interface.

Views

Layer 3 Ethernet interface/subinterface view

Layer 3 virtual Ethernet interface/subinterface view

VLAN interface view

Layer 3 aggregate interface/subinterface view

L3VE interface/subinterface view

EFM interface/subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command enables the PPPoE server to parse the circuit-id and remote-id in a received packet, and creates a new circuit-id and remote-id. If the PPPoE server fails to parse the circuit-id or remote-id in a PADR packet, it discards the packet and does not return a PADS packet.

If this command is not executed, the PPPoE server does not parse the circuit-id and remote-id in a received packet. The contents of both the new circuit-id and the remote-id are null.

Examples

# Configure GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to trust the access line ID in received packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] pppoe-server access-line-id trust

Related commands

pppoe-server access-line-id circuit-id parse-mode

pppoe-server bind

Use pppoe-server bind to enable the PPPoE server on an interface and bind the interface to a VT interface.

Use undo pppoe-server bind to disable the PPPoE server on an interface.

Syntax

pppoe-server bind virtual-template number

undo pppoe-server bind

Default

The PPPoE server is disabled on an interface.

Views

Layer 3 Ethernet interface/subinterface view

Layer 3 virtual Ethernet interface/subinterface view

VLAN interface view

Layer 3 aggregate interface/subinterface view

L3VE interface/subinterface view

EFM interface/subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

virtual template number: Specifies a VT interface by its number.

The following matrix shows the value ranges for the number argument:

Hardware	Value range
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS	0 to 1023
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	0 to 1023
MSR 2630	0 to 1023
MSR3600-28/3600-51	0 to 1023
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	0 to 1023
MSR 3610	0 to 1023
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	0 to 2047
MSR 3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	0 to 2047
MSR5620/5660/5680	0 to 4095

Hardware	Value range
MSR810-LM-GL	0 to 1023
MSR810-W-LM-GL	0 to 1023
MSR830-6EI-GL	0 to 1023
MSR830-10EI-GL	0 to 1023
MSR830-6HI-GL	0 to 1023
MSR830-10HI-GL	0 to 1023
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	0 to 1023
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	0 to 1023

Usage guidelines

A PPPoE server-enabled interface can be bound to a nonexistent VT interface.

If the interface has been bound to a VT interface, you cannot use this command to bind the interface to another VT interface. To do that, disable the PPPoE server on the interface first.

If both the PPPoE client and PPPoE server are enabled on an interface, the PPPoE client feature does not take effect.

Examples

# Enable the PPPoE server on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 and bind the interface to Virtual-Template 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] pppoe-server bind virtual-template 1

pppoe-server session-limit

Use pppoe-server session-limit to set the maximum number of PPPoE sessions on an interface.

Use undo pppoe-server session-limit to restore the default.

Syntax

pppoe-server session-limit number

undo pppoe-server session-limit

Default

The number of PPPoE sessions on an interface is not limited.

Views

Layer 3 Ethernet interface/subinterface view

Layer 3 virtual Ethernet interface/subinterface view

VLAN interface view

Layer 3 aggregate interface/subinterface view

L3VE interface/subinterface view

EFM interface/subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

number: Specifies the maximum number of PPPoE sessions on an interface, in the range of 1 to 65534.

Usage guidelines

PPPoE can establish a session when none of the following limits are reached:

· Limit for a user on an interface.

· Limit for a VLAN on an interface.

· Limit on an interface.

· Limit on a card. (Distributed devices in standalone.)

· Limit on a device. (Centralized devices in standalone mode.)

New maximum number settings only apply to subsequently established PPPoE sessions.

Examples

# Set the maximum number of PPPoE sessions on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to 50.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] pppoe-server session-limit 50

Related commands

pppoe-server session-limit per-mac

pppoe-server session-limit per-vlan

pppoe-server session-limit total

pppoe-server session-limit per-mac

Use pppoe-server session-limit per-mac to set the maximum number of PPPoE sessions for a user on an interface.

Use undo pppoe-server session-limit per-mac to restore the default.

Syntax

pppoe-server session-limit per-mac number

undo pppoe-server session-limit per-mac

Default

A user can create a maximum of 100 PPPoE sessions on an interface.

Views

Layer 3 Ethernet interface/subinterface view

Layer 3 virtual Ethernet interface/subinterface view

VLAN interface view

Layer 3 aggregate interface/subinterface view

L3VE interface/subinterface view

EFM interface/subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

number: Specifies the maximum number of PPPoE sessions for a user, in the range of 1 to 65534.

Usage guidelines

A user is identified by a MAC address.

PPPoE can establish a session when none of the following limits are reached:

· Limit for a user on an interface.

· Limit for a VLAN on an interface.

· Limit on an interface.

· Limit on a card. (Distributed devices in standalone.)

· Limit on a device. (Centralized devices in standalone mode.)

New maximum number settings only apply to subsequently established PPPoE sessions.

Examples

# Set the maximum number of PPPoE sessions for a user on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to 50.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] pppoe-server session-limit per-mac 50

Related commands

pppoe-server session-limit

pppoe-server session-limit per-vlan

pppoe-server session-limit total

pppoe-server session-limit per-vlan

Use pppoe-server session-limit per-vlan to set the maximum number of PPPoE sessions for a VLAN on an interface.

Use undo pppoe-server session-limit per-vlan to restore the default.

Syntax

pppoe-server session-limit per-vlan number

undo pppoe-server session-limit per-vlan

Default

The number of PPPoE sessions for a VLAN on an interface is not limited.

Views

Layer 3 Ethernet subinterface view

Layer 3 virtual Ethernet subinterface view

Layer 3 aggregate subinterface view

L3VE subinterface view

EFM subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

number: Specifies the maximum number of PPPoE sessions for a VLAN, in the range of 1 to 65534.

Usage guidelines

PPPoE can establish a session when none of the following limits are reached:

· Limit for a user on an interface.

· Limit for a VLAN on an interface.

· Limit on an interface.

· Limit on a card. (Distributed devices in standalone.)

· Limit on a device. (Centralized devices in standalone mode.)

New maximum number settings only apply to subsequently established PPPoE sessions.

Examples

# Set the maximum number of PPPoE sessions for a VLAN on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.1 to 50.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1.1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1.1] pppoe-server session-limit per-vlan 50

Related commands

pppoe-server sessions limit

pppoe-server sessions limit per-mac

pppoe-server sessions limit total

pppoe-server session-limit total

Use pppoe-server session-limit total to set the maximum number of PPPoE sessions on a device.

Use undo pppoe-server session-limit total to restore the default.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

pppoe-server session-limit total number

undo pppoe-server session-limit total

Distributed devices in standalone mode:

pppoe-server session-limit slot slot-number total number

undo pppoe-server session-limit slot slot-number total

Default

The number of PPPoE sessions on a device is not limited. (Centralized devices in standalone mode.)

The number of PPPoE sessions on a card is not limited. (Distributed devices in standalone.)

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

number: Specifies the maximum number of PPPoE sessions on a device, in the range of 1 to 65534.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

Usage guidelines

PPPoE can establish a session when none of the following limits are reached:

· Limit for a user on an interface.

· Limit for a VLAN on an interface.

· Limit on an interface.

· Limit on a card. (Distributed devices in standalone.)

· Limit on a device. (Centralized devices in standalone mode.)

New maximum number settings only apply to subsequently established PPPoE sessions.

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Set the maximum number of PPPoE sessions on a device to 3000.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] pppoe-server session-limit total 3000

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) Set the maximum number of PPPoE sessions on card 3 to 1500.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] pppoe-server session-limit slot 3 total 1500

Related commands

pppoe-server session-limit

pppoe-server session-limit per-mac

pppoe-server session-limit per-vlan

pppoe-server tag ac-name

Use pppoe-server tag ac-name to set the access concentrator (AC) name for the PPPoE server on an interface.

Use undo pppoe-server tag ac-name to restore the default.

Syntax

pppoe-server tag ac-name name

undo pppoe-server tag ac-name

Default

The AC name for the PPPoE server is the device name on an interface.

Views

Layer 3 Ethernet interface/subinterface view

Layer 3 virtual Ethernet interface/subinterface view

VLAN interface view

Layer 3 aggregate interface/subinterface view

L3VE interface/subinterface view

EFM interface/subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

Usage guidelines

The PPPoE server sends its AC name in PADO packets. PPPoE clients choose a PPPoE server by AC name. The PPPoE clients on H3C devices cannot identify PPPoE servers by AC name.

The device does not support an AC name comprised of all blank spaces.

Examples

# Specify the AC name for the PPPoE server on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 as pppoes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] pppoe-server tag ac-name pppoes

pppoe-server tag ppp-max-payload

Use pppoe-server tag ppp-max-payload to enable the PPPoE server to support the ppp-max-payload tag and set a range for the tag on an interface.

Use undo pppoe-server tag ppp-max-payload to restore the default.

Syntax

pppoe-server tag ppp-max-payload [ minimum min-number maximum max-number ]

undo pppoe-server tag ppp-max-payload

Default

The PPPoE server does not support ppp-max-payload tag on an interface. The PPPoE server ignores the ppp-max-payload tag in PADI or PADS packets from clients, and returns a PADO or PADS packets without the ppp-max-payload tag.

Views

Layer 3 Ethernet interface/subinterface view

Layer 3 virtual Ethernet interface/subinterface view

VLAN interface view

Layer 3 aggregate interface/subinterface view

L3VE interface/subinterface view

EFM interface/subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

minimum min-number: Specifies the minimum value for the PPP maximum payload, in the range of 64 to 4470 bytes. The default value is 1492 bytes.

maximum max-number: Specifies the maximum value for the PPP maximum payload, in the range of 64 to 4470 bytes. The default value is 1500 bytes. The max-number argument must be equal or greater than the min-number argument.

Usage guidelines

This command enables the PPPoE server to forward large PPP packets with a payload larger than 1492 bytes and reduces fragmentation. If the ppp-max-payload tag sent by the PPPoE client is within the tag range, the PPPoE server returns a PADO or PADS packet that includes the tag. If not, the PPPoE server considers the received packets invalid, and it does not return a PADO or PADS packet.

The jumboframe enable command can change the size of jumbo frames supported by the interface. The maximum size of the jumbo frames configured by the jumboframe enable command should be larger than the maximum value configured by the pppoe-server tag ppp-max-payload command.

Examples

# Enable the PPPoE server to support the ppp-max-payload tag and set the value for the PPP maximum payload to be in the range of 1494 to 1580 bytes on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] pppoe-server tag ppp-max-payload minimum 1494 maximum 1508

Related commands

jumboframe enable (Interface Command References)

pppoe-server tag service-name

Use pppoe-server tag service-name to set a service name for a PPPoE server on an interface.

Use undo pppoe-server tag service-name to restore the default.

Syntax

pppoe-server tag service-name name

undo pppoe-server tag service-name

Default

A PPPoE server does not have a service name.

Views

Layer 3 Ethernet interface/subinterface view

Layer 3 virtual Ethernet interface/subinterface view

VLAN interface view

Layer 3 aggregate interface/subinterface view

L3VE interface/subinterface view

EFM interface/subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

Usage guidelines

Service names identify the traffic destined for PPPoE servers when multiple PPPoE servers are providing services on the network. A PPPoE client establishes a session with the target PPPoE server by using the following process:

1. The client broadcasts a PADI packet.

2. The server compares its service name with the service-name tag field of the PADI packet. The server sends a PADO packet to the client if either of the following conditions exists:

¡ The field matches the service name.

¡ No service name is configured.

3. The client sends a PADR packet to the server.

4. The server compares its service name with the service-name tag field of the PADR packet. The server sends a PADS packet and sets up a session with the client if either of the following conditions exists:

¡ The field matches the service name.

¡ No service name is configured.

Examples

# Set the service name to pppoes for the PPPoE server on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] pppoe-server tag service-name pppoes

pppoe-server throttle per-mac

Use pppoe-server throttle per-mac to set the PPPoE access limit on an interface.

Use undo pppoe-server throttle per-mac to restore the default.

Syntax

pppoe-server throttle per-mac session-requests session-request-period blocking-period

undo pppoe-server throttle per-mac

Default

The PPPoE access rate is not limited on an interface.

Views

Layer 3 Ethernet interface/subinterface view

Layer 3 virtual Ethernet interface/subinterface view

VLAN interface view

Layer 3 aggregate interface/subinterface view

L3VE interface/subinterface view

EFM interface/subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

session-requests: Specifies the maximum number of PPPoE session requests from a user within the monitoring time. The value range is 1 to 100000.

session-request-period: Specifies the monitoring time in the range of 1 to 3600 seconds.

blocking-period: Specifies the blocking time in the range of 1 to 3600 seconds.

Usage guidelines

This command limits the rate at which a user (identified by MAC address) can create PPPoE sessions on an interface. If the number of PPPoE requests within the monitoring time exceeds the configured threshold, the device discards the excessive requests, and outputs log messages. If the blocking time is set to 0, the device does not block any requests, and it only outputs log messages.

The device uses a monitoring table and a blocking table to control PPP access rates.

· Monitoring table—Stores a maximum of 8000 monitoring entries. Each entry records the number of PPPoE sessions created by a user within the monitoring time. When the monitoring entries reach the maximum, the system stops monitoring and blocking session requests from new users. The aging time of monitoring entries is determined by the session-request-period argument. When the timer expires, the system starts a new round of monitoring for the user.

· Blocking table—Stores a maximum of 8000 blocking entries. The system creates a blocking entry if the access rate of a user reaches the threshold, and blocks requests from that user. When the blocking entries reach the maximum, the system stops blocking session requests from new users and it only outputs log messages. The aging time of the blocking entries is determined by the blocking-period argument. When the timer expires, the system starts a new round of monitoring for the user.

If the access rate setting is changed, the system removes all monitoring and blocking entries, and uses the new settings to limit PPPoE access rates.

Examples

# Limit the rate at which a user can create PPPoE sessions on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] pppoe-server throttle per-mac 100 100 5

Related commands

display pppoe-server throttled-mac

pppoe-server virtual-template va-pool

Use pppoe-server virtual-template va-pool to configure a VA pool.

Use undo pppoe-server virtual-template va-pool to remove a VA pool.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

pppoe-server virtual-template template-number va-pool va-volume

undo pppoe-server virtual-template template-number va-pool

Distributed devices in standalone mode:

pppoe-server virtual-template template-number [ slot slot-number ] va-pool va-volume

undo pppoe-server virtual-template template-number [ slot slot-number ] va-pool

Default

No VA pool is configured.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

virtual-template template-number: Specifies an existing VT interface to use the VA pool.

va-pool va-volume: Specifies the maximum number of VA interfaces contained in the VA pool, in the range of 1 to 65534.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, a global VA pool is created. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

Usage guidelines

The PPPoE server creates a VA interface for a PPPoE session to transmit packets between PPPoE and PPP, and removes the VA interface when the user goes offline. Creating and removing VA interfaces take time.

You can configure VA pools to improve the performance of PPPoE session establishment and termination. A VA pool contains a group of automatically numbered VA interfaces. The PPPoE server selects a VA interface from the pool for a requesting user and places the interface back to the VA pool when the user goes offline. When the VA pool is exhausted, the system creates VA interfaces for new PPPoE sessions, and removes those VA interfaces when the users go offline.

On a VT interface, you can create one global VA pool and one regional VA pool per member device for interfaces bound with the VT interface.

· The global VA pool contains VA interfaces for logical interfaces that might span multiple devices, such as Ethernet aggregate interfaces.

· The regional VA pool contains VA interfaces for interfaces that do not span multiple devices, such as Ethernet interfaces.

When you configure a VA pool, follow these guidelines:

· To change the capacity of a VA pool, you must delete the previous configuration, and reconfigure the VA pool.

· Creating or removing a VA pool takes time. During the process of creating or removing a VA pool, users can come online or go offline, but the VA pool does not take effect.

· If the system fails to create a VA pool because of insufficient resources, you can view the available resources by using the display pppoe-server va-pool command.

· VA pools are memory intensive. Set their capacity depending on your network requirements.

· Deleting a VA pool does not log off the users who are using VA interfaces in the VA pool.

Examples

# Create a VA pool with a capacity of 1000 VA interfaces on Virtual-Template 2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] pppoe-server virtual-template 2 va-pool 1000

Related commands

display pppoe-server va-pool

reset pppoe-server

Use reset pppoe-server to clear PPPoE sessions on the PPPoE server.

Syntax

reset pppoe-server { all | interface interface-type interface-number | virtual-template number }

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

all: Clears all PPPoE sessions.

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number.

virtual-template number: Specifies a VT interface by its number.

Examples

# Clear established sessions on Virtual-template 1 on the PPPoE server.

<Sysname> reset pppoe-server virtual-template 1

PPPoE client commands

dialer diagnose

Use dialer diagnose to configure DDR to operate in diagnostic mode.

Use undo dialer diagnose to restore the default.

Syntax

dialer diagnose [ interval interval ]

undo dialer diagnose

Default

DDR operates in non-diagnostic mode.

Views

Dialer interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interval: Specifies the diagnostic interval in the range of 5 to 65535 seconds. The default is 120 seconds.

Usage guidelines

This command takes effect only when a dialer interface is used with PPPoE client applications.

In diagnostic mode, the device performs the following operations:

· Dials a PPPoE connection immediately after the device configurations are complete.

· Automatically terminates the connection.

· Starts the auto-dial timer after a configurable diagnostic interval.

· Redials a connection when the auto-dial timer expires.

By establishing and terminating PPPoE sessions periodically, you can monitor the operating status of the PPPoE link.

In diagnostic mode, the link idle-timeout timer is ignored.

Examples

# Configure Dialer 1 to operate in diagnostic mode, with a diagnostic interval of 300 seconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface dialer 1

[Sysname-Dialer1] dialer diagnose interval 300

Related commands

dialer timer autodial

dialer timer idle

display pppoe-client session packet

Use display pppoe-client session packet to display the protocol packet statistics for a PPPoE session.

Syntax

display pppoe-client session packet [ dial-bundle-number number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

dial-bundle-number number: Specifies the dialer bundle number corresponding to a PPPoE session, in the range of 0 to 1023. If you do not specify this option, the command displays the protocol packet statistics for all PPPoE sessions.

Usage guidelines

To display the data packet statistics for a PPPoE session, use the display interface virtual-access command to display information about the specified VA interface.

Examples

# Display the protocol packet statistics for all PPPoE sessions.

<Sysname> display pppoe-client session packet

Bundle: 1 Interface: GE1/0/1

InPackets: 19 OutPackets: 19

InBytes: 816 OutBytes: 816

InDrops: 0 OutDrops: 0

Bundle: 2 Interface: GE1/0/1

InPackets: 18 OutPackets: 18

InBytes: 730 OutBytes: 730

InDrops: 0 OutDrops: 0

Table 15 Command output

Field	Description
Bundle	Dialer bundle to which a PPPoE session belongs.
Interface	Ethernet interface where the PPPoE session is present.
InPackets	Number of packets received.
OutPackets	Number of packets transmitted.
InBytes	Number of bytes received.
OutBytes	Number of bytes transmitted.
InDrops	Number of discarded incoming packets.
OutDrops	Number of discarded outgoing packets.

Related commands

display interface virtual-access

reset pppoe-client session packet

display pppoe-client session summary

Use display pppoe-client session summary to display summary PPPoE session information.

Syntax

display pppoe-client session summary [ dial-bundle-number number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

Examples

# Display summary information for all PPPoE sessions.

<Sysname> display pppoe-client session summary

Bundle ID Interface VA RemoteMAC LocalMAC State

1 1 GE1/0/1 VA0 00e0-1400-4300 00e0-1500-4100 SESSION

2 1 GE1/0/2 VA1 00e0-1500-4300 00e0-1600-4100 SESSION

Table 16 Command output

Field	Description
Bundle	Dialer bundle to which the PPPoE session belongs.
Interface	Ethernet interface where the PPPoE session is present.
VA	Virtual access interface created for the PPPoE session.
RemoteMAC	MAC address of the remote end.
LocalMAC	MAC address of the local end.
State	PPPoE session state: · IDLE—Initialization state. · PADI SENT—A PPPoE Active Discovery Initiation (PADI) packet has been sent, and a PPPoE Active Discovery Offer (PADO) packet is being expected. · PADR SENT—A PPPoE Active Discovery Request (PADR) packet has been sent, and a PPPoE Active Discovery Session-confirmation (PADS) packet is being expected. · SESSION—The PPPoE session has been successfully established.

pppoe-client

Use pppoe-client to establish a PPPoE session and specify the dialer bundle corresponding to the session.

Use undo pppoe-client to remove a PPPoE session.

Syntax

pppoe-client dial-bundle-number number [ no-hostuniq ]

undo pppoe-client dial-bundle-number number

Default

No PPPoE session is established.

Views

Layer 3 Ethernet interface/subinterface view

Layer 3 virtual Ethernet interface/subinterface view

VLAN interface view

Layer 3 aggregate interface/subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dial-bundle-number number: Specifies the dialer bundle number corresponding to a PPPoE session, in the range of 0 to 1023. A dialer bundle number uniquely identifies a PPPoE session. It can also be used as a PPPoE session ID.

no-hostuniq: Configures the client not to carry the Host-Uniq field in discovery packets. If you do not specify this keyword, the client carries the Host-Unique field. The Host-Unique field uniquely identifies a PPPoE client when an interface is configured with multiple PPPoE sessions. When the PPPoE server receives a packet with this field, it must include this field unmodified in the response packet. The device identifies the PPPoE client where the response packet belongs based on the Host-Unique field in the response packet.

Examples

# Establish a PPPoE session on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] pppoe-client dial-bundle-number 1

# Establish a PPPoE session on Virtual-Ethernet 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ethernet 0

[Sysname-Virtual-Ethernet0] pppoe-client dial-bundle-number 1

# Establish a PPPoE session on VLAN-Interface 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface vlan-interface 1

[Sysname-Vlan-interface1] pppoe-client dial-bundle-number 1

reset pppoe-client

Use reset pppoe-client to reset a PPPoE session corresponding to a dialer bundle.

Syntax

reset pppoe-client { all | dial-bundle-number number }

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

all: Resets all the PPPoE sessions.

dial-bundle-number number: Specifies a dialer bundle by its number in the range of 0 to 1023.

Usage guidelines

A PPPoE session in permanent mode and terminated by this command will be established again when the auto dial timer expires.

A PPPoE session in on-demand mode and terminated by this command will be established again only when there is a need for data transmission.

Examples

# Reset all PPPoE sessions.

<Sysname> reset pppoe-client all

Related commands

dialer timer autodial

reset pppoe-client session packet

Use reset pppoe-client session packet to reset the protocol packet statistics for a PPPoE session.

Syntax

reset pppoe-client session packet [ dial-bundle-number number ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dial-bundle-number number: Specifies the dialer bundle number corresponding to a PPPoE session, in the range of 0 to 1023. If you do not specify this option, the command resets the protocol packet statistics for all PPPoE sessions.

Examples

# Reset the protocol packet statistics for all PPPoE sessions.

<Sysname> reset pppoe-client session packet

Related commands

display pppoe-client session packet

L2TP commands

The device does not support this feature in IRF mode.

The LNS mode is not supported on MSR810-LMS and MSR810-LUS routers.

allow l2tp

Use allow l2tp to configure an L2TP network server (LNS) to accept Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP) tunneling requests from an L2TP access concentrator (LAC), and to specify a VT interface for tunnel setup.

Use undo allow to restore the default.

Syntax

allow l2tp virtual-template virtual-template-number [ remote remote-name ]

undo allow

Default

An LNS denies L2TP tunneling requests from any LACs.

Views

L2TP group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

virtual-template virtual-template-number: Specifies a VT interface by its number. An LNS dynamically creates virtual access (VA) interfaces based on the configuration of a VT interface. Each VA interface is used to carry data for a different L2TP session.

The following matrix shows the value ranges for the virtual-template-number argument:

Hardware	Value range
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS	0 to 1023
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	0 to 1023
MSR 2630	0 to 1023
MSR3600-28/3600-51	0 to 1023
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	0 to 1023
MSR 3610	0 to 1023
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	0 to 2047
MSR 3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	0 to 2047
MSR5620/5660/5680	0 to 4095

Hardware	Value range
MSR810-LM-GL	0 to 1023
MSR810-W-LM-GL	0 to 1023
MSR830-6EI-GL	0 to 1023
MSR830-10EI-GL	0 to 1023
MSR830-6HI-GL	0 to 1023
MSR830-10HI-GL	0 to 1023
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	0 to 1023
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	0 to 1023

remote remote-name: Specifies the name of the tunnel peer (LAC) initiating tunneling requests, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines

The allow l2tp command is available only on L2TP groups in LNS mode.

Make sure the specified name of the tunnel peer is consistent with the local name configured on the LAC.

If you execute this command multiple times for an L2TP group, the most recent configuration takes effect.

For L2TP group 1, if you do not specify the remote remote-name option, an LNS accepts tunneling requests from any LACs. In this case, L2TP group 1 acts as the default L2TP group. For L2TP groups other than L2TP group 1, the remote remote-name option must be configured.

The allow l2tp command is available only on LNSs.

· When an LAC that initiates a tunneling request is the tunnel peer configured in an L2TP group, the LNS uses the tunnel parameters configured in this group for tunnel setup.

· When the LAC is not the tunnel peer configured in any L2TP group, the LNS performs one of the following operations:

¡ Uses the tunnel parameters for the default L2TP group if it exists.

¡ Fails to set up a tunnel with the LAC if the default L2TP group does not exist.

As a best practice, configure a default L2TP group on the LNS in the following cases:

· LACs (such as hosts with Windows 2000 Beta 2 installed) include blank local names in their tunneling requests.

· The LNS sets up tunnels with multiple LACs by using the same tunnel parameters.

Examples

# Specify L2TP group 1 as the default L2TP group, and specify Virtual-Template 1 for tunnel setup. For L2TP group 2, configure the LNS to accept the L2TP tunneling request initiated by the peer (LAC) named aaa, and specify Virtual-Template 2 for tunnel setup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] l2tp-group 1 mode lns

[Sysname-l2tp1] allow l2tp virtual-template 1

[Sysname-l2tp1] quit

[Sysname] l2tp-group 2 mode lns

[Sysname-l2tp2] allow l2tp virtual-template 2 remote aaa

Related commands

tunnel name

bandwidth

Use bandwidth to set the expected bandwidth for an interface.

Use undo bandwidth to restore the default.

Syntax

bandwidth bandwidth-value

undo bandwidth

Default

The expected bandwidth (in kbps) is interface baudrate divided by 1000.

Views

Virtual PPP interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

bandwidth-value: Specifies the expected bandwidth in the range of 1 to 400000000 kbps.

Usage guidelines

The expected bandwidth of an interface affects the link costs in OSPF, OSPFv3, and IS-IS. For more information, see Layer 3—IP Routing Configuration Guide.

Examples

# Set the expected bandwidth of Virtual-PPP 10 to 100 kbps.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ppp 10

[Sysname-Virtual-PPP10] bandwidth 100

default

Use default to restore the default settings for a virtual PPP interface.

Syntax

default

Views

Virtual PPP interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

CAUTION:

The default command might interrupt ongoing network services. Make sure you are fully aware of the impact of this command when you execute it on a live network.

Examples

# Restore the default settings for Virtual-PPP 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ppp 10

[Sysname-Virtual-PPP10] default

description

Use description to set the description for a virtual PPP interface.

Use undo description to restore the default.

Syntax

description text

undo description

Default

The description of an interface is the interface-name plus Interface. For example, the default description of Virtual-PPP254 is Virtual-PPP254 Interface.

Views

Virtual PPP interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

text: Specifies the interface description, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

Examples

# Set the description of Virtual-PPP 10 to virtual-interface.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ppp 10

[Sysname-Virtual-PPP10] description virtual-interface

display interface virtual-ppp

Use display interface virtual-ppp to display information about virtual PPP interfaces.

Syntax

display interface [ virtual-ppp [ interface-number ] ] [ brief [ description | down ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-number: Specifies an existing virtual PPP interface by its number in the range of 0 to 255.

brief: Displays brief interface information. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays detailed interface information.

description: Displays complete interface descriptions. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays only the first 27 characters of each interface description.

down: Displays information about the interfaces in physically down state and the causes. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays information about all interfaces.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify the virtual-ppp keyword, this command displays information about all interfaces.

If you specify the virtual-ppp keyword but you do not specify an interface, this command displays information about all virtual PPP interfaces.

Examples

# Display detailed information about Virtual-PPP 10.

<Sysname> display interface virtual-ppp 10

Virtual-PPP10

Current state: Administratively DOWN

Line protocol state: DOWN

Description: Virtual-PPP10 Interface

Bandwidth: 100000kbps

Maximum transmission unit:1500

Hold timer: 10 seconds, retry times: 5

Internet address: 10.1.1.1/24 (primary)

Link layer protocol: PPP

LCP: initial

Physical: L2TP, baudrate: 100000000 bps

Last clearing of counters: Never

Last 300 seconds input rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec

Last 300 seconds output rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec

Input: 154 packets, 1880 bytes, 0 drops

Output: 155 packets, 1875 bytes, 0 drops

Table 17 Command output

Field	Description
Current state	Physical state and administrative state of the virtual PPP interface: · Administratively DOWN—The interface is administratively shut down by using the shutdown command. · DOWN—The interface is administratively up but physically down. · UP—The interface is up both administratively and physically.
Line protocol state	Link layer protocol state of the virtual PPP interface: · UP—The interface is up at the data link layer. · UP (spoofing)—The link layer protocol of an interface is UP, but its link is an on-demand link or not present at all. · DOWN—The interface is down at the data link layer.
Bandwidth	Intended bandwidth of the interface.
Hold timer	Interval in seconds for the interface to send keepalive packets.
retry times	Keepalive retry limit. The interface determines that its peer has been down if it does not receive a keepalive response when the keepalive retry limit is reached.
Internet Address	IP address of the interface: · Internet protocol processing: disabled—No IP address is configured, and the interface cannot process IP packets. · primary—The IP address is the primary one of the interface.
Link layer protocol	Link layer protocol of the interface: PPP.
Physical	Physical type of the interface: L2TP.
baudrate	Baud rate of the interface.
Last clearing of counters	Time when the reset counters interface command was last used to clear the interface statistics. This field displays Never if the reset counters interface command has never been used on the interface since device startup.
Last 300 seconds input rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec	Average rate of inbound traffic in the last 300 seconds.
Last 300 seconds output rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec	Average rate of outbound traffic in the last 300 seconds.
Input: 154 packets, 1880 bytes, 0 drops	Total number of inbound packets, total number of inbound bytes, and total number of dropped inbound packets.
Output: 155 packets, 1875 bytes, 0 drops	Total number of outbound packets, total number of outbound bytes, and total number of dropped outbound packets.

# Display summary information about Virtual-PPP 10.

<Sysname> display interface virtual-ppp 10 brief

Brief information on interfaces in route mode:

Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby

Protocol: (s) - spoofing

Interface Link Protocol Primary IP Description

VPPP10 ADM DOWN 10.0.0.1

# Display information about the virtual PPP interfaces in physically down state and the causes.

<Sysname> display interface virtual-ppp brief down

Brief information on interfaces in route mode:

Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby

Interface Link Cause

VPPP9 ADM Administratively

VPPP10 ADM Administratively

VPPP12 ADM Administratively

# Display summary information about Virtual-PPP 10, including the complete interface description.

<Sysname> display inter Virtual-PPP 10 brief description

Brief information on interfaces in route mode:

Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby

Protocol: (s) - spoofing

Interface Link Protocol Primary IP Description

VPPP10 ADM DOWN 10.0.0.1

Table 18 Command output

Field	Description
Brief information on interfaces in route mode	Summary information about Layer 3 interfaces.
Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby	Link status: · ADM—The interface has been shut down by the network administrator. To recover its physical layer state, execute the undo shutdown command. · Stby—The interface is a backup interface. To see the primary interface, use the display interface-backup state command described in High Availability Command Reference.
Protocol: (s) - spoofing	The link layer protocol of an interface is UP, but its link is an on-demand link or not present at all. The protocol state of null or loopback interfaces might include the spoofing flag.
Interface	Abbreviated interface name.
Link	Physical link state of the interface: · UP—The interface is physically up. · DOWN—The interface is physically down. · ADM—The interface has been administratively shut down. To recover its physical state, execute the undo shutdown command. · Stby—The interface is a backup interface.
Protocol	Link layer protocol state of the interface: · UP. · DOWN. · UP (s)—The link of the interface is an on-demand link or not present at all. This state applies to null and loopback interfaces.
Description	Partial or complete interface description set by using the description command: · If you do not specify the description keyword for the display interface brief command, this field displays only the first 27 characters of the interface description. · If you specify the description keyword for the display interface brief command, this field displays the complete interface description.
Cause	Causes for the physical state of the interface to be Down: · Not connected—No physical connection exists (possibly because the L2TP negotiation fails or insufficient configuration exists to trigger L2TP negotiation). · Administratively—The interface was shut down by using the shutdown command. To restore the physical state of the interface, use the undo shutdown command.

display l2tp session

Use display l2tp session to display information about L2TP sessions.

Syntax

display l2tp session [ statistics ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

statistics: Displays statistics for L2TP sessions.

Examples

# Display statistics for L2TP sessions.

<Sysname> display l2tp session statistics

Total number of sessions: 1

# Display information about L2TP sessions.

<Sysname> display l2tp session

LocalSID RemoteSID LocalTID State

89 36245 10878 Established

Table 19 Command output

Field	Description
LocalSID	Local session ID.
RemoteSID	Remote session ID.
LocalTID	Local tunnel ID.
State	Session state: · Idle. · Wait-tunnel—Waits for the tunnel to be established. · Wait-reply—Waits for an Incoming-Call-Reply (ICRP) message indicating the call is accepted. · Wait-connect—Waits for an Incoming-Call-Connected (ICCN) message. · Established.

display l2tp session temporary

Use display l2tp session temporary to display information about temporary L2TP sessions.

Syntax

display l2tp session temporary

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Examples

# Display information about temporary L2TP sessions.

<Sysname> display l2tp session temporary

Total number of temporary sessions: 6

LocalSID RemoteSID LocalTID State

2298 0 19699 Wait-tunnel

42805 0 19699 Wait-tunnel

17777 0 19699 Wait-tunnel

58284 0 19699 Wait-tunnel

33256 0 19699 Wait-tunnel

8228 0 19699 Wait-tunnel

Table 20 Command output

Field	Description
LocalSID	Local session ID.
RemoteSID	Remote session ID.
LocalTID	Local tunnel ID.
State	Session state: · Idle. · Wait-tunnel—Waits for the tunnel to be established. · Wait-reply—Waits for an ICRP message. · Wait-connect—Waits for an ICCN message.

display l2tp tunnel

Use display l2tp tunnel to display information about L2TP tunnels.

Syntax

display l2tp tunnel [ statistics ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

statistics: Displays statistics for L2TP tunnels.

Examples

# Display statistics for L2TP tunnels.

<Sysname> display l2tp tunnel statistics

Total number of tunnels: 1

# Display information about L2TP tunnels.

<Sysname> display l2tp tunnel

LocalTID RemoteTID State Sessions RemoteAddress RemotePort RemoteName

10878 21 Established 1 20.1.1.2 1701 lns

Table 21 Command output

Field	Description
LocalTID	Local tunnel ID.
RemoteTID	Remote tunnel ID.
State	Tunnel state: · Idle. · Wait-reply. · Wait-connect. · Established. · Stopping.
Sessions	Number of sessions within the tunnel.
RemoteAddress	IP address of the peer.
RemotePort	UDP port number of the peer.
RemoteName	Name of the tunnel peer.

Related commands

reset l2tp tunnel

display l2tp va-pool

Use display l2tp va-pool to display information about L2TP VA pools.

Syntax

display l2tp va-pool

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Examples

# Display information about L2TP VA pools.

<Sysname> display l2tp va-pool

VT interface Size Unused State

Virtual-Template1 1000 900 Normal

Table 22 Command output

Field	Description
VT interface	VT interface that uses the VA pool.
Size	VA pool capacity set for L2TP users.
Unused	VA pool capacity available for L2TP users.
State	Current state of the VA pool: · Creating—The VA pool is being created. · Destroying—The VA pool is being removed. · Normal—The VA pool has been created.

Related commands

l2tp virtual-template va-pool

interface virtual-ppp

Use interface virtual-ppp to create a virtual PPP interface and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing virtual PPP interface.

Use undo interface virtual-ppp to delete a virtual PPP interface.

Syntax

interface virtual-ppp interface-number

undo interface virtual-ppp interface-number

Default

No virtual PPP interface exists.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface-number: Specifies a virtual PPP interface by its number in the range of 0 to 255.

Usage guidelines

A virtual PPP interface is required on the LAC for establishing an LAC-auto-initiated L2TP tunnel.

Examples

# Create Virtual-PPP 10 and enter its view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ppp 10

[Sysname-Virtual-PPP10]

ip dscp

Use ip dscp to set the DSCP value of L2TP packets.

Use undo ip dscp to restore the default.

Syntax

ip dscp dscp-value

undo ip dscp

Default

The DSCP value of L2TP packets is 0.

Views

L2TP group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dscp-value: Specifies the DSCP value of L2TP packets, in the range of 0 to 63.

Usage guidelines

The DSCP field is the first 6 bits of the IP ToS byte. This field marks the priority of IP packets for forwarding. This command sets the DSCP value for the IP packet when L2TP encapsulates a PPP frame into an IP packet.

Examples

# Set the DSCP value of L2TP packets to 50.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] l2tp-group 1 mode lac

[Sysname-l2tp1] ip dscp 50

l2tp enable

Use l2tp enable to enable L2TP.

Use undo l2tp enable to disable L2TP.

Syntax

l2tp enable

undo l2tp enable

Default

L2TP is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

For L2TP configurations to take effect, you must enable L2TP.

Examples

# Enable L2TP.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] l2tp enable

l2tp tsa-id

Use l2tp tsa-id to set the TSA ID for the L2TP tunnel switching (LTS) device and enable L2TP loop detection on the LTS device.

Use undo l2tp tsa-id to restore the default.

Syntax

l2tp tsa-id tsa-id

undo l2tp tsa-id

Default

The TSA ID of the LTS device is not set, and L2TP loop detection is disabled on the LTS device.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

tsa-id: Specifies a TSA ID that uniquely identifies the LTS device. This argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 64 characters.

Usage guidelines

The LTS device compares the configured TSA ID with each TSA ID Attribute Value Pair (AVP) in a received ICRQ packet for loop detection.

· If a match is found, a loop exists. The LTS immediately tears down the session.

· If no match is found, the LTS performs the following operations:

a. Encapsulates the configured TSA ID into a new TSA ID AVP.

b. Appends the new TSA ID AVP to the packet.

c. Sends the packet to the next hop LTS.

To avoid loop detection errors, make sure the TSA ID of each LTS device is unique.

Examples

# Set the TSA ID of the LTS device to lts0, and enable L2TP loop detection on the LTS device.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] l2tp tsa-id lts0

l2tp virtual-template va-pool

Use l2tp virtual-template va-pool to create a VA pool.

Use undo l2tp virtual-template va-pool to delete a VA pool.

Syntax

l2tp virtual-template template-number va-pool va-volume

undo l2tp virtual-template template-number va-pool

Default

No VA pool exists.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

virtual-template template-number: Specifies an existing VT interface by its number to use the VA pool.

va-pool va-volume: Specifies the maximum number of VA interfaces contained in the VA pool, in the range of 1 to 65534.

Usage guidelines

The LNS creates a VA interface for an L2TP session to exchange packets with the LAC, and it deletes the VA interface when the user goes offline. Creating and deleting VA interfaces take time. If a large number of users are coming online or going offline, the performance of L2TP connection establishment and termination will be degraded.

You can configure a VA pool to improve the performance. A VA pool contains a group of VA interfaces. The LNS selects a VA interface from the pool for a requesting user and places the interface back to the VA pool when the user goes offline. This mechanism speeds up the establishment and termination of L2TP connections. When a VA pool is exhausted, the system still creates a VA interface for an L2TP connection and deletes it when the user goes offline.

When you configure a VA pool, follow these guidelines:

· A VT interface can be associated with only one VA pool. To change the capacity of a VA pool, delete the previous configuration, and reconfigure the VA pool.

· Creating or deleting a VA pool takes time. During the process of creating or deleting a VA pool, users can come online or go offline, but the VA pool does not take effect.

· The system might create a VA pool that contains VA interfaces less than the specified number because of insufficient resources. In this case, you can use the display l2tp va-pool command to view the number of available VA interfaces and current state of the VA pool.

· Create a VA pool with an appropriate capacity, because a VA pool occupies much system memory.

· Deleting a VA pool does not log off the users who are using VA interfaces in the VA pool.

Examples

# Create a VA pool with a capacity of 1000 VA interfaces for Virtual-template 2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] l2tp virtual-template 2 va-pool 1000

Related commands

display l2tp va-pool

l2tp-auto-client

Use l2tp-auto-client to trigger an LAC to automatically establish an L2TP tunnel.

Use undo l2tp-auto-client to delete the automatically established L2TP tunnel.

Syntax

l2tp-auto-client l2tp-group group-number

undo l2tp-auto-client

Default

An LAC does not automatically establish an L2TP tunnel.

Views

Virtual PPP interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

l2tp-group group-number: Specifies an L2TP group by its number in the range of 1 to 65535. The LAC uses tunnel parameters of the L2TP group to establish the tunnel.

Usage guidelines

The L2TP group specified must be an existing one in LAC mode.

An L2TP tunnel automatically established in LAC-auto-initiated mode exists until you delete the tunnel by using the undo l2tp-auto-client or undo l2tp-group group-number command.

Examples

# Trigger the LAC to automatically establish an L2TP tunnel by using the tunnel parameters of L2TP group 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ppp 1

[Sysname-Virtual-PPP1] l2tp-auto-client l2tp-group 10

Related commands

l2tp-group

Use l2tp-group to create an L2TP group and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing L2TP group.

Use undo l2tp-group to delete an L2TP group.

Syntax

l2tp-group group-number [ mode { lac | lns } ]

undo l2tp-group group-number

Default

No L2TP group exists.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

group-number: Specifies an L2TP group by its number in the range of 1 to 65535.

mode: Specifies a mode for the L2TP group.

lac: Specifies the LAC mode.

lns: Specifies the LNS mode.

Usage guidelines

To create a new L2TP group, you must specify the mode keyword. To enter the view of an existing L2TP group, you do not need to specify this keyword.

In L2TP group view, you can configure L2TP tunnel parameters, such as tunnel authentication and flow control.

A device can have L2TP groups in both LAC and LNS modes at the same time.

Examples

# Create L2TP group 2 in LAC mode, and enter its view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] l2tp-group 2 mode lac

[Sysname-l2tp2]

Related commands

allow l2tp

lns-ip

user

lns-ip

Use lns-ip to specify LNS IP addresses on an LAC.

Use undo lns-ip to remove the specified LNS IP addresses on an LAC.

Syntax

lns-ip { ip-address }&<1-5>

undo lns-ip

Default

No LNS IP addresses are specified on an LAC.

Views

L2TP group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

{ ip-address }&<1-5>: Specifies LNS IP addresses. &<1-5> indicates that you can enter a maximum of five IP addresses.

Usage guidelines

The LAC initiates an L2TP tunneling request to its specified LNSs consecutively in their configuration order until it receives an acknowledgment from an LNS. The LNS then becomes the tunnel peer.

The lns-ip command is available only on L2TP groups in LAC mode.

If you execute this command multiple times for an L2TP group, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify the LNS IP address as 202.1.1.1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] l2tp-group 1 mode lac

[Sysname-l2tp1] lns-ip 202.1.1.1

mandatory-chap

Use mandatory-chap to force the LNS to perform CHAP authentication for users.

Use undo mandatory-chap to restore the default.

Syntax

mandatory-chap

undo mandatory-chap

Default

An LNS does not perform CHAP authentication for users.

Views

L2TP group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The LNS uses the LAC as an authentication proxy. The LAC sends the LNS all user authentication information from users and the authentication method configured on the LAC itself. The LNS then checks the user validity according to the received information and the locally configured authentication method.

When mandatory CHAP authentication is configured, a user who depends on an LAC to initiate tunneling requests is authenticated by both the LAC and the LNS for increased security. Some users might not support the authentication on the LNS. In this situation, do not configure this command, because CHAP authentication on the LNS will fail.

This command is available only on L2TP groups in LNS mode.

This command takes effect only on NAS-initiated L2TP tunnels.

The mandatory-lcp command takes precedence over this command. If both commands are configured for an L2TP group, the LNS performs LCP renegotiation with the user.

Examples

# Force the LNS to perform CHAP authentication for users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] l2tp-group 1 mode lns

[Sysname-l2tp1] mandatory-chap

Related commands

mandatory-lcp

Use mandatory-lcp to force an LNS to perform LCP negotiation with users.

Use undo mandatory-lcp to restore the default.

Syntax

mandatory-lcp

undo mandatory-lcp

Default

An LNS does not perform LCP negotiation with users.

Views

L2TP group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

By default, to establish a NAS-initiated tunnel, the user performs LCP negotiation with the LAC. If the negotiation succeeds, the LAC initiates a tunneling request and sends the negotiation results (including authentication information) to the LNS. Then, the LNS determines whether the user is valid based on the information received instead of performing LCP renegotiation with the user.

If you do not expect the LNS to accept LCP negotiation parameters, configure this command to perform an LCP negotiation between the LNS and the user. In this case, the information sent by the LAC will be ignored.

Some users might not support LCP negotiation. In this case, do not configure this command because LCP negotiation will fail.

This command is available only on L2TP groups in LNS mode.

This command takes effect only on NAS-initiated L2TP tunnels.

This command takes precedence over the mandatory-chap command. If both commands are configured for an L2TP group, the LNS performs LCP negotiation with the user.

Examples

# Force an LNS to perform LCP negotiation with users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] l2tp-group 1 mode lns

[Sysname-l2tp1] mandatory-lcp

Related commands

mandatory-chap

mtu

Use mtu to set the MTU size of an interface.

Use undo mtu to restore the default.

Syntax

mtu size

undo mtu

Default

The MTU size of a virtual PPP interface is 1500 bytes.

Views

Virtual PPP interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

size: Specifies the MTU size in the range of 128 to 1500 bytes.

Usage guidelines

The MTU size of an interface affects the fragmentation and reassembly of IP packets on the interface.

For the configured MTU size to take effect, you must execute the shutdown command and then the undo shutdown command on the interface.

Examples

# Set the MTU size of Virtual-PPP 10 to 1400 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ppp 10

[Sysname-Virtual-PPP10] mtu 1400

ppp access-control enable

Use ppp access-control enable to enable L2TP-based EAD.

Use undo ppp access-control enable to disable L2TP-based EAD.

Syntax

ppp access-control enable

undo ppp access-control enable

Default

L2TP-based EAD is disabled.

Views

VT interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command does not apply to PPP sessions that already exist on the VT interface. It only applies to newly created PPP sessions on the VT interface.

Different ACLs can be used for different users if the VT interface is used as the access interface for the LNS.

L2TP-based EAD enables the LNS to transparently pass CAMS/IMC packets to the iNode client to inform the client of EAD server information, such as the IP address.

Examples

# Enable L2TP-based EAD.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-template 10

[Sysname-Virtual-Template10] ppp access-control enable

ppp lcp imsi accept

Use ppp lcp imsi accept to enable the client/LAC to accept the IMSI binding authentication requests from the LNS.

Use undo ppp lcp imsi accept to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp lcp imsi accept

undo ppp lcp imsi accept

Default

The client/LAC declines the IMSI binding authentication requests from the LNS.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Enable the client to accept the IMSI binding authentication requests from the LNS.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0:0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0:0] ppp lcp imsi accept

# Enable the LAC to accept the IMSI binding authentication requests from the LNS.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ppp 1

[Sysname-Virtual-PPP1] ppp lcp imsi accept

Related commands

ppp lcp imsi request

ppp lcp imsi string

ppp lcp imsi request

Use ppp lcp imsi request to enable the LNS to initiate IMSI binding authentication requests.

Use undo ppp lcp imsi request to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp lcp imsi request

undo ppp lcp imsi request

Default

The LNS does not initiate IMSI binding authentication requests.

Views

VT interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Enable the LNS to initiate IMSI binding authentication requests.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-template 1

[Sysname-Virtual-Template1] ppp lcp imsi request

Related commands

ppp lcp imsi accept

ppp lcp imsi string

Use ppp lcp imsi string to configure the IMSI information on the client/LAC.

Use undo ppp lcp imsi string to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp lcp imsi string imsi-info

undo ppp lcp imsi string

Default

The client/LAC automatically obtains the IMSI information from its SIM card.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

imsi-info: Configures the IMSI information, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Examples

# Configure the IMSI information as imsi1 on the client.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0:0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0:0] ppp lcp imsi string imsi1

# Configure the IMSI information as imsi1 on the LAC.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ppp 1

[Sysname-Virtual-PPP1] ppp lcp imsi string imsi1

Related commands

ppp lcp imsi accept

ppp lcp imsi request

ppp lcp sn accept

Use ppp lcp sn accept to enable the client/LAC to accept the SN binding authentication requests from the LNS.

Use undo ppp lcp sn accept to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp lcp sn accept

undo ppp lcp sn accept

Default

The client/LAC declines the SN binding authentication requests from the LNS.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Enable the client to accept the SN binding authentication requests from the LNS.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0:0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0:0] ppp lcp sn accept

# Enable the LAC to accept the SN binding authentication requests from the LNS.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ppp 1

[Sysname-Virtual-PPP1] ppp lcp sn accept

Related commands

ppp lcp sn request

ppp lcp sn string

ppp lcp sn request

Use ppp lcp sn request to enable the LNS to initiate SN binding authentication requests.

Use undo ppp lcp sn request to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp lcp sn request

undo ppp lcp sn request

Default

The LNS does not initiate SN binding authentication requests.

Views

VT interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Enable the LNS to initiate SN binding authentication requests.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-template 1

[Sysname-Virtual-Template1] ppp lcp sn request

Related commands

ppp lcp sn accept

ppp lcp sn string

Use ppp lcp sn string to configure the SN information on the client/LAC.

Use undo ppp lcp sn string to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp lcp sn string sn-info

undo ppp lcp sn string

Default

The client/LAC automatically obtains the SN information from its SIM card.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

sn-info: Configures the SN information, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Examples

# Configure the SN information as sn1 on the client.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0:0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0:0] ppp lcp sn string sn1

# Configure the SN information as sn1 on the LAC.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ppp 1

[Sysname-Virtual-PPP1] ppp lcp sn string sn1

Related commands

ppp lcp sn accept

ppp lcp sn request

ppp user accept-format imsi-sn split

Use ppp user accept-format imsi-sn split to configure the separator for the received authentication information.

Use undo ppp user accept-format to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp user accept-format imsi-sn split splitchart

undo ppp user accept-format

Default

No separator is configured for the received authentication information.

Views

VT interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

splitchart: Specifies the separator. The separator contains one character, and it can be a letter, digit, or sign such as the percent sign (%), pound sign (#), and at sign (@).

Usage guidelines

By default, the authentication information contains only the client username. If you include the IMSI or SN information in the authentication information, you must configure the separator to separate different types of information. For example, if you specify the at sign (@) as the separator, the information imsiinfo@sninfo@username will be split into imsiinfo, sninfo, and username.

If no IMSI/SN information is received from the peer during the authentication process, the IMSI/SN information split from the received authentication information is used.

Examples

# Configure the pound sign (#) as the separator for the authentication information.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-template 1

[Sysname-Virtual-Template1] ppp user accept-format imsi-sn split #

Related commands

ppp user attach-format imsi-sn split

ppp user replace

ppp user attach-format imsi-sn split

Use ppp user attach-format imsi-sn split to configure the separator for the sent authentication information.

Use undo ppp user attach-format to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp user attach-format imsi-sn split splitchart

undo ppp user attach-format

Default

No separator is configured for the sent authentication information.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

splitchart: Specifies the separator. The separator contains one character, and it can be a letter, digit, or sign such as the percent sign (%), pound sign (#), and at sign (@).

Usage guidelines

By default, the authentication information contains only the client username. If you include the IMSI or SN information in the authentication information, you must configure the separator to separate different types of information. For example, if you specify the at sign (@) as the separator, authentication information will be sent in the format of imsiinfo@sninfo@username.

Examples

# Configure the pound sign (#) as the separator for the sent authentication information on the client.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0:0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0:0] ppp user attach-format imsi-sn split #

# Configure the pound sign (#) as the separator for the sent authentication information on the LAC.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ppp 1

[Sysname-Virtual-PPP1] ppp user attach-format imsi-sn split #

Related commands

ppp user accept-format imsi-sn split

ppp user replace

Use ppp user replace to replace the client username with the IMSI or SN information for authentication.

Use undo ppp user replace to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp user replace { imsi | sn }

undo ppp user replace

Default

The client username is used for authentication.

Views

VT interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

imsi: Specifies IMSI information.

sn: Specifies SN information.

Examples

# Replace the client username with the IMSI information for authentication.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-template 1

[Sysname-Virtual-Template1] ppp user replace imsi

Related commands

ppp user accept-format imsi-sn split

ppp user attach-format imsi-sn split

reset counters interface virtual-ppp

Use reset counters interface virtual-ppp to clear the statistics for virtual PPP interfaces.

Syntax

reset counters interface [ virtual-ppp [ interface-number ] ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface-number: Specifies a virtual PPP interface by its number in the range of 0 to 255.

Usage guidelines

Use this command to clear history statistics if you want to collect traffic statistics for a specific time period.

If you specify neither virtual-ppp nor interface-number, this command clears the statistics for all interfaces.

If you specify virtual-ppp but not interface-number, this command clears the statistics for all virtual PPP interfaces.

If you specify both virtual-ppp and interface-number, this command clears the statistics for the specified virtual PPP interface.

Examples

# Clear the statistics for Virtual-PPP 10.

<Sysname> reset counters interface virtual-ppp 10

reset l2tp tunnel

Use reset l2tp tunnel to disconnect tunnels and all sessions within the tunnels.

Syntax

reset l2tp tunnel { id tunnel-id | name remote-name }

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

id tunnel-id: Specifies a tunnel by its local ID in the range of 1 to 65535.

name remote-name: Specifies L2TP tunnels by the tunnel peer name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines

When the number of user connections is 0 or a network fault occurs, you can disconnect the L2TP tunnel by using this command on either the LAC or LNS. After the tunnel is disconnected, all sessions within it are disconnected.

If you specify a tunnel peer name, all tunnels with the tunnel peer name will be disconnected. If no tunnel with the tunnel peer name exists, nothing happens.

A tunnel disconnected by force can be re-established when a client makes a call.

Examples

# Disconnect all tunnels with the tunnel peer name of aaa.

<Sysname> reset l2tp tunnel name aaa

Related commands

display l2tp tunnel

service

Use service to specify a primary traffic processing slot for an interface.

Use undo service to restore the default.

Syntax

Distributed devices in standalone mode:

service slot slot-number

undo service slot

Default

No primary traffic processing slot is specified for an interface.

Views

Virtual PPP interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the command and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	No
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	No
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	No
MSR810-W-LM-GL	No
MSR830-6EI-GL	No
MSR830-10EI-GL	No
MSR830-6HI-GL	No
MSR830-10HI-GL	No
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	No
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	No

This command affects only L2TP data messages. The control messages are always processed on the active MPU.

Specify traffic processing slots if a feature requires that all traffic on a virtual PPP interface be processed on the same slot.

For high availability, you can specify one primary and one backup traffic processing slot by using the service command and the service standby command, respectively.

If you specify both primary and backup slots for an interface, traffic on that interface is processed as follows:

· When no specified traffic processing slots are available, the traffic is processed on the slot at which it arrives. Then, the processing slot that first becomes available again takes over.

If you do not specify a primary or a backup traffic processing slot for an interface, traffic on that interface is processed on the slot at which the traffic arrives.

Examples

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) Specify slot 2 as the primary traffic processing slot for Virtual-PPP 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ppp 10

[Sysname-Virtual-PPP10] service slot 2

Related commands

service standby

Use service standby to specify a backup traffic processing slot for an interface.

Use undo service standby to restore the default.

Syntax

Distributed devices in standalone mode:

service standby slot slot-number

undo service standby slot

Default

No backup traffic processing slot is specified for an interface.

Views

Virtual PPP interface view

Default command level

network-admin

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the command and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	No
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	No
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	No
MSR810-W-LM-GL	No
MSR830-6EI-GL	No
MSR830-10EI-GL	No
MSR830-6HI-GL	No
MSR830-10HI-GL	No
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	No
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	No

This command affects only L2TP data messages. The control messages are always processed on the active MPU.

Specify traffic processing slots if a feature requires that all traffic on a virtual PPP interface be processed on the same slot.

For high availability, you can specify one primary and one backup traffic processing slot by using the service command and the service standby command, respectively.

If you specify both primary and backup slots for an interface, traffic on that interface is processed as follows:

· When no specified traffic processing slots are available, the traffic is processed on the slot at which it arrives. Then, the processing slot that first becomes available again takes over.

If you do not specify a primary or a backup traffic processing slot for an interface, traffic on that interface is processed on the slot at which the traffic arrives.

Examples

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) Specify slot 2 as the primary traffic processing slot for Virtual-PPP 10. Specify slot 3 as the backup traffic processing slot for Virtual-PPP 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ppp 10

[Sysname-Virtual-PPP10] service slot 2

[Sysname-Virtual-PPP10] service standby slot 3

Related commands

service

shutdown

Use shutdown to shut down a virtual PPP interface.

Use undo shutdown to bring up a virtual PPP interface.

Syntax

shutdown

undo shutdown

Default

A virtual PPP interface is up.

Views

Virtual PPP interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Shut down Virtual-PPP 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ppp 10

[Sysname-Virtual-PPP10] shutdown

source-ip

Use source-ip to configure the source IP address of L2TP tunnel packets.

Use undo source-ip to restore the default.

Syntax

source-ip ip-address

undo source-ip

Default

The source IP address of L2TP tunnel packets is the IP address of the egress interface.

Views

L2TP group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address: Specifies the source IP address of L2TP tunnel packets.

Usage guidelines

This command is available only on an L2TP group in LAC mode.

As a best practice to ensure high availability, use the IP address of a loopback interface as the source IP address of L2TP tunnel packets.

Examples

# Configure the source IP address of L2TP tunnel packets as 2.2.2.2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] l2tp-group 1 mode lac

[Sysname-l2tp1] source-ip 2.2.2.2

timer-hold

Use timer-hold to set the keepalive interval.

Use undo timer-hold to restore the default.

Syntax

timer-hold seconds

undo timer-hold

Default

The keepalive interval is 10 seconds.

Views

Virtual PPP interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

seconds: Specifies the interval at which the LAC or the LNS sends keepalive packets, in the range of 0 to 32767 seconds.

Usage guidelines

A virtual PPP interface sends keepalive packets at keepalive intervals to detect the availability of the peer. If the interface fails to receive keepalive packets when the keepalive retry limit is reached, it considers the link faulty and reports a link layer down event.

To set the keepalive retry limit, use the timer-hold retry command.

Examples

# Set the keepalive interval to 20 seconds for Virtual-PPP 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ppp 10

[Sysname-Virtual-PPP10] timer-hold 20

Related commands

timer-hold retry

Use timer-hold retry to set the keepalive retry limit.

Use undo timer-hold retry to restore the default.

Syntax

timer-hold retry retries

undo timer-hold retry

Default

The keepalive retry limit is 5.

Views

Virtual PPP interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

retries: Specifies the maximum number of keepalive attempts in the range of 1 to 255.

Usage guidelines

To set the keepalive interval, use the timer-hold command.

Examples

# Set the keepalive retry limit to 10 for Virtual-PPP 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ppp 10

[Sysname-Virtual-PPP10] timer-hold retry 10

Related commands

timer-hold

tunnel authentication

Use tunnel authentication to enable L2TP tunnel authentication.

Use undo tunnel authentication to disable L2TP tunnel authentication.

Syntax

tunnel authentication

undo tunnel authentication

Default

L2TP tunnel authentication is enabled.

Views

L2TP group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Tunnel authentication prevents the local end from establishing L2TP tunnels with illegal remote ends.

You can enable tunnel authentication on both sides or either side.

To ensure a successful tunnel establishment when tunnel authentication is enabled on both sides or either side, set the same non-null key on the LAC and the LNS. To set the tunnel authentication key, use the tunnel password command.

When neither side is enabled with tunnel authentication, the key settings of the LAC and the LNS do not affect the tunnel establishment.

For tunnel security, enable tunnel authentication.

Examples

# Enable L2TP tunnel authentication.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] l2tp-group 1 mode lns

[Sysname-l2tp1] tunnel authentication

Related commands

tunnel password

tunnel avp-hidden

Use tunnel avp-hidden to enable transferring AVP data in hidden mode.

Use undo tunnel avp-hidden to restore the default.

Syntax

tunnel avp-hidden

undo tunnel avp-hidden

Default

AVP data is transferred over the tunnel in plaintext mode.

Views

L2TP group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

L2TP uses AVPs to transmit tunnel negotiation parameters, session negotiation parameters, and user authentication information. This feature can hide sensitive AVP data, such as user passwords. This feature encrypts AVP data with the key configured by using the tunnel password command before transmission.

The tunnel avp-hidden command can be configured for L2TP groups in both LAC and LNS modes. However, it does not take effect on L2TP groups in LNS mode.

For this command to take effect, you must enable tunnel authentication by using the tunnel authentication command.

Examples

# Enable transferring AVP data in hidden mode.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] l2tp-group 1 mode lac

[Sysname-l2tp1] tunnel avp-hidden

Related commands

tunnel authentication

tunnel password

tunnel flow-control

Use tunnel flow-control to enable L2TP session flow control.

Use undo tunnel flow-control to disable L2TP session flow control.

Syntax

tunnel flow-control

undo tunnel flow-control

Default

L2TP session flow control is disabled.

Views

L2TP group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This feature adds sequence numbers to transmitted packets and uses them to reorder packets arriving out of order and to detect lost packets.

This feature takes effect on both sent and received L2TP data messages. The L2TP sessions support this feature if either the LAC or LNS is enabled with this feature.

When the device acts as an LAC, a change in the flow control status on the LNS causes the same change in the flow control status of L2TP sessions. When the device acts as an LNS, a change in the flow control status on the LAC does not affect the flow control status of L2TP sessions.

Examples

# Enable L2TP session flow control.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] l2tp-group 1 mode lac

[Sysname-l2tp1] tunnel flow-control

tunnel name

Use tunnel name to specify the local tunnel name.

Use undo tunnel name to restore the default.

Syntax

tunnel name name

undo tunnel name

Default

The local tunnel name is the device name. For more information about the device name, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide.

Views

L2TP group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

name: Specifies the local tunnel name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Examples

# Specify the local tunnel name as itsme.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] l2tp-group 1 mode lns

[Sysname-l2tp1] tunnel name itsme

Related commands

sysname (Fundamentals Command Reference)

tunnel password

Use tunnel password to configure the key for tunnel authentication.

Use undo tunnel password to restore the default.

Syntax

tunnel password { cipher | simple } string

undo tunnel password

Default

No key is configured for tunnel authentication.

Views

L2TP group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cipher: Specifies a password in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies a password in plaintext form. For security purposes, the password specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the password. Its plaintext form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 16 characters. Its encrypted form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 53 characters.

Usage guidelines

For this command to take effect, you must enable tunnel authentication by using the tunnel authentication command.

For the tunnel authentication key change to take effect, change the tunnel authentication key before tunnel negotiation is performed.

Examples

# Configure the key for tunnel authentication to a plaintext key yougotit.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] l2tp-group 1 mode lac

[Sysname-l2tp1] tunnel password simple yougotit

Related commands

tunnel authentication

tunnel timer hello

Use tunnel timer hello to set the Hello interval.

Use undo tunnel timer hello to restore the default.

Syntax

tunnel timer hello hello-interval

undo tunnel timer hello

Default

The Hello interval is 60 seconds.

Views

L2TP group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

hello-interval: Specifies the interval at which the LAC or the LNS sends Hello packets, in the range of 60 to 1000 seconds.

Usage guidelines

When no packet is transmitted between the LAC and LNS, Hello packets are sent at the set interval. This prevents the L2TP tunnels and sessions from being removed due to timeouts.

You can set different Hello intervals for the LNS and LAC.

Examples

# Set the Hello interval to 90 seconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] l2tp-group 1 mode lac

[Sysname-l2tp1] tunnel timer hello 90

tunnel window send

Use tunnel window send to set the sending window size for an L2TP tunnel.

Use undo tunnel window send to restore the default.

Syntax

tunnel window send size

undo tunnel window send

Default

The sending window size for an L2TP tunnel is 0, which means using the value of the receiving window size carried in messages sent by the peer end in the tunnel establishment process.

Views

L2TP group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

size: Specifies the sending window size for an L2TP tunnel, in the range of 0 to 1024. It is the maximum number of packets the device can send to a peer end when the device receives no response from the peer end. If the messages from the peer end carry no receiving window size in the tunnel establishment process, the sending window size for the device is 4.

Usage guidelines

The packet processing capability of a peer end might mismatch the receiving window size of the peer end in some networks. For example, the actual packet processing capability of the peer end is 10, but the receiving window size of the peer end is 20. To ensure stable L2TP services, you can adjust the sending window size for the device to match the actual packet processing capability of the peer end.

The sending window size set in L2TP group view is obtained in the L2TP tunnel establishment process.

· If the sending window size is 0, the device uses the default sending window size.

· If the sending window size is not 0, the device uses the specified value as the sending window size.

Changing the sending window size after an L2TP tunnel is established does not affect the established L2TP tunnel.

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Set the sending window size for L2TP group 1 to 128.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] l2tp-group 1 mode lac

[Sysname-l2tp1] tunnel window send 128

user

Use user to configure the condition for the LAC to initiate tunneling requests.

Use undo user to restore the default.

Syntax

user { domain domain-name | fullusername user-name }

undo user

Default

No condition is configured for the LAC to initiate tunneling requests.

Views

L2TP group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

domain domain-name: Configures the LAC to initiate tunneling requests to the LNS when the domain name of a user matches a configured domain name. The domain-name argument represents the domain name of the user and is an case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

fullusername user-name: Configures the LAC to initiate tunneling requests to the LNS when the username of a user matches a configured full username. The domain-name argument represents the username of the user and is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

Usage guidelines

This command is available only on L2TP groups in LAC mode.

If you execute this command multiple times for an L2TP group, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure the LAC to initiate tunneling requests to the LNS when the username of the user is test@aabbcc.net.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] l2tp-group 1 mode lac

[Sysname-l2tp1] user fullusername test@aabbcc.net

vpn-instance

Use vpn-instance to assign a tunnel peer to a VPN.

Use undo vpn-instance to restore the default.

Syntax

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name

undo vpn-instance

Default

A tunnel peer belongs to the public network.

Views

L2TP group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

vpn-instance-name: Specifies a VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines

This command enables the device to transmit L2TP control messages and data messages in the specified VPN by searching the routing table in that VPN.

When one L2TP endpoint is in a VPN, assign the peer endpoint to the VPN for correct packet forwarding between the two endpoints.

The tunnel peer and the physical port connecting to the tunnel peer should belong to the same VPN. The VPN to which this physical port belongs is configured by using the ip binding vpn-instance command.

The specified VPN must already exist.

Examples

# Assign the tunnel peer to VPN vpn1.

<Sysname>system-view

[Sysname] l2tp-group 1 mode lac

[Sysname-l2tp1] vpn-instance vpn1

Related commands

ip vpn-instance (MPLS Command Reference)

ip binding vpn-instance (MPLS Command Reference)

HDLC commands

This feature is supported only on Layer 2 Ethernet ports on the following modules:

· CE3.

· CPOS.

· CT3.

· E1.

· E1-F.

· POS.

· SAE.

· T1.

· T1-F.

Commands and descriptions for centralized devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS.

· MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1.

· MSR 2630.

· MSR3600-28/3600-51.

· MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI.

· MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC.

· MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660.

· MSR810-LM-GL/810-W-LM-GL/830-6EI-GL/830-10EI-GL/830-6HI-GL/830-10HI-GL/2600-6-X1-GL/3600-28-SI-GL.

Commands and descriptions for distributed devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR5620.

· MSR 5660.

· MSR 5680.

IPv6-related parameters are not supported on the following routers:

· MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS.

· MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI.

link-protocol hdlc

Use link-protocol hdlc to enable HDLC encapsulation on an interface.

Syntax

link-protocol hdlc

Default

PPP encapsulation is enabled on an interface.

Views

POS interface view

Serial interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

HDLC can transport the network layer protocols, such as IP and IPv6.

Examples

# Enable HDLC encapsulation on interface Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] link-protocol hdlc

timer-hold

Use timer-hold to set the keepalive interval.

Use undo timer-hold to restore the default.

Syntax

timer-hold seconds

undo timer-hold

Default

The keepalive interval is 10 seconds.

Views

POS interface view

Serial interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

seconds: Specifies the keepalive interval, in the range 0 to 32767 seconds.

Usage guidelines

An HDLC-enabled interface can regularly check link status by sending keepalives to the peer at the keepalive interval at the link layer. A keepalive carries the local sender sequence number and the last received sequence number of the peer.

After sending a keepalive, an interface increments the sender sequence number by 1 in the next keepalive when the following conditions exist:

· The interface receives a response within the keepalive interval.

· The response carries the sender sequence number in the sent keepalive.

After sending a keepalive, if the interface does not receive a response within the keepalive interval, it resends the keepalive with an unchanged sequence number. When the keepalive retry limit is reached, the interface considers the link faulty and reports a link layer down event.

Link status check is disabled if you set the keepalive interval to 0.

As a best practice, set the same keepalive interval for the two ends of a link.

If the network has a long delay or is experiencing congestion, you can increase the keepalive interval to prevent the link from being closed.

Examples

# Set the keepalive interval to 100 seconds on interface Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-serial2/1/0] timer-hold 100

Related commands

timer-hold retry

Use timer-hold retry to set the keepalive retry limit.

Use undo timer-hold retry to restore the default.

Syntax

timer-hold retry retries

undo timer-hold retry

Default

The keepalive retry limit is 5.

Views

POS interface view

Serial interface view

Pre-defined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

retries: Specifies the keepalive retry limit, in the range of 1 to 255.

Usage guidelines

After sending a keepalive, an interface increments the sender sequence number by 1 in the next keepalive when the following conditions exist:

· The interface receives a response within the keepalive interval.

· The response carries the sender sequence number in the sent keepalive.

If the network has a long delay or is experiencing congestion, you can increase the keepalive retry limit to prevent the link from being closed.

Examples

# Set the keepalive retry limit to 10 on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] timer-hold retry 10

Related commands

timer-hold

HDLC link bundling commands

bandwidth

Use bandwidth to set the expected bandwidth of an interface.

Use undo bandwidth to restore the default.

Syntax

bandwidth bandwidth-value

undo bandwidth

Default

The expected bandwidth (in kbps) is the interface baud rate divided by 1000.

Views

HDLC link bundle interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

bandwidth-value: Specifies the expected bandwidth in the range of 1 to 400000000 kbps.

Usage guidelines

The expected bandwidth of an interface affects the link costs in OSPF, OSPFv3, and IS-IS. For more information, see Layer 3—IP Routing Configuration Guide.

Examples

# Set the expected bandwidth to 1000 kbps for HDLC link bundle interface 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface hdlc-bundle 1

[Sysname-HDLC-bundle1] bandwidth 1000

bundle id

Use bundle id to assign an interface to an HDLC link bundle.

Use undo bundle id to restore the default.

Syntax

bundle id bundle-id

undo bundle id

Default

An interface is not assigned to any HDLC link bundle.

Views

POS interface view

Serial interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

bundle-id: Specifies an HDLC link bundle by its number in the range of 1 to 10.

Usage guidelines

An interface can be the member of only one HDLC link bundle. To move an interface from one HDLC link bundle to another HDLC link bundle, remove the interface from the current HDLC link bundle first.

You must enable HDLC encapsulation on an interface to be assigned to an HDLC link bundle. You cannot change the link layer protocol encapsulation of an HDLC link bundle member interface.

You can assign interfaces to an HDLC link bundle before you create the HDLC link bundle.

Examples

# Assign POS 2/2/0 to HDLC link bundle 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface pos 2/2/0

[Sysname-Pos2/2/0] bundle id 1

bundle load-balance

Use bundle load-balance to set the load balancing mode for an HDLC link bundle interface.

Use undo bundle load-balance to restore the default.

Syntax

bundle load-balance { per-flow | per-packet }

undo bundle load-balance

Default

Per-packet load balancing is used.

Views

HDLC link bundle interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

per-flow: Specifies per-flow load balancing.

per-packet: Specifies per-packet load balancing.

Usage guidelines

The following load balancing modes are available:

· Per-flow load balancing—Forwards packets of the same flow out of the same Selected interface. A flow is identified by match criteria.

¡ For IPv4 and IPv6 packets, the match criteria include source IP address and destination IP address.

¡ For MPLS packets, the match criteria are MPLS labels.

· Per-packet load balancing—Distributes packets evenly across all Selected interfaces by using the round-robin method.

Examples

# Set per-flow load balancing mode for HDLC link bundle interface 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface hdlc-bundle 1

[Sysname-HDLC-bundle1] bundle load-balance per-flow

bundle max-active links

Use bundle max-active links to set the maximum number of Selected interfaces allowed in an HDLC link bundle.

Use undo bundle max-active links to restore the default.

Syntax

bundle max-active links number

undo bundle max-active links

Default

The maximum number of Selected interfaces allowed in an HDLC link bundle is the maximum number of Selected interfaces supported by the device.

Views

HDLC link bundle interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

number: Specifies the maximum number of Selected interfaces allowed in an HDLC link bundle. The value range for this argument is 1 to 16.

Usage guidelines

The value specified by using this command cannot be smaller than the value specified by using the bundle min-active links command.

Use the bundle max-active links command together with the bundle member-priority command to make sure both ends of a link always have the same Selected status. The communication fails when one end is Selected but the other end is Unselected.

Examples

# Set the maximum number of Selected interfaces allowed in HDLC link bundle 1 to 8.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface hdlc-bundle 1

[Sysname-HDLC-bundle1] bundle max-active links 8

Related commands

bundle member-priority

bundle min-active links

bundle member-priority

Use bundle member-priority to set the bundling priority value for an HDLC-enabled interface.

Use undo bundle member-priority to restore the default.

Syntax

bundle member-priority priority

undo bundle member-priority

Default

The bundling priority value of an HDLC-enabled interface is 32768.

Views

POS interface view

Serial interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

priority: Specifies the bundling priority value of an HDLC-enabled interface. The value range for this argument is 1 to 65535. A higher priority value means a lower bundling priority.

Examples

# Set the bundling priority value to 1 for HDLC-enabled interface POS 2/2/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface pos 2/2/0

[Sysname-Pos2/2/0] bundle member-priority 1

bundle min-active bandwidth

Use bundle min-active bandwidth to set the minimum bandwidth required for bringing up an HDLC link bundle interface.

Use undo bundle min-active bandwidth to restore the default.

Syntax

bundle min-active bandwidth bandwidth

undo bundle min-active bandwidth

Default

The minimum bandwidth required for bringing up an HDLC link bundle is not set.

Views

HDLC link bundle interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

bandwidth: Specifies the minimum bandwidth (in kbps) required for bringing up an HDLC link bundle interface. The value range for this argument is 64 to 1342177280.

Examples

# Set the minimum bandwidth required for bringing up HDLC link bundle 1 to 1000 kbps.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface hdlc-bundle 1

[Sysname-HDLC-bundle1] bundle min-active bandwidth 1000

bundle min-active links

Use bundle min-active links to set the minimum number of Selected interfaces required for bringing up an HDLC link bundle interface.

Use undo bundle min-active links to restore the default.

Syntax

bundle min-active links number

undo bundle min-active links

Default

The minimum number of Selected interfaces required for bringing up an HDLC link bundle is not set.

Views

HDLC link bundle interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

number: Specifies the minimum number of Selected interfaces required for bringing up an HDLC link bundle interface. The value range for this argument is 1 to 16.

Usage guidelines

The value specified by using this command cannot be greater than the value specified by using the bundle max-active links command.

Examples

# Set the minimum number of Selected interfaces required for bringing up HDLC link bundle 1 to 5.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface hdlc-bundle 1

[Sysname-HDLC-bundle1] bundle min-active links 5

Related commands

bundle max-active links

default

Use default to restore the default settings for an HDLC link bundle interface.

Syntax

default

Views

HDLC link bundle interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

CAUTION:

The default command might interrupt ongoing network services. Make sure you are fully aware of the impact of this command when you use it on a live network.

This command might fail to restore the default settings for some commands for reasons such as command dependencies or system restrictions. Use the display this command in interface view to identify these commands, and then use their undo forms or follow the command reference to individually restore their default settings. If your restoration attempt still fails, follow the error message instructions to resolve the problem.

Examples

# Restore the default settings for HDLC link bundle interface 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface hdlc-bundle 1

[Sysname-HDLC-bundle1] default

description

Use description to set the description of an interface.

Use undo description to restore the default.

Syntax

description text

undo description

Default

The description of an interface is the interface name followed by the Interface string, for example, Hdlc-bundle1 Interface.

Views

HDLC link bundle interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

text: Specifies an interface description, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

Examples

# Set the description of HDLC link bundle interface 1 to HDLC-bundle interface.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface hdlc-bundle 1

[Sysname-HDLC-bundle1] description HDLC-bundle interface

display bundle hdlc-bundle

Use display bundle hdlc-bundle to display information about an HDLC link bundle.

Syntax

Centralized devices in standalone mode:

display bundle hdlc-bundle [ bundle-id ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

display bundle hdlc-bundle [ bundle-id ] slot slot-number

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display bundle hdlc-bundle [ bundle-id ] chassis chassis-number slot slot-number

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

bundle-id: Specifies an HDLC link bundle by its number. If this argument is not specified, this command displays information for all HDLC link bundles.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

The HDLC link bundle information displayed for the active MPU includes information about all member interfaces.

The information displayed for the standby MPUs or any other interface card includes only information about Selected interfaces.

Examples

# (Centralized devices in standalone mode.) Display information about HDLC link bundle 1 on the active MPU.

<Sysname> display bundle hdlc-bundle 1

Bundle: HDLC-bundle1

max-active links: 2, min-active links: 2, min-active bandwidth: 1000000 kbps

Selected members: 2, Total bandwidth: 311040 kbps

Member State Bandwidth(kbps) Priority

Pos2/1 Selected 155520 1

Pos2/2 Selected 155520 2

Pos2/4 Ready 155520 32768

Pos2/3 Ready 155520 65535

Pos2/5 Ready 155520 32768

Pos2/6 Ready 155520 32768

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) Display information about HDLC link bundle 1 on the interface card in slot 2.

<Sysname> display bundle hdlc-bundle 1 slot 2

Bundle: HDLC-bundle1, slot 2

max-active links: 2, min-active links: 2, min-active bandwidth: 1000000 kbps

Selected members: 2, Total bandwidth: 311040 kbps

Member State Bandwidth(kbps) Priority

Pos2/1 Selected 155520 1

Pos2/2 Selected 155520 2

# (Centralized devices in IRF mode.) Display information about HDLC link bundle interface 1 on IRF member device 1.

<Sysname> display bundle hdlc-bundle 1 slot 1

Bundle: HDLC-bundle1, slot 1

max-active links: 2, min-active links: 2, min-active bandwidth: 1000000 kbps

Selected members: 2, Total bandwidth: 311040 kbps

Member State Bandwidth(kbps) Priority

Pos2/1 Selected 155520 1

Pos2/2 Selected 155520 2

# (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) Display information about HDLC link bundle 1 on the interface card in slot 2 of IRF member device 1.

<Sysname> display bundle hdlc-bundle 1 chassis 1 slot 2

Bundle: HDLC-bundle1, chassis 1, slot 2

max-active links: 2, min-active links: 2, min-active bandwidth: 1000000 kbps

Selected members: 2, Total bandwidth: 311040 kbps

Member State Bandwidth(kbps) Priority

Pos2/1 Selected 155520 1

Pos2/2 Selected 155520 2

Table 23 Command output

Field	Description
Bundle	Name of the HDLC link bundle.
chassis	ID of the IRF member device for which HDLC link bundling information is displayed.
slot	Slot number of the interface card for which HDLC link bundling information is displayed. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) ID of the IRF member device for which HDLC link bundling information is displayed. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)
max-active links	Maximum number of Selected interfaces allowed in the HDLC link bundle interface. This field will not be displayed if you have not set the limit.
min-active links	Minimum number of Selected interfaces required for bringing up the HDLC link bundle interface. This field will not be displayed if you have not set the limit.
min-active bandwidth	Minimum bandwidth required for bringing up the HDLC link bundle interface. This field will not be displayed if you have not set the limit.
Selected members	Current number of Selected interfaces.
Total bandwidth	Total bandwidth of all the Selected interfaces in the HDLC link bundle.
Member	Name of a member interface.
State	State of a member interface: · Selected—On an interface card, only information about Selected interfaces is displayed. · Ready. · Negotiated. · Initial.
Bandwidth(kbps)	Bandwidth (in kbps) of a member interface.
Priority	Bundling priority of a member interface.

display interface hdlc-bundle

Use display interface hdlc-bundle to display information about an HDLC link bundle interface.

Syntax

display interface [ hdlc-bundle [ bundle-id ] ] [ brief [ description | down ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

bundle-id: Specifies an HDLC link bundle interface by its number.

brief: Displays brief interface information. If you do not specify this keyword, this command displays detailed interface information.

description: Displays complete interface descriptions. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays only the first 27 characters of each interface description.

down: Displays information about interfaces in DOWN state and the link down causes. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays information about interfaces in all states.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify the hdlc-bundle keyword, this command displays information about all interfaces.

If you specify the hdlc-bundle keyword without any HDLC link bundle interface number, this command displays information about all HDLC link bundle interfaces.

Examples

# Display detailed information about HDLC link bundle interface 1.

<Sysname> display interface hdlc-bundle 1

HDLC-bundle1

Current state: UP

Line protocol state: UP

Description: HDLC-bundle1 Interface

Bandwidth: 128kbps

Maximum Transmit Unit: 1500

Hold timer: 10 seconds, retry times: 5

Internet address: 1.1.1.1/24 (primary)

Link layer protocol: HDLC

Physical: HDLC-BUNDLE, baudrate: 128000 bps

Port priority: 0

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/1024/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - FIFO queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/75/0

Last clearing of counters: Never

Last 300 seconds input rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec

Last 300 seconds output rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec

Input: 32 packets, 1842 bytes, 0 drops

Output: 27 packets, 1512 bytes, 0 drops

# Display brief information about HDLC link bundle interface 1.

<Sysname> display interface hdlc-bundle 1 brief

Brief information on interfaces in route mode:

Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby

Protocol: (s) - spoofing

Interface Link Protocol Primary IP Description

HDLC-B1 UP UP 1.1.1.2

# Display information about all HDLC link bundle interfaces in down state and the link down reasons.

<Sysname> display interface hdlc-bundle brief down

Brief information on interfaces in route mode:

Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby

Interface Link Cause

HDLC-B2 ADM Administratively

Table 24 Command output

Field	Description
Current state	Physical state and administrative state of the HDLC link bundle interface: · DOWN (Administratively)—The interface is shut down by using the shutdown command (the interface is administratively down). · DOWN—The interface is administratively up but physically down. · UP—The interface is up both administratively and physically.
Line protocol state	Link layer protocol state of the HDLC link bundle interface: · DOWN—The link layer protocol of the interface is down, typically because the HDLC link bundle interface does not have any Selected interface. · UP—The link layer protocol of the interface is up.
Description	Description of the HDLC link bundle interface.
Bandwidth	Expected bandwidth of the HDLC link bundle interface.
Maximum Transmit Unit	MTU on the HDLC link bundle interface.
Hold timer	Keepalive transmission interval of the interface. This field is ineffective for an HDLC link bundle interface because an HDLC link bundle interface does not transmit keepalives.
Retry times	Keepalive retry limit. This field is ineffective for an HDLC link bundle interface because an HDLC link bundle interface does not transmit keepalives.
Internet address: 1.1.1.1/24 (primary)	IP address of the HDLC link bundle interface. If no IP address is configured for the interface, this field is replaced with Internet protocol processing: disabled.
Link layer protocol	Link layer protocol encapsulation on the HDLC link bundle interface.
Physical	Physical type of the HDLC link bundle interface.
Baudrate	Baudrate of the HDLC link bundle interface.
Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/1024/0 Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0 Output queue - FIFO queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/75/0	Traffic statistics for each output queue on the HDLC link bundle interface, including: · The number of packets in the queue (the queue size). · The maximum number of packets that the queue can hold (queue length). · The number of dropped packets. The output queues on the HDLC link bundle interface include the following types: · Urgent queue. · Protocol queue. · FIFO queue.
Last clearing of counters	Time when the reset counters interface command was last used to clear the interface statistics. This field displays Never if the reset counters interface command has never been used on the interface since device startup.
Last 300 seconds input rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec Last 300 seconds output rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec	Average incoming and outgoing traffic rates on the interface in the last 300 seconds.
Input: 32 packets, 1842 bytes, 0 drops	Incoming traffic size in packets and bytes and the number of dropped incoming packets on the interface.
Output: 27 packets, 1512 bytes, 0 drops	Outgoing traffic size in packets and bytes and the number of dropped outgoing packets on the interface.
Brief information on interfaces in route mode	Brief information about Layer 3 interfaces.
Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby	Link status: · ADM—The interface has been administratively shut down. To recover its physical state, perform the undo shutdown command. · Stby—The interface is operating as a backup interface. To see the primary interface, use the display interface-backup state command.
Protocol: (s) – spoofing	If the data link layer protocol state of an interface is shown as UP, but its link is an on-demand link or not present at all, the protocol attribute includes the spoofing flag (an s in parentheses).
Interface	Abbreviated interface name.
Link	Physical link state of the interface: · UP—The interface is up. · ADM—The interface has been administratively shut down. To bring up the interface, perform the undo shutdown command.
Protocol	Date link layer protocol state of the interface: · UP—The data link layer protocol state of the interface is up. · DOWN—The data link layer protocol state of the interface is down. · UP(s)—The data link layer protocol state of the interface is shown as UP, but its link is an on-demand link or not present at all.
Primary IP	Primary IP address of the interface. Two hyphens (--) indicate that no primary IP address is configured for the interface.
Description	Partial or complete interface description configured by using the description command: · If the description keyword is not specified for the display interface brief command, this field displays only the first 27 characters of the interface description. · If the description keyword is specified for the display interface brief command, this field displays the complete interface description.
Cause	Reason why a physical link is down. If the port has been shut down by using the shutdown command, this field displays Administratively. To restore the physical state of the interface, use the undo shutdown command.

Related commands

reset counters interface

interface hdlc-bundle

Use interface hdlc-bundle to create an HDLC link bundle interface and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing HDLC link bundle interface.

Use undo interface hdlc-bundle to delete an HDLC link bundle interface.

Syntax

interface hdlc-bundle bundle-id

undo interface hdlc-bundle bundle-id

Default

No HDLC link bundle interface exists.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

bundle-id: Specifies an HDLC link bundle interface by its number in the range of 1 to 10.

Examples

# Create HDLC link bundle interface 1 and enter its view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface hdlc-bundle 1

[Sysname-HDLC-bundle1]

mtu

Use mtu to set the MTU size for an HDLC link bundle interface.

Use undo mtu to restore the default.

Syntax

mtu size

undo mtu

Default

The MTU size of an HDLC link bundle interface is 1500 bytes.

Views

HDLC link bundle interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

size: Specifies the MTU in bytes for an HDLC link bundle interface, in the range of 46 to 1560.

Usage guidelines

The MTU size of an interface affects IP packet fragmentation and reassembly on the interface.

To make the MTU configuration take effect on an interface, you must re-enable the interface by using the shutdown command and the undo shutdown command.

Examples

# Set the MTU size of HDLC link bundle interface 1 to 1430 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface hdlc-bundle 1

[Sysname-HDLC-bundle1] mtu 1430

reset counters interface

Use reset counters interface to clear the statistics of an HDLC link bundle interface.

Syntax

reset counters interface [ hdlc-bundle [ bundle-id ] ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

bundle-id: Specifies an HDLC link bundle interface by its number in the range of 1 to 10.

Usage guidelines

Before collecting traffic statistics within a period of time on an interface, you must clear the existing statistics.

If you do not specify hdlc-bundle, this command clears the statistics of all interfaces.

If you specify hdlc-bundle but not bundle-id, this command clears the statistics of all HDLC link bundle interfaces.

If you specify both hdlc-bundle and bundle-id, this command clears the statistics of the specified HDLC link bundle interface.

Examples

# Clear the statistics of HDLC link bundle interface 1.

<Sysname> reset counters interface hdlc-bundle 1

Related commands

display interface hdlc-bundle

service

Use service to specify a primary traffic processing slot for an interface.

Use undo service to restore the default.

Syntax

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

service slot slot-number

undo service slot

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

service chassis chassis-number slot slot-number

undo service chassis

Default

No primary traffic processing slot is specified for an interface.

Views

HDLC link bundle interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents its IRF member ID. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument refers to the ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument refers to the number of the slot where the card resides. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the command and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	No
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	No
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

This command is supported on distributed devices and IRF-capable centralized devices.

Specify traffic processing slots if a feature requires that all traffic on an HDLC link bundle interface be processed on the same slot.

For high availability, you can specify one primary and one backup traffic processing slot by using the service command and the service standby command, respectively.

If you specify both primary and backup slots for an interface, traffic on that interface is processed as follows:

· When no specified traffic processing slots are available, the traffic is processed on the slot at which it arrives. Then, the processing slot that first becomes available again takes over.

If you do not specify a primary or a backup traffic processing slot for an interface, traffic on that interface is processed on the slot at which the traffic arrives.

Examples

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) Specify a primary traffic processing slot for HDLC link bundle interface 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface hdlc-bundle 1

[Sysname-HDLC-bundle1] service slot 1

Related commands

service standby

Use service standby to specify a backup traffic processing slot for an interface.

Use undo service standby to restore the default.

Syntax

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

service standby slot slot-number

undo service standby slot

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

service standby chassis chassis-number slot slot-number

undo service standby chassis

Default

No backup traffic processing slot is specified for an interface.

Views

HDLC link bundle interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents its IRF member ID. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the command and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	No
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	No
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

This command is supported on distributed devices and IRF-capable centralized devices.

Specify traffic processing slots if a feature requires that all traffic on an HDLC link bundle interface be processed on the same slot.

For high availability, you can specify one primary and one backup traffic processing slot by using the service command and the service standby command, respectively.

If you specify both primary and backup slots for an interface, traffic on that interface is processed as follows:

· When no specified traffic processing slots are available, the traffic is processed on the slot at which it arrives. Then, the processing slot that first becomes available again takes over.

If you do not specify a primary or a backup traffic processing slot for an interface, traffic on that interface is processed on the slot at which the traffic arrives.

Examples

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) Specify a primary traffic processing slot and a backup traffic processing slot for HDLC link bundle interface 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface hdlc-bundle 1

[Sysname--HDLC-bundle1] service slot 2

[Sysname- HDLC-bundle1] service standby slot 3

Related commands

service

shutdown

Use shutdown to shut down an HDLC link bundle interface.

Use undo shutdown to bring up an HDLC link bundle interface.

Syntax

shutdown

undo shutdown

Default

An HDLC link bundle interface is up.

Views

HDLC link bundle interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

When an HDLC link bundle interface is brought up, the state of each member interface is re-determined.

When an HDLC link bundle interface is shut down, the state of each Selected interface is placed into the Negotiated state.

Examples

# Shut down HDLC link bundle interface 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface hdlc-bundle 1

[Sysname-HDLC-bundle1] shutdown

ISDN commands

This feature is supported only on routers installed with the BS, E1, or T1 interface modules.

Before you can use a CE1/PRI or CT1/PRI interface to provide ISDN PRI services, you must use the pri-set command to bundle timeslots into channel sets on the interface. For each PRI set, the system creates a serial interface automatically. To configure ISDN settings for a PRI set, you must enter the view of this serial interface.

For more information about timeslot bundling, see the WAN interface section in Interface Configuration Guide.

display isdn active-channel

Use display isdn active-channel to display information about successful calls on ISDN interfaces.

Syntax

display isdn active-channel [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an ISDN BRI or PRI interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, the command displays information about successful calls for all ISDN interfaces.

Examples

# Display information about successful Q.931 calls on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> display isdn active-channel interface bri 2/4/0

Bri 2/4/0

Channel Info: B1

Call Property: Analog

Call Type: Out

Calling Number: 1111

Calling Subaddress:

Called Number: 2222

Called Subaddress:

Start Time: 13-03-14 15:22:26

Time Used: 00:01:10

# Display information about successful Q.931 calls on PRI interface Serial 2/3/0:15.

<Sysname> display isdn active-channel interface serial 2/3/0:15

Serial2/3/0:15

Channel Info: B2

Call Property: Digital

Call Type: Out

Calling Number: 8306001

Calling Subaddress:

Called Number: 8306002

Called Subaddress:

Start Time: 13-02-14 12:22:26

Time Used: 00:11:20

Table 25 Command output

Field	Description
Channel Info	B-channel for the call.
Call Property	Call property: · Digital. · Analog.
Call Type	Call type: · Incoming call. · Outgoing call. In ISDN, "incoming" and "outgoing" describe a call as viewed by the user side of the interface.
Start Time	Time when the call was established.
Time Used	Duration of the connection since the call was established.

display isdn call-info

Use display isdn call-info to display information about calls on ISDN interfaces.

Syntax

display isdn call-info [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an ISDN BRI or PRI interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, the command displays call information for all ISDN interfaces.

Usage guidelines

The command displays information about each ISDN layer, including Q.921, Q.931, and CC. When a call setup fails, you can use the command to identify the layer that caused the failure.

Examples

# Display call information for BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> display isdn call-info interface bri 2/4/0

Bri2/4/0(User-side): ACTIVE

Link Layer 1: TEI = 65, State = MULTIPLE_FRAME_ESTABLISHED

Link Layer 2: TEI = NONE, State = TEI_UNASSIGNED

Link Layer 3: TEI = NONE, State = TEI_UNASSIGNED

Link Layer 4: TEI = NONE, State = TEI_UNASSIGNED

Link Layer 5: TEI = NONE, State = TEI_UNASSIGNED

Link Layer 6: TEI = NONE, State = TEI_UNASSIGNED

Link Layer 7: TEI = NONE, State = TEI_UNASSIGNED

Link Layer 8: TEI = NONE, State = TEI_UNASSIGNED

Network Layer: 1 connections

Connection 1:

CallID: 0x0001, State: ACTIVE, CES: 1, Channel: 0x00000001

TEI: 65

Calling_Num[:Sub]: 2014:1325

Called_Num[:Sub]: 50401:24136

# Display call information for PRI interface Serial 2/3/0:15.

<Sysname> display isdn call-info interface serial 2/3/0:15

Serial2/3/0:15(User-side):

Link Layer 1: TEI = 0, State = MULTIPLE_FRAME_ESTABLISHED

Network Layer: 1 connections

Connection 1:

CallID: 0x0000ffff, State: ACTIVE, CES: 1, Channel: 0x00200000

TEI: 0

Calling_Num[:Sub]: 8306001

Called_Num[:Sub]: 8305001

Table 26 Command output

Field	Description
Bri2/4/0(User-side): ACTIVE	Physical layer activation state of the interface: · ACTIVE—The physical layer is active. · DEACTIVE—The physical layer is inactive. The command displays the physical layer activation state only for BRI interfaces. The physical layer of a BRI interface is activated only when it receives an activation request from Q.931. However, the physical layer of a PRI interface does not require an activation request. It becomes active when the physical link comes up. The ISDN role of the interface is bracketed.
Link Layer	Data link connections on the ISDN interface. ISDN establishes a connection for each terminal and uses a TEI to identify each connection. A BRI interface can have eight connections, but a PRI interface can have only one connection.
TEI	Terminal endpoint identifier that identifies an end-user terminal such as an ISDN phone. TEIs are assigned by the network side.
State	Data link layer state: · TEI_UNASSIGNED—No TEI is assigned to the data link connection. · ASSIGN_AWAITING_TEI—The data link layer is waiting for TEI assignment. · ESTABLISH_AWAITING_TEI—The data link layer is waiting for TEI assignment and multiple-frame establishment. · TEI_ASSIGNED—A TEI has been assigned to the data link connection. · AWAITING_ESTABLISHMENT—The data link layer is waiting for multiple-frame establishment. · MULTIPLE_FRAME_ESTABLISHED—The multiple-frame operation is successful. The Send Sequence Number and the Receive Sequence Number for Q.921 frames are synchronized. · TIMER_RECOVER—On timer expiration, the data link layer is attempting to recover the link. · AWAITING_RELEASE—The data link layer is waiting for the multiple-frame operation to be released. · TEI_ASSIGNED_EXT1—The data link layer receives a deactivation instruction from the physical layer when the data link connection is present. · TEI_ASSIGNED_EXT2—The data link layer receives a multiple-frame operation request for a new call.
Network Layer: 1 connections	A Q.931 network layer connection is present on the interface.
CallID	Index of the call at the CC layer.
State	Layer 3 call control state: · NULL—Initial state. No call exists. · CALL_INITIATED—The user has initiated a call establishment, but the network has not answered yet. · OVERLAP_SENDING—Q.931 sends called number information in overlap mode. In this mode, called number information can be absent or incomplete in the outgoing SETUP messages. · OUTGOING_CALL_PROCEEDING—The user has sent all information required for call establishment. This state is available for outgoing calls. · CALL_DELIVERED—The network side has initiated remote user alerting, but it has not answered the call yet. This state is available for outgoing calls. · CALL_PRESENT—The user has received a call establishment request from the network, but it has not responded yet. This state is available for incoming calls. · CALL_RECEIVED—The user has indicated alerting for a call, but it has not answered the call yet. This state is available for incoming calls. · CONNECT_REQUEST—The user has answered the call, but the network has not awarded the call yet. This state is available for incoming calls. · INCOMING_CALL_PROCEEDING—The user has received all information necessary for call setup. This state is available for incoming calls. · ACTIVE—For an incoming call, this state indicates that the network has awarded the call. For an outgoing call, this state indicates that the remote user has answered the call. · DISCONNECT_REQUEST—The user has requested the network to clear the end-to-end connection. · DISCONNECT_INDICATION—The user received an instruction to disconnect the call because the network has disconnected the end-to-end connection. · SUSPEND_REQUEST—The user has requested the network to suspend the call. · RESUME_REQUEST—The user has requested the network to resume the suspended call. · RELEASE_REQUEST—The user has requested the network to release the call. · OVERLAP_RECEIVING—Q.931 receives called-number information in overlap mode.
CES	Connection endpoint suffix used between Q.931 and Q.921 to identify a call connection.
Channel	Bitmap of the ISDN B-channel for the call. Each bit in the bitmap represents a B channel. If a bit is set to 1, the B channel is used.
Calling_Num[:Sub]	Calling number and calling subaddress.
Called_Num[:Sub]	Called number and called subaddress.

display isdn call-record

Use display isdn call-record to display the history records for ISDN calls.

Syntax

display isdn call-record [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an ISDN BRI or PRI interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, the command displays call history records for all ISDN interfaces.

Usage guidelines

The command displays the most recent 100 history records for successful ISDN calls.

Examples

# Display ISDN call history records.

<Sysname> display isdn call-record

Type Caller Called Start time End time Duration(s)

Out - 232303 13-03-20 14:10:12 - 273

In - 262609 13-03-20 14:04:50 13-03-20 14:08:54 244

Out - 232303 13-03-20 14:00:47 13-03-20 14:04:07 200

In 232303 262609 13-03-20 13:48:15 13-03-20 13:49:06 51

Out 262609 232303 13-03-20 13:46:39 13-03-20 13:47:31 52

Table 27 Command output

Field	Description
Type	Call type: · In—Incoming call. · Out—Outgoing call. In ISDN, "incoming" and "outgoing" describe a call as viewed by the user side of the interface.
Caller	Calling number.
Called	Called number.
Start time	Time when the call was established.
End time	Time when the call was terminated.
Duration	Duration (in seconds) of the connection since the call was established.

display isdn parameters

Use display isdn parameters to display ISDN Layer 2 and Layer 3 parameters.

Syntax

display isdn parameters { protocol | interface interface-type interface-number }

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

protocol: Specifies an ISDN protocol. Available options include 5ess, ansi, at&t, dss1, etsi, ni, ni2, ntt, and qsig. If you specify a protocol, the command displays the default parameters for the protocol.

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an ISDN BRI or PRI interface by its type and number. If you specify an interface, the command displays the ISDN Layer 2 and Layer 3 parameters for the specified interface.

Examples

# Display the default DSS1 parameters.

<Sysname> display isdn parameters dss1

DSS1 ISDN Layer 2 system parameters:

T200(sec) T201(sec) T202(sec) T203(sec) N200 K(BRI) K(PRI)

1 1 2 10 3 1 7

DSS1 ISDN Layer 3 system timers(default values):

Timer Value(sec)

T301 240

T302 15

T303 4

T304 30

T305 30

T308 4

T309 90

T310 40

T313 4

T322 4

# Display the ISDN parameters for PRI interface Serial 2/3/0:15.

<Sysname> display isdn parameters interface serial 2/3/0:15

Serial2/3/0:15(Network-side):

QSIG ISDN Layer 2 system parameters:

T200(sec) T201(sec) T202(sec) T203(sec) N200 K(PRI)

1 1 2 10 3 7

QSIG ISDN Layer 3 system timers:

Timer Value(sec)

T301 35

T302 37

T303 8

T304 50

T305 20

T308 3

T309 130

T310 130

T313 6

T322 8

Table 28 Command output

Field	Description
T200(sec)	Q.921 T200 timer sets the retransmission interval (in seconds).
T201(sec)	Q.921 T201 timer sets the minimum interval (in seconds) between the retransmissions of a TEI Identity check message.
T202(sec)	Q.921 T202 timer sets the minimum interval (in seconds) between transmissions of TEI Identity request messages.
T203(sec)	Q.921 T203 timer sets the maximum amount of time that the data link can be idle.
N200	Q.921 N200 counter sets the maximum number of retransmissions.
K(BRI)	Maximum number of unacknowledged frames (sliding window size) on the ISDN BRI interface.
K(PRI)	Maximum number of unacknowledged frames (sliding window size) on the ISDN PRI interface.

display isdn spid

Use display isdn spid to display SPID information for NI-enabled BRI interfaces.

Syntax

display isdn spid [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies a BRI interface that runs the NI protocol. If you do not specify an interface, the command displays SPID information for all NI-enabled BRI interfaces.

Examples

# Display SPID information for NI-enabled interface BRI 2/4/0 (the SPID type is AUTO).

<Sysname> display isdn spid interface bri 2/4/0

Interface Bri2/4/0:

SPID Type: AUTO

SPID B1:

SPID Num: 235

Neg State: SPID_UNASSIGNED

Init State: INIT_NULL

SPID B2:

SPID Num: 326

Neg State: SPID_UNASSIGNED

Init State: INIT_NULL

SPID timer: 30 seconds

SPID resend: 1 times

# Display SPID information for NI-enabled interface BRI 2/4/0 (the SPID type is STATIC).

<Sysname> display isdn spid interface bri 2/4/0

Interface Bri2/4/0:

SPID Type: STATIC

SPID B1:

SPID Num: 134

LDN: 3251

Init State: INIT_NULL

SPID B2:

SPID Num: 257

LDN: 3657

Init State: INIT_NULL

SPID timer: 30 seconds

SPID resend: 1 times

# Display SPID information on NI-enabled interface BRI 2/4/0 (the SPID type is NIT).

<Sysname> display isdn spid interface bri 2/4/0

Interface Bri2/4/0:

SPID Type: NIT

Table 29 Command output

Field	Description
SPID Type	SPID assignment type: · NIT—Not initial terminal mode. You must enable NIT mode on the BRI interface if the NI-type service provider switch does not support SPID negotiation. · STATIC—Static SPID assignment. You must manually configure the SPIDs assigned by the service provider on the BRI interface. · AUTO—Dynamic SPID assignment. The interface obtains SPIDs dynamically from the service provider switch.
SPID B1	SPID information for the B1 channel on the BRI interface.
SPID B2	SPID information for the B2 channel on the BRI interface.
SPID Num	SPID value. It is manually configured or dynamically obtained from the service provider, depending on the SPID assignment type.
LDN	Local dialing number. You must configure an LDN depending on the service provider requirement.
Neg State	SPID negotiation state: · SPID_UNASSIGNED—The SPID is not assigned, or the SPID assignment has failed. · ASSIGN_AWAITING_SPID—The user terminal has initiated an auto-SPID request and is waiting for SPID assignment. · SPID_ASSIGNED—The user terminal has selected one SPID from the SPID options provided by the network. · ASSIGN_AWAITING_CALL_CLEAR—The B-channel transits to this state if a call is present when it receives an Auto-SPID request.
Init State	Layer 3 initialization state for the SPID: · INIT_NULL—No Layer 3 initialization has occurred. · INIT_IND—The service provider switch starts Layer 3 initialization. · INIT_PROCEEDING—Layer 3 is initializing. · INIT_END—Layer 3 initialization is finished successfully. · INIT_AWAITING_CALL_CLEAR—The B-channel transits to this state if a call is present when Q.931 receives a Layer 3 initialization request.
SPID timer	TSPID timer. This timer sets the maximum interval that ISDN waits for a response after it sends an INFORMATION message. To configure this timer, use the isdn spid timer command.
SPID resend	Maximum number of INFORMATION retransmissions. To configure this counter, use the isdn spid resend command.

isdn bch-local-manage

Use isdn bch-local-manage to enable an ISDN interface to select ISDN B-channels for calls.

Use undo isdn bch-local-manage to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn bch-local-manage [ exclusive ]

undo isdn bch-local-manage

Default

B-channel selection is disabled on ISDN interfaces. The service provider switch selects B-channels for calls.

Views

ISDN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

exclusive: Specifies exclusive B-channel selection. If you do not specify this keyword, the command enables non-exclusive B-channel selection.

Usage guidelines

Typically, B-channel selection is done by the service provider switch. To improve call establishment efficiency and reduce call losses on ISDN lines, you can enable the ISDN interface to select B-channels for calls. This is particularly true for PRI ISDN lines.

· If non-exclusive B-channel selection is enabled, the interface selects a preferred B-channel for a call. However, it will use the B-channel selected by the peer end when a selection conflict occurs.

· If exclusive B-channel selection is enabled, the interface selects a preferred B-channel for a call. It does not accept the B-channel selected by the peer end when a selection conflict occurs.

IMPORTANT:

Configure exclusive B-channel selection only when the interface is in network mode. In user mode, exclusive B-channel selection will cause a call establishment failure when a B-channel selection conflict occurs.

Examples

# Enable non-exclusive B-channel selection on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn bch-local-manage

isdn bch-select-way

Use isdn bch-select-way to set a B-channel selection method.

Use undo isdn bch-select-way to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn bch-select-way { ascending | descending }

undo isdn bch-select-way

Default

The device selects B channels in ascending order of channel IDs.

Views

ISDN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ascending: Selects ISDN B channels in ascending order of channel IDs.

descending: Selects ISDN B channels in descending order of channel IDs.

Usage guidelines

If the interface is operating in user mode, this command takes effect only when the isdn bch-local-manage command is configured.

Examples

# Set the B channel selection method to descending order on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn bch-select-way descending

Related commands

isdn bch-local-manage

isdn bri-slipwnd-size

Use isdn bri-slipwnd-size to set the sliding window size on an ISDN BRI interface.

Use undo isdn bri-slipwnd-size to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn bri-slipwnd-size window-size

undo isdn bri-slipwnd-size

Default

The sliding window size is 1 on an ISDN BRI interface.

Views

ISDN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

window-size: Specifies a sliding window size in the range of 1 to 7.

Usage guidelines

Q.921 sends frames in order of their sequence numbers and requires an acknowledgment of each transmitted frame. The sliding window mechanism enables Q.921 to send multiple continuous frames without waiting for the acknowledgment of the previous frame. The sliding window size sets the maximum number of unacknowledged frames. You can tune the size depending on the link status to maximize the throughput.

When sending a frame, Q.921 checks the number of unacknowledged frames. Suppose V(A) is the sequence number of the previous acknowledged frame, V(S) is the sequence number of the frame to be sent, and k is the sliding window size. If V(A) + k = V(S), the system stops sending frames.

Examples

# Set the sliding window size to 7 on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn bri-slipwnd-size 7

Related commands

isdn pri-slipwnd-size

isdn caller-number

Use isdn caller-number to configure calling number verification for incoming calls.

Use undo isdn caller-number to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn caller-number caller-number

undo isdn caller-number

Default

An ISDN interface accepts calls from any calling numbers.

Views

ISDN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

caller-number: Specifies an acceptable calling number, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 24 characters.

Usage guidelines

Calling number verification enables an ISDN interface to accept calls only from a specific calling party.

Call setup will fail in the following situations:

· The calling number in the incoming SETUP message is not configured on the ISDN interface.

· The incoming SETUP message does not include a calling number.

Examples

# Configure BRI 2/4/0 to accept incoming calls only from the calling number 400.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn caller-number 400

Related commands

isdn calling

Use isdn calling to configure ISDN calling number identification.

Use undo isdn calling to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn calling calling-number

undo isdn calling

Default

ISDN interfaces do not send a calling number in outgoing SETUP messages for any services except voice services.

Views

ISDN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

calling-number: Specifies a calling number, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 24 characters.

Usage guidelines

ISDN calling number identification enables an ISDN interface to include the call number of a calling party in the outgoing call SETUP messages. The calling number information can be used for different purposes. For example, the service provider can use this information to identify the pricing scheme for the calling party. The called party can use this information to verify the origin of calls.

For the called party to receive the calling number, the connected service provider switch must support transmitting calling numbers.

As a best practice, do not configure the calling number to be sent for voice services.

Examples

# Configure BRI 2/4/0 to include 8060170 as the calling number in outgoing SETUP messages.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn calling 8060170

Related commands

display isdn call-info

isdn caller-number

isdn carry calling-name

Use isdn carry calling-name to configure ISDN to include the calling-name field in outgoing packets on an ISDN interface.

Use undo isdn carry calling-name to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn carry calling-name

undo isdn carry calling-name

Default

ISDN does not include the calling-name field in outgoing packets on an ISDN interface.

Views

ISDN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The command enables a called party to identify the name of a calling party attached to the interface.

You can execute the command only when no call is present on the ISDN interface.

Examples

# Configure ISDN to include the calling-name field in outgoing packets on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn carry calling-name

Related commands

isdn carry connected-name

Use isdn carry connected-name to configure ISDN to include the connected-name field in outgoing packets on an ISDN interface.

Use undo isdn carry connected-name to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn carry connected-name

undo isdn carry connected-name

Default

ISDN does not include the connected-name field in outgoing packets.

Views

ISDN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The command enables a calling party to identify the name of a called party attached to the interface.

You can execute the command only when no call is present on the ISDN interface.

Examples

# Configure ISDN to include the connected-name field in outgoing packets on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn carry connected-name

Related commands

isdn carry calling-name

isdn check-called-number

Use isdn check-called-number to configure called-number verification for incoming calls on an ISDN interface.

Use undo isdn check-called-number to remove an acceptable called number.

Syntax

isdn check-called-number check-index called-party-number

undo isdn check-called-number check-index

Default

ISDN does not check the called number or subaddress in incoming SETUP messages.

Views

ISDN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

check-index: Specifies a called-number verification index in the range of 1 to 3.

called-party-number: Specifies an acceptable called number. You can include a colon-separated subaddress when you specify the called number, for example, 66668888:13525. The value must be a case-sensitive string of 1 to 40 characters.

Usage guidelines

Called-number verification enables an ISDN interface to accept only calls placed to specific called numbers. You can configure the ISDN interface to verify only the called number or both the called number and the called subaddress. The ISDN interface will accept a call only if the called-number information matches one entry in the list of acceptable called numbers.

Examples

# Add 66668888:13525 to the list of acceptable called-numbers on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn check-called-number 1 66668888:13525

isdn crlength

Use isdn crlength to set the length of the call reference for calls placed on an ISDN interface.

Use undo isdn crlength to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn crlength call-reference-length

undo isdn crlength

Default

The call reference length is 2 bytes for CE1/PRI and CT1/PRI interfaces and 1 byte for BRI interfaces.

Views

ISDN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

call-reference-length: Specifies an ISDN call reference length, in bytes. Available values include 1 and 2.

Usage guidelines

Call reference is a sequence number that identifies a call. A call reference can be reused after it is released when its associated call is released.

When the router is connected to a peer device that cannot recognize the call reference length, you must configure the router with the same call reference length as the peer device.

You can configure the command only when no calls are present on the ISDN interface.

Examples

# Set the call reference length to 1 byte on PRI interface Serial 2/3/0:15.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/3/0:15

[Sysname-Serial2/3/0:15] isdn crlength 1

isdn ignore connect-ack

Use isdn ignore connect-ack to enable ISDN to enter the ACTIVE state without an acknowledgment after it sends or receives a CONNECT request.

Use undo isdn ignore connect-ack to disable ISDN to enter the ACTIVE state without an acknowledgment after it sends or receives a CONNECT request.

Syntax

isdn ignore connect-ack [ incoming | outgoing ]

undo isdn ignore connect-ack [ incoming | outgoing ]

Default

After sending a CONNECT request, ISDN waits for a CONNECT ACK before it changes to the ACTIVE state for traffic transmission.

After receiving a CONNECT request, ISDN sends a CONNECT ACK and changes to the ACTIVE state.

Views

ISDN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

incoming: Specifies the incoming CONNECT ACK.

outgoing: Specifies the outgoing CONNECT ACK.

Usage guidelines

The setting for the command must be consistent with the setting on the service provider switch.

· If the service provider switch does not send CONNECT ACK, configure the isdn ignore connect-ack incoming command. After sending a CONNECT message, ISDN changes to the ACTIVE state without waiting for an acknowledgment.

· If the service provider switch does not receive CONNECT ACK, configure the isdn ignore connect-ack outgoing command. After receiving a CONNECT message, ISDN changes to the ACTIVE state without sending an acknowledgment.

You can configure the command only when no calls are present on the ISDN interface.

Examples

# On BRI 2/4/0, enable ISDN to change to the ACTIVE state after it sends a CONNECT request without waiting for a CONNECT ACK.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn ignore connect-ack incoming

# On BRI 2/4/0, enable ISDN to change to the ACTIVE state after it receives a CONNECT request without sending a CONNECT ACK.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn ignore connect-ack outgoing

isdn ignore hlc

Use isdn ignore hlc to exclude the HLC information element from the outgoing SETUP message.

Use undo isdn ignore hlc to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn ignore hlc

undo isdn ignore hlc

Default

All ISDN protocols except 5ESS and QSIG include the HLC information element in the SETUP message.

Views

ISDN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The high layer compatibility (HLC) element provides high layer compatibility check information for the called party. The called party will reject the call setup request if it detects an incompatibility.

For a successful call setup, make sure the ISDN interface uses the same HLC setting as the service provider switch.

You can execute the command only when no call is present on the ISDN interface.

Examples

# Exclude the HLC information element from the outgoing SETUP message on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn ignore hlc

isdn ignore llc

Use isdn ignore llc to exclude the LLC information element from the outgoing SETUP message.

Use undo isdn ignore llc to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn ignore llc

undo isdn ignore llc

Default

All ISDN protocols except 5ESS and QSIG include the LLC information element in the SETUP message.

Views

ISDN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The lower layer compatibility (LLC) element provides low layer compatibility check information for the called party. The called party will reject the call setup request if it detects an incompatibility.

For a successful call setup, make sure the ISDN interface uses the same LLC setting as the service provider switch.

You can execute the command only when no call is present on the ISDN interface.

Examples

# Exclude the LLC information element from the outgoing SETUP message on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn ignore llc

isdn ignore sending-complete

Use isdn ignore sending-complete to exclude or ignore the sending complete indication for call setup.

Use undo isdn ignore sending-complete to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn ignore sending-complete [ incoming | outgoing ]

undo isdn ignore sending-complete [ incoming | outgoing ]

Default

The device checks incoming SETUP messages for the sending complete indication.

The device includes a sending complete indication in outgoing SETUP messages.

Views

ISDN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

incoming: Ignores the sending complete indication in the incoming SETUP message.

outgoing: Excludes the sending complete indication from the outgoing SETUP message.

Usage guidelines

A sending complete indication in the SETUP message indicates the completion of information sending or receiving.

If you do not specify a call direction, the command takes effect on both incoming and outgoing ISDN calls.

The command takes effect only when the ISDN protocol is DSS1, QSIG, or ETSI. For a successful call setup, you must use the same sending complete indication setting as the service provider switch.

You can execute the command only when no call is present on the ISDN interface.

Examples

# Ignore the sending complete indication in the incoming SETUP message on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn ignore sending-complete incoming

# Exclude the sending complete indication in the outgoing SETUP message on BRI 2/4/0.

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn ignore sending-complete outgoing

Related commands

isdn protocol-type

isdn l3-timer

Use isdn l3-timer to set an ISDN L3 timer.

Use undo isdn l3-timer to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn l3-timer timer-name time-interval

undo isdn l3-timer { timer-name | all }

Default

Table 30 lists the default L3 timer settings for DSS1. For the default L3 timer values for other ISDN protocols, use the display isdn parameters command.

Views

ISDN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

timer-name: Specifies an ISDN L3 timer name.

time-interval: Specifies a timer value.

all: Restores the default values of all ISDN L3 timers.

Table 30 DSS1 ISDN L3 timers

Keyword for the timer-name argument	Timer name	Value range (in seconds)	Default (in seconds)
t301	T301	30 to 1200	240
t302	T302	1 to 60	15
t303	T303	2 to 10	4
t304	T304	10 to 60	30
t305	T305	4 to 30	30
t308	T308	2 to 10	4
t309	T309	1 to 240	90
t310	T310	10 to 240	40
t313	T313	2 to 10	4
t322	T322	2 to 10	4

Usage guidelines

T302 and T304 are timers for overlap sending. They are not available in overlap sending-incapable ISDN protocols, including AT&T, NTT, NI2, and 5ESS.

Examples

# Set the T301 timer to 160 seconds on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn l3-timer t301 160

Related commands

display isdn parameters

isdn overlap-sending

isdn leased-line

Use isdn leased-line [ B1 | B2 | 128 ] to configure the leased line service for an ISDN BRI interface.

Use undo isdn leased-line [ B1 | B2 | 128 ] to remove the leased line configuration for an ISDN BRI interface.

Syntax

isdn leased-line [ B1 | B2 | 128 ]

undo isdn leased-line [ B1 | B2 | 128 ]

Default

The leased line service is not configured for an ISDN BRI interface.

Views

ISDN BRI interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

B1: Uses channel B1 as a 64-kbps leased line.

B2: Uses channel B2 as a 64-kbps leased line.

128: Combines channels B1 and B2 into a 128-kbps leased line.

Usage guidelines

The isdn leased-line command without any keywords configures both the B1 and B2 channels as 64-kbps leased lines.

The undo isdn leased-line command without any keywords removes both 64-kbps leased lines from the specified BRI interface.

You can directly switch an ISDN BRI interface from 64-kbps leased line service to 128-kbps leased line service, or vice versa.

This command is not available on BSV interfaces.

Examples

# Combine channels B1 and B2 on BRI 2/1 to provide a 128 kbps leased line.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/1

[Sysname-Bri2/1] isdn leased-line 128

isdn link-mode p2p

Use isdn link-mode p2p to configure a BRI interface to operate in point-to-point mode.

Use undo isdn link-mode to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn link-mode p2p

undo isdn link-mode

Default

A BRI interface operates in point-to-multipoint mode.

Views

ISDN BRI interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The data link type of an ISDN BRI interface can be one of the following:

· point-to-point—The BRI interface can be connected only to one terminal device.

· point-to-multipoint—The BRI interface can be connected to multiple terminal devices.

Set the data link type of an ISDN BRI interface to be the same as its connected service provider switch.

If the isdn two-tei command is configured, the data link of the BRI interface must be point-to-multipoint.

You cannot change an ISDN BRI interface's data link type when a call is present.

Examples

# Configure BRI 2/4/0 to operate in point-to-point mode.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn link-mode p2p

Related commands

isdn two-tei

isdn number-property

Use isdn number-property to set the number type and numbering plan identification for calling or called numbers in incoming or outgoing ISDN calls.

Use undo isdn number-property to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn number-property number-property [ calling | called ] [ in | out ]

undo isdn number-property [ calling | called ] [ in | out ]

Default

The system automatically selects a number type and numbering plan appropriate to the upper-layer service.

Views

ISDN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

number-property: Specifies the type and numbering identification plan of ISDN numbers, a hexadecimal string in the range of 0 to 7F. In binary form, the string contains 8 bits:

· Bits 1 through 4 represent the numbering identification plan.

· Bits 5 through 7 represent type of the number.

· Bit 8 is reserved for extension.

Table 31 through Table 36 show the ISDN number type and numbering plan identification bitmaps for different ISDN protocols.

calling: Specifies calling numbers.

called: Specifies called numbers.

in: Specifies incoming ISDN calls.

out: Specifies outgoing ISDN calls.

Table 31 ISDN number type and numbering plan identification bitmap for AT&T

Ext	Type of number				Numbering plan identification				Information element	Type of number	Numbering plan identification
8	7	6	5	4		3	2	1
				0		0	0	0	Calling party number	N/A	Unknown
				0		0	0	1	Calling party number	N/A	ISDN/telephony numbering plan (Recommendation E.164)
				0		0	1	1	Calling party number	N/A	Data numbering plan (Recommendation X.121)
				0		1	0	0	Calling party number	N/A	Telex numbering plan (Recommendation F.69)
				1		0	0	0	Calling party number	N/A	National standard numbering plan
				1		0	0	1	Calling party number	N/A	Private numbering plan
				1		1	1	1	Calling party number	N/A	Reserved for extension

Table 32 ISDN number type and numbering plan identification bitmap for ANSI, ETSI, DSS1, and NTT

Ext	Type of number			Numbering plan identification					Information element	Type of number	Numbering plan identification
8	7	6	5	4	3	2	1
				0	0	0	0	Calling party number Called party number		N/A		Unknown
				0	0	0	1	Calling party number Called party number		N/A		ISDN/telephony numbering plan (Recommendation E.164)
				0	0	1	1	Calling party number Called party number		N/A		Data numbering plan (Recommendation X.121)
				0	1	0	0	Calling party number Called party number		N/A		Telex numbering plan (Recommendation F.69)
				1	0	0	0	Calling party number Called party number		N/A		National standard numbering plan
				1	0	0	1	Calling party number Called party number		N/A		Private numbering plan
				1	1	1	1	Calling party number Called party number		N/A		Reserved for extension

Table 33 ISDN number type and numbering plan identification bitmap for NI

Ext	Type of number			Numbering plan identification				Information element	Type of number		Numbering plan identification
8	7	6	5	4	3	2	1
	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	Called party number		Unknown		Unknown
	0	0	0	0	0	0	1	Calling party number		Unknown		ISDN/telephony numbering plan (Recommendation E.164)
	0	0	0	0	0	1	1	Calling party number		Unknown		Data numbering plan (Recommendation X.121)
	0	0	0	0	1	0	0	Calling party number		Unknown		Telex numbering plan (Recommendation F.69)
	0	0	0	1	0	0	0	Calling party number		Unknown		National standard numbering plan
	0	0	0	1	0	0	1	Calling party number		Unknown		Private numbering plan
	0	0	0	1	1	1	1	Calling party number		Unknown		Reserved for extension
	0	1	0	0	0	0	1	Called party number		National number		ISDN/telephony numbering plan (Recommendation E.164)
	0	1	1	1	0	0	1	Called party number		Network specific number		ISDN/telephony numbering plan (Recommendation E.164)
	1	0	0	0	0	0	1	Called party number		Unknown		ISDN/telephony numbering plan (Recommendation E.164)
	1	1	0	1	0	0	1	Called party number		Abbreviated number		Private numbering plan

Table 34 ISDN number type and numbering plan identification bitmap for NI2

Ext	Type of number			Numbering plan identification				Information element	Type of number		Numbering plan identification
8	7	6	5	4	3	2	1
	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	Calling party number		Unknown		Unknown
	0	0	1	0	0	0	1	Calling party number		International number		ISDN/telephony numbering plan (Recommendation E.164)
	0	1	0	0	0	0	1	Calling party number		National number		ISDN/telephony numbering plan (Recommendation E.164)
	1	0	0	0	0	0	1	Calling party number		Subscriber number		ISDN/telephony numbering plan (Recommendation E.164)
	0	0	1	0	0	1	1	Calling party number		International number		Data numbering plan (Recommendation X.121)
	1	0	0	1	0	0	1	Calling party number		Subscriber number		Private numbering plan
	1	1	0	1	0	0	1	Calling party number		Abbreviated number		Private numbering plan

Table 35 ISDN number type and numbering plan identification bitmap for 5ESS

Ext	Type of number			Numbering plan identification				Information element	Type of number		Numbering plan identification
8	7	6	5	4	3	2	1
	0	0	0					Calling party number Called party number		Unknown		N/A
	0	0	1					Calling party number Called party number		International number		N/A
	0	1	0					Calling party number Called party number		National number		N/A
	0	1	1					Calling party number Called party number		Network specific number		N/A
	1	0	0					Calling party number Called party number		Subscriber number		N/A
				0	0	0	0	Calling party number Called party number		N/A		Unknown
				0	0	0	1	Calling party number Called party number		N/A		ISDN/telephony numbering plan (Recommendation E.164)
				0	0	1	0	Calling party number Called party number		N/A		Private numbering plan
				1	0	0	1	Calling party number Called party number		N/A		Unknown

Table 36 ISDN number type and numbering plan identification bitmap for QSIG

Ext	Type of number				Numbering plan identification				Information element	Type of number		Numbering plan identification
8	7	6	5	4		3	2	1
	0	0	0	0		0	0	0	Calling party number Called party number		Unknown		Unknown
	0	0	0	0		0	0	1	Calling party number Called party number		Unknown		ISDN/telephony numbering plan (Recommendation E.164)
	0	0	1	0		0	0	1	Calling party number Called party number		International number		ISDN/telephony numbering plan (Recommendation E.164)
	0	1	0	0		0	0	1	Calling party number Called party number		National number		ISDN/telephony numbering plan (Recommendation E.164)
	1	0	0	0		0	0	1	Calling party number Called party number		Network specific number		ISDN/telephony numbering plan (Recommendation E.164)
	0	0	0	1		0	0	1	Calling party number Called party number		Unknown		Private numbering plan
	0	0	1	1		0	0	1	Calling party number Called party number		International number		Level 2 regional number in private numbering plan
	0	1	0	1		0	0	1	Calling party number Called party number		National number		Private numbering plan
	0	1	1	1		0	0	1	Calling party number Called party number		Network specific number		Private numbering plan
	1	0	0	1		0	0	1	Calling party number Called party number		Subscriber number		Private numbering plan

Examples

# Set the type of number and numbering plan identification both to unknown for the calling numbers in incoming ISDN calls on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn number-property 0 calling in

# Set the type of number and numbering plan identification both to unknown for the called numbers in outgoing ISDN calls on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn number-property 0 called out

isdn overlap-sending

Use isdn overlap-sending to enable overlap sending on an ISDN interface for called numbers.

Use undo isdn overlap-sending to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn overlap-sending [ digits ]

undo isdn overlap-sending

Default

En-bloc sending is enabled for called numbers. In the SETUP message, ISDN includes all information required by the network to process the call.

Views

ISDN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

digits: Specifies the maximum number of digits that can be sent in each SETUP message. The value range is 1 to 15, and the default is 10.

Usage guidelines

In overlap mode, called number information is absent or incomplete in each outgoing SETUP message.

Overlap sending is not available in ANSI, DSS1, ETSI, NI, or QSIG.

You can execute the command only when no call is present on the ISDN interface.

Examples

# Enable overlap sending on BRI 2/4/0, and configure the interface to send a maximum of 12 called-number digits in each SETUP message.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn overlap-sending 12

isdn pri-slipwnd-size

Use isdn pri-slipwnd-size to set the sliding window size on an ISDN PRI interface.

Use undo isdn pri-slipwnd-size to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn pri-slipwnd-size window-size

undo isdn pri-slipwnd-size

Default

The sliding window size is 7 on ISDN PRI interfaces.

Views

ISDN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

window-size: Specifies a sliding window size in the range of 5 to 64.

Usage guidelines

Q.921 sends frames in order of their sequence numbers and requires an acknowledgment of each transmitted frame. To improve transmission efficiency, Q.921 does not wait for a transmitted frame to be acknowledged before it sends the next frame. Instead, it uses a sliding window mechanism for transmission.

The sliding window mechanism enables Q.921 to send multiple continuous frames without waiting for the acknowledgment of the previous frame. The sliding window size sets the maximum number of unacknowledged frames. You can tune the size depending on the link status to maximize the throughput.

Examples

# Set the sliding window size to 10 on ISDN PRI interface Serial 2/3/0:15.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller e1 2/3/0

[Sysname-E1 2/3/0] using ce1

[Sysname-E1 2/3/0] pri-set

[Sysname-E1 2/3/0] quit

[Sysname] interface serial 2/3/0:15

[Sysname-Serial2/3/0:15] isdn pri-slipwnd-size 10

Related commands

isdn bri-slipwnd-size

isdn progress-indicator

Use isdn progress-indicator to set the progress description in the progress indicator information element of ISDN signaling messages.

Use undo isdn progress-indicator to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn progress-indicator indicator

undo isdn progress-indicator

Default

ISDN uses the progress description assigned by the upper-layer voice service.

Views

ISDN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

indicator: Specifies one of the progress descriptions in Table 37.

Table 37 Progress descriptions

Value	Description
1	Call is not an end-to-end ISDN call. Further call progress information might be available in-band.
2	Destination address is non-ISDN.
3	Origination address is non-ISDN.
4	Call has returned to the ISDN network.
5	Interworking has occurred and has resulted in a telecommunication service change. For example, the ISDN network changes to the VoIP network.
8	Signals of other protocols than ISDN are present on the D channel.

Usage guidelines

The progress indicator information element describes an event that has occurred during the life of the call.

You only need to set the progress description manually only if you are required by the service provider to do so for compatibility.

Examples

# Set the progress description code to 8 on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn progress-indicator 8

isdn progress-to-alerting enable

Use isdn progress-to-alerting enable to enable an ISDN interface to interpret the PROGRESS message as the ALERTING message.

Use undo isdn progress-to-alerting enable to disable an ISDN interface from interpreting the PROGRESS message as the ALERTING message.

Syntax

isdn progress-to-alerting enable

undo isdn progress-to-alerting enable

Default

The progress message is not interpreted as the ALERTING message.

Views

ISDN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Typically, ISDN devices use the ALERTING message to indicate that called user alerting has been initiated. To work with ISDN devices that use the PROGRESS message to convey this information, you must configure the command.

Examples

# Interpret the PROGRESS message as the ALERTING message on ISDN PRI interface Serial 2/3/0:15.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/3/0:15

[Sysname-Serial2/3/0:15] isdn progress-to-alerting enable

isdn protocol-mode

Use isdn protocol-mode to configure the ISDN functionality of an ISDN interface.

Use undo isdn protocol-mode to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn protocol-mode { network | user }

undo isdn protocol-mode

Default

An ISDN interface provides the ISDN user-side functionality.

Views

ISDN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

network: Specifies the network-side functionality.

user: Specifies the user-side functionality.

Usage guidelines

An ISDN interface can provide the ISDN user-side or network-side functionality. For two ISDN devices to communicate with each other, you must configure one end as the network side and configure the other end as the user side.

Typically, an ISDN interface is operating on the user side. However, when a BRI interface on a BSV card is connected directly to an ISDN phone, you must configure the BRI interface as the network side.

You must configure the ISDN interface as the user side in the following situations:

· The BRI interface for data services must operate on the user side.

· ANSI, AT&T, ETSI, NI, or NTT is configured.

You cannot configure the command when a call is present on the ISDN interface.

Examples

# Configure BRI 2/4/0 as the network side.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn protocol-mode network

isdn protocol-type

Use isdn protocol-type to configure the ISDN switch type on an ISDN interface.

Use undo isdn protocol-type to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn protocol-type protocol

undo isdn protocol-type

Default

The ISDN switch type is DSS1 for both BRI and PRI.

Views

ISDN interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

protocol: Specifies an ISDN switch type. Available options include 5ess, ansi, at&t, dss1, etsi, ni, ni2, ntt, and qsig. To specify ANSI, AT&T, ETSI, NI, or NTT, make sure the interface is operating on the user side.

Usage guidelines

You can configure the command only when no call is present on the ISDN interface.

ISDN service providers in different countries implement variants of ISDN to provide varied ISDN services. When you configure an ISDN interface, you must set the switch type on the interface to be the same as the service provider switch type.

Table 38 shows the ISDN switch types available on an ISDN interface.

Table 38 ISDN switch type and ISDN interface compatibility matrix

Switch type	BRI	CT1/PRI	CE1/PRI
ANSI	Yes	Yes	No
AT&T	No	Yes	No
5ESS	No	Yes	No
DSS1	Yes	Yes	Yes
ETSI	Yes	Yes	Yes
NI	Yes	No	No
NI2	No	Yes	No
QSIG	No	Yes	Yes
NTT	Yes	Yes	No

NOTE:

The device provides full support for DSS1. For any other variants of ISDN, the device only provides the basic call functionality.

Examples

# Set the ISDN switch type to ETSI on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn protocol-type etsi

# Set the ISDN switch type to 5ESS on ISDN PRI interface Serial 2/3/0:23.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/3/0:23

[Sysname-Serial2/3/0:23] isdn protocol-type 5ess

Related commands

isdn protocol-mode

isdn q921-permanent

Use isdn q921-permanent to enable permanent Q.921 link connectivity on a BRI interface.

Use undo isdn q921-permanent to disable permanent Q.921 link connectivity on a BRI interface.

Syntax

isdn q921-permanent

undo isdn q921-permanent

Default

Permanent Q.921 link connectivity is disabled on ISDN BRI interfaces.

Views

ISDN BRI interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

You can enable permanent Q.921 link connectivity only on user-side ISDN BRI interfaces.

When this feature is enabled, the ISDN BRI interface establishes and maintains permanent data link connections automatically, regardless of whether or not a call is present. If the isdn two-tei command is also configured, the ISDN BRI interface establishes and maintains two permanent data link connections.

When this feature is disabled, the ISDN BRI interface transits to the multiframe established state only when a call is present. In multiframe established state, the interface disconnects the Q.921 link if no Q.931 call is present when the T325 timer expires.

To ensure successful call setup when ISDN NI is used, you must enable permanent Q.921 link connectivity.

Examples

# Enable permanent Q.921 link connectivity on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn q921-permanent

Related commands

isdn protocol-mode

isdn two-tei

isdn spid auto-trigger

Use isdn spid auto-trigger to initiate a SPID negotiation on an NI-enabled BRI interface.

Syntax

isdn spid auto-trigger

Default

The NI-enabled BRI interface initiates a SPID negotiation when it receives a call request.

Views

ISDN BRI interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The command is available only on NI-enabled BRI interfaces.

When the BRI interface uses dynamic SPID negotiation, you can initiate a SPID negotiation for testing purposes or after an automatic dynamic SPID negotiation fails. If NIT mode is enabled or static SPIDs are configured, you cannot initiate a SPID negotiation on the interface.

You can configure the command only when no call or SPID negotiation is present on the BRI interface.

Examples

# Initiate a SPID negotiation on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn spid auto-trigger

isdn spid nit

Use isdn spid nit to enable Not Initial Terminal (NIT) mode on an NI-enabled BRI interface.

Use undo isdn spid nit to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn spid nit

undo isdn spid nit

Default

NIT mode is disabled. NI-enabled BRI interfaces perform dynamic SPID negotiation.

Views

ISDN BRI interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The command is available only on NI-enabled BRI interfaces.

Typically, an NI-enabled BRI interface must pass SPID negotiation or initiation before it can place a call.

You must enable Not Initial Terminal (NIT) mode on the BRI interface if the NI-type service provider switch does not support SPID negotiation.

You can configure the command only when no call or SPID negotiation is present on the BRI interface.

Examples

# Enable NIT mode on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn spid nit

Related commands

display isdn spid

isdn spid resend

Use isdn spid resend to set the maximum number of INFORMATION message retransmissions for SPID negotiation or initialization on an NI-enabled BRI interface.

Use undo isdn spid resend to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn spid resend times

undo isdn spid resend

Default

The number of INFORMATION message retransmission attempts is 1.

Views

ISDN BRI interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

times: Specifies the maximum number of INFORMATION message retransmissions, in the range of 1 to 255.

Usage guidelines

The command is available only on NI-enabled BRI interfaces.

An NI-enabled BRI interface sends SPID information in the Q.931 INFORMATION message during SPID negotiation and Layer 3 initialization.

The TSPID timer sets the maximum interval that ISDN waits for a response after it sends an INFORMATION message. The timer starts when the device initiates an SPID negotiation or Layer 3 initialization.

The interface retransmits the INFORMATION message if it has not received a response from the service provider switch before the TSPID timer expires. This process continues until the interface receives a response or the maximum number of INFORMATION retransmissions is reached.

You cannot execute the command when a SPID negotiation is present on the interface.

Examples

# Set the maximum number of INFORMATION message retransmissions to 5 on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn spid resend 5

Related commands

isdn spid timer

isdn spid service

Use isdn spid service to specify services subscribed to by the device on an NI-enabled BRI interface.

Use undo isdn spid service to specify any service types.

Syntax

isdn spid service [ audio | data | speech ]

undo isdn spid service

Default

During a dynamic SPID negotiation, the device chooses the SPID that includes both speech and data services.

Views

ISDN BRI interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

audio: Specifies the audio service.

data: Specifies the data service.

speech: Specifies the speech service.

Usage guidelines

The command is available only on NI-enabled BRI interfaces.

You can repeat the command to specify multiple services. To specify all the services, execute the command without specifying any services.

If dynamic SPID negotiation is used, the service provider switch sends available SPIDs to the device. The device selects the SPID that best suits its service configuration. For example, if you specify the data service, the device preferentially selects the SPID that includes only the data service. If you specify the audio and data services, the device preferentially selects the SPID that includes both services.

For the device to accept a SPID that includes any service types, use the undo form of the command.

You cannot execute the command when a SPID negotiation is present on the interface.

Examples

# Specify the audio service on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn service audio

isdn spid timer

Use isdn spid timer to set the TSPID timer on an NI-enabled BRI interface.

Use undo isdn spid timer to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn spid timer seconds

undo isdn spid timer

Default

The TSPID timer on an NI-enabled BRI interface is 30 seconds.

Views

ISDN BRI interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

seconds: Sets the TSPID timer in the range of 1 to 255 seconds.

Usage guidelines

The command is available only on NI-enabled BRI interfaces. You cannot configure the command when a SPID negotiation is present on the interface.

An NI-enabled BRI interface sends SPID information in Q.931 INFORMATION messages during SPID negotiation and Layer 3 initialization.

The TSPID timer sets the maximum interval that ISDN waits for a response after it sends an INFORMATION message. The timer starts when the device initiates a SPID negotiation or Layer 3 initialization.

Examples

# Set the TSPID timer to 50 seconds on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn spid timer 50

Related commands

isdn spid resend

isdn spid1

Use isdn spid1 to assign a SPID to the B1 channel on an NI-enabled BRI interface.

Use undo isdn spid1 to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn spid1 spid [ ldn ]

undo isdn spid1

Default

No SPID or LDN is configured for the B1 channel on an NI-enabled BRI interface.

Views

ISDN BRI interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

spid: Sets a SPID, a string of 1 to 20 digits.

ldn: Sets a local dialing number, a string of 1 to 30 digits.

Usage guidelines

The command is available only on NI-enabled BRI interfaces.

When you use the command, follow these guidelines:

· Make sure the configured SPID is the same as the SPID assigned by the service provider.

· Configure an LDN depending on the service provider requirement. If an LDN is configured, the setting for the isdn calling command becomes invalid.

· You cannot configure a SPID in the following situations:

¡ A call is present.

¡ A SPID negotiation is present.

Examples

# Assign a SPID of 012345 and an LDN of 54321 to the B1 channel on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn spid1 012345 54321

Related commands

isdn calling

isdn spid2

Use isdn spid2 to assign a SPID to the B2 channel on an NI-enabled BRI interface.

Use undo isdn spid2 to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn spid2 spid [ ldn ]

undo isdn spid2

Default

No SPID or LDN is configured for the B2 channel on an NI-enabled BRI interface.

Views

ISDN BRI interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

spid: Sets a SPID, a string of 1 to 20 digits.

ldn: Sets a local dialing number, a string of 1 to 30 digits.

Usage guidelines

The command is available only on NI-enabled BRI interfaces.

When you use the command, follow these guidelines:

· Make sure the configured SPID is the same as the SPID assigned by the service provider.

· Configure an LDN depending on the service provider requirement. If an LDN is configured, the setting for the isdn calling command becomes invalid.

· You cannot configure a SPID in the following situations:

¡ A call is present.

¡ A SPID negotiation is present.

Examples

# Assign a SPID of 012345 and an LDN of 54321 to the B2 channel on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn spid2 012345 54321

Related commands

isdn calling

isdn spid1

isdn two-tei

Use isdn two-tei to configure a BRI interface to request a TEI for each B channel.

Use undo isdn two-tei to restore the default.

Syntax

isdn two-tei

undo isdn two-tei

Default

All B-channels on a BRI interface use the same TEI.

Views

ISDN BRI interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Terminal endpoint identifiers (TEIs) are assigned by the service provider to identify terminal devices. A TEI identifies one terminal device on a point-to-point link and identifies more than one terminal device on a point-to-multipoint link.

Typically, service provider switches assign one TEI for both B-channels on a BRI interface. If the service provider switch requires the B-channels to use different TEIs, you must configure the BRI interface to request a TEI from the switch before the interface can establish a call on a B-channel. If per-channel TEI assignment is not configured, only one B-channel can be brought up. For example, you must configure per-channel TEI assignment when a BRI interface is connected to an ISDN NI compliant DMS-100 switch in North America.

You cannot configure per-channel TEI assignment in the following situations:

· The BRI interface's data link type is point-to-point.

· A call is present on the interface.

Examples

# Enable per-channel TEI assignment on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Router-Bri2/4/0] isdn two-tei

Related commands

isdn link-mode p2p

permanent-active

Use permanent-active to enable persistent Layer 1 activation on a BRI interface.

Use undo permanent-active to disable persistent Layer 1 activation on a BRI interface.

Syntax

permanent-active

undo permanent-active

Default

Persistent Layer 1 activation is disabled on a BRI interface.

Views

ISDN BRI interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Persistent Layer 1 activation is available only on network-side BRI interfaces.

For energy efficiency, a network-side ISDN interface typically deactivates the physical layer when the data link layer connection is disconnected. To maintain physical layer connectivity when the data link connection is lost, enable persistent Layer 1 activation. This feature prevents Q.921 from sending deactivation requests to the physical layer.

Persistent Layer 1 activation can only maintain the active state of the physical layer. It does not activate the physical layer if you enable it when the physical layer is inactive. In contrast, Q.921 attempts to set up data link connections if you enable permanent Q.921 link connectivity when no data link connections are present.

NOTE:

Only BRI interfaces on the BSV module can operate on the network side.

Examples

# Enable persistent Layer 1 activation on BRI 2/4/0, a network-side BRI interface.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn protocol-mode network

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] permanent-active

Related commands

isdn protocol-mode

isdn q921-permanent

power-source

Use power-source to enable a BRI interface to supply line power to the terminal equipment.

Use undo power-source to disable a BRI interface from supplying line power to the terminal equipment.

Syntax

power-source

undo power-source

Default

A BRI interface does not supply line power to the terminal equipment.

Views

ISDN BRI interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

You can configure only network-side BRI interfaces to supply line power to the terminal equipment.

Only ISDN BRI interfaces on the BSV module can operate on the network side.

You can configure the command only when no call is present.

Examples

# Configure BRI 2/4/0 to supply line power to the terminal equipment.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] isdn protocol-mode network

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] power-source

Related commands

isdn protocol-mode

ATM commands

ATM is supported only by MSR routers installed with an ATM-OC3, ADSL2+, G.shdsl, or G.shdsl.Bis interface module.

ATM is not supported on the MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI routers.

bandwidth

Use bandwidth to configure the expected bandwidth for an interface.

Use undo bandwidth to restore the default.

Syntax

bandwidth bandwidth-value

undo bandwidth

Default

The expected bandwidth (in kbps) is the interface baud rate divided by 1000.

Views

VE interface view

VE subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

bandwidth-value: Specifies the expected bandwidth in the range of 1 to 400000000 kbps.

Usage guidelines

The expected bandwidth of an interface affects the link costs of IS-IS, OSPF, and OSPFv3. For more information, see Layer 3—IP Routing Configuration Guides.

Examples

# Set the expected bandwidth of Virtual-Ethernet 2/4/1 to 50 kbps.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ethernet 2/4/1

[Sysname-Virtual-Ethernet2/4/1] bandwidth 50

broadcast

Use broadcast to enable the broadcast attribute for a PVC or PVC-group.

Use undo broadcast to disable the broadcast attribute for a PVC or PVC-group.

Syntax

broadcast

undo broadcast

Default

The broadcast attribute is disabled.

Views

PVC view

PVC-group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

On an ATM interface, multicast or broadcast packets are sent through all PVCs or PVC-groups with the broadcast attribute enabled.

You must configure this command on a PVC or PVC-group where broadcast or multicast packets must be sent. For example, to establish PIM neighbors between two routers on an ATM link through exchanging IP multicast packets, you must enable the broadcast attribute for PVCs on the ATM interfaces of both ends on the link.

This command is not applicable to PVCs in a PVC-group.

Examples

# Enable the broadcast attribute for PVC 0/100.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/1.1

[Sysname-ATM2/4/1.1] pvc 0/100

[Sysname-ATM2/4/1.1-pvc-0/100] broadcast

default

Use default to restore the default settings for an interface.

Syntax

default

Views

VE interface view

VE subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

CAUTION:

The default command might interrupt ongoing network services. Make sure you are fully aware of the impacts of this command when you use it on a live network.

This command might fail to restore the default settings for some commands for reasons such as command dependencies or system restrictions. Use the display this command in interface view to identify these commands, and then use their undo forms or follow the command reference to individually restore their default settings. If your restoration attempt still fails, follow the error message instructions to resolve the problem.

Examples

# Restore the default settings of VE interface Virtual-Ethernet 2/4/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ethernet 2/4/1

[Sysname-Virtual-Ethernet2/4/1] default

description

Use description to configure the description for an interface.

Use undo description to restore the default.

Syntax

description text

undo description

Default

The description for an interface is interface name Interface, for example, Virtual-Ethernet 2/4/1 Interface.

Views

VE interface view

VE subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

text: Specifies the interface description, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

Examples

# Set the description for VE interface Virtual-Ethernet 2/4/1 to Virtual-Ethernet.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ethernet 2/4/1

[Sysname-Virtual-Ethernet2/4/1] description Virtual-Ethernet

display atm map-info

Use display atm map-info to display mapping information about PVCs or PVC-groups.

Syntax

display atm map-info [ interface interface-type { interface-number | interface-number.subnumber } [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } | pvc-group group-number ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type { interface-number | interface-number.subnumber }: Specifies an interface by its type and number. Both ATM interfaces and ATM subinterfaces are supported.

pvc: Displays mapping information for a PVC.

pvc-name: Specifies a PVC by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 15 characters excluding slashes (/) and hyphens (-). For example, neither 1/20 nor a-b is a valid PVC name.

vpi/vci: Specifies a PVC by its VPI and VCI values. The value range for the vpi argument is 0 to 255. The value range for the vci argument varies by interface type. For more information, see Table 46. The values of the vpi and vci arguments cannot be 0 at the same time. As a best practice, do not use VCI values 0 through 31 because they are reserved for special purposes.

pvc-group group-number: Specifies a PVC-group by its number in the range of 1 to 128.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify an ATM interface, this command displays mapping information for all PVCs and PVC-groups on all ATM interfaces.

If you specify an ATM interface but do not specify a PVC or PVC-group, this command displays mapping information for all PVCs and PVC-groups on the specified ATM interface.

If you specify an ATM interface and a PVC or PVC-group, this command displays mapping information for the specified PVC or PVC-group.

Examples

# Display mapping information for all PVCs and PVC-groups on all ATM interfaces.

<Sysname> display atm map-info

ATM2/4/0

PVC 1/32:

Protocol: PPP, Interface: Virtual-Template10, State: UP

Protocol: IP, IP address: 100.11.1.1, State: UP

PVC-group 1:

Protocol: IP InARP, IP address: 100.22.22.2, Interval: 2 minutes, State: UP

Protocol: ETH, Interface: Virtual-Ethernet2/4/0, State: UP

ATM2/4/1

PVC 2/32:

Protocol: IP InARP, IP address: no IP address, Interval: 3 minutes, State: UP

Table 39 Command output

Field	Description
ATM2/4/0	Interface name.
PVC 1/32	VPI/VCI pair of the PVC.
PVC-group 1	PVC-group name.
Protocol	Upper-layer protocol running on the PVC or PVC-group: PPP—PPP protocol. IP—IP protocol. IP InARP—IP InARP protocol. ETH—Ethernet protocol.
State	Mapping state: · UP—In PPP and IP (including InARP) mappings, it means that the PVC or PVC-group is up. In Ethernet mapping, it means that the PVC or PVC-group and the VE interface are up. · DOWN—In PPP and IP (including InARP) mappings, it means that the PVC or PVC-group is down. In Ethernet mapping, it means that either the PVC (PVC-group) or the VE interface is down, or both the PVC (PVC-group) and the VE interface are down.
Interval	Interval (in minutes) at which InARP packets are sent.
Interface	VE interface that carries PPPoA or EoA.

display atm pvc-group

Use display atm pvc-group to display PVC-group information.

Syntax

display atm pvc-group [ interface interface-type { interface-number | interface-number.subnumber } [ pvc-group group-number ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type { interface-number | interface-number.subnumber }: Specifies an interface by its type and number. Both ATM interfaces and ATM subinterfaces are supported.

pvc-group group-number: Specifies a PVC-group by its number in the range of 1 to 128.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify an ATM interface, this command displays brief information about all PVC-groups on all ATM interfaces.

If you specify an ATM interface but do not specify a PVC-group, this command displays brief information about all PVC-groups on the specified ATM interface.

If you specify an ATM interface and a PVC-group, this command displays detailed information about the specified PVC-group.

Examples

# Display brief information about all PVC-groups on all ATM interfaces.

<Sysname> display atm pvc-group

ATM2/4/0, State UP

PVC-group: 1

Encapsulation: SNAP, Protocol: IP

VPI/VCI PVC name Precedence State

1/32 aa Default UP

2/32 N/A 2-3 UP

3/32 N/A 5 UP

PVC-group: 3

Encapsulation: SNAP, Protocol: IP

VPI/VCI PVC name Precedence State

3/64 bb 4 UP

4/64 N/A Default UP

ATM2/4/1, State UP

PVC-group: 1

Encapsulation: SNAP, Protocol: IP

VPI/VCI PVC name Precedence State

1/32 aa Default UP

Table 40 Command output

Field	Description
ATM2/4/0, State UP	Name of the interface to which the PVC-groups belong, and the physical and administrative states of the interface. State of an interface (not a subinterface): · UP—The interface is both physically and administratively up. · DOWN—The interface is in either of the following states: ¡ The interface is administratively up but physically down (probably because no physical link is available or the link has failed). ¡ The interface is administratively down (shut down by using the shutdown command). State of a subinterface: · UP—The interface is administratively up. The parent interface is both physically and administratively up. · DOWN—The interface or its parent interface was shut down by using the shutdown command, or the parent interface is physically down.
Encapsulation	AAL5 encapsulation type of the PVC-group. It can only be SNAP, which is the Logical Link Control (LLC)/Subnet Access Protocol (SNAP) encapsulation type.
Protocol	Upper-layer protocol running on the PVC-group: · PPP—PPP protocol. · IP—IP protocol. · ETH—Ethernet protocol. · None—No protocol is configured.
PVC name	PVC name. N/A means no PVC name.
Precedence	Priority of the IP packets carried by the PVC in the PVC-group: · Default—Default PVC. IP packets without a priority configured are transmitted through the default PVC. · a-b—Lowest and highest priorities of the IP packets carried by the PVC. The value range for a and b is 0 to 7. a is smaller than b. · c—Priority of the IP packets carried by the PVC, in the range of 0 to 7. · -—No priority is configured for IP packets carried by the PVC.
State	PVC state: · UP—The following states are up: ¡ State of the ATM interface to which the PVC belongs. ¡ Shutdown state. ¡ OAM state. · DOWN—One or more of the following states is down: ¡ State of the ATM interface to which the PVC belongs. ¡ Shutdown state. ¡ OAM state.

# Display detailed information about the specified PVC-group.

<Sysname> display atm pvc-group interface atm 2/4/0 pvc-group 1

ATM2/4/0, PVC-group: 1

Encapsulation: SNAP, Protocol: None

PVC VPI/VCI: 0/34

Precedence: default

Service-type: CBR, Output-pcr: 200 kbps, CDVT: 500 us

Transmit-Priority: 0

OAM loopback interval: 0 sec(disabled), OAM loopback retry interval: 1 sec

OAM loopback retry count (up/down): 3/5

OAM AIS-RDI count (up/down): 3/1

Interface State: UP, OAM State: UP, PVC State: UP

Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 errors

Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 errors

Output queue: (Urgent queuing : Size/Length/Discards) 0/100/0

Output queue: (Protocol queuing : Size/Length/Discards) 0/500/0

Output queue: (FIFO queuing : Size/Length/Discards) 0/75/0

OAM cells received: 42

F5 Loopback: 0, F5 AIS: 42, F5 RDI: 0

OAM cells sent: 0

F5 Loopback: 0

OAM cell drops: 0

PVC VPI/VCI: 0/35

Precedence: -

Service-type: UBR, Output-pcr: 200 kbps

Transmit-Priority: 0

OAM loopback interval: 0 sec(disabled), OAM loopback retry interval: 1 sec

OAM loopback retry count (up/down): 3/5

OAM AIS-RDI count (up/down): 3/1

Interface State: UP, OAM State: UP, PVC State: UP

Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 errors

Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 errors

Output queue: (Urgent queuing : Size/Length/Discards) 0/100/0

Output queue: (Protocol queuing : Size/Length/Discards) 0/500/0

Output queue: (FIFO queuing : Size/Length/Discards) 0/75/0

OAM cells received: 42

F5 Loopback: 0, F5 AIS: 42, F5 RDI: 0

OAM cells sent: 0

F5 Loopback: 0

OAM cell drops: 0

Table 41 Command output

Field	Description
Encapsulation	AAL5 encapsulation type of the PVC-group. It can only be SNAP, which is the LLC/SNAP encapsulation type.
Protocol	Upper-layer protocol running on the PVC-group: · PPP—PPP protocol. · IP—IP protocol. · ETH—Ethernet protocol. · None—No protocol is configured.
Precedence	Priority of the IP packets carried by the PVC in the PVC-group: · Default—Default PVC. IP packets without a priority configured are transmitted through the default PVC. · a-b—Lowest and highest priorities of the IP packets carried by the PVC. The value range for a and b is 0 to 7. a is smaller than b. · c—Priority of the IP packets carried by the PVC, in the range of 0 to 7. · -—No priority is configured for IP packets carried by the PVC.
Service-type	Service type: · CBR—Constant bit rate. · UBR—Unspecified bit rate. · VBR-NRT—Variable bit rate-non real time. · VBR-RT—Variable bit rate-real time.
Output-pcr	Peak output rate of ATM cells.
CDVT	Cell delay variation tolerance in microseconds.
Transmit-Priority	Transmission priority.
OAM loopback interval	Interval (in seconds) at which OAM F5 Loopback cells are sent.
OAM loopback retry interval	Interval (in seconds) at which OAM F5 Loopback retransmission detection cells are sent.
OAM loopback retry count (up/down)	Number of cells that are detected as up and down in OAM detection.
OAM AIS-RDI count (up/down)	Number of seconds that are detected as up in OAM AIS-RDI detection. Number of cells that are detected as down in OAM AIS-RDI detection.
Interface State	Name of the interface to which the PVC belongs, and the physical and administrative states of the interface. State of an interface (not a subinterface): · UP—The interface is both physically and administratively up. · DOWN—The interface is in either of the following states: ¡ The interface is administratively up and physically down (probably because no physical link is available or the link has failed). ¡ The interface is administratively down (shut down by using the shutdown command). State of a subinterface: · UP—The interface is administratively up. The parent interface is both physically and administratively up. · DOWN—The interface or its parent interface was shut down by using the shutdown command, or the parent interface is physically down.
OAM State	OAM protocol state: UP or DOWN.
PVC State	PVC state: · UP—The following states are up: ¡ State of the ATM interface to which the PVC belongs. ¡ Shutdown state. ¡ OAM state. · DOWN—One or more of the following states is down: ¡ State of the ATM interface to which the PVC belongs. ¡ Shutdown state. ¡ OAM state.
Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 errors	Counts of received packets, bytes, and packet errors.
Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 errors	Counts of transmitted packets, bytes, and packet errors.
Output queue	QoS packet output queue information of the PVC.
OAM cells received	Number of received OAM cells.
F5 Loopback	Number of received F5 Loopback cells.
F5 AIS	Number of received AIS cells. If the AIS alarm state is not supported, this command displays only the number of AIS cells, rather than the AIS alarm state in the OAM AIS State field.
F5 RDI	Number of received RDI cells. If the RDI alarm state is not supported, this command displays only the number of RDI cells, rather than the RDI alarm state in the OAM RDI State field.
OAM cells sent	Number of transmitted OAM cells.
F5 Loopback	Number of transmitted F5 Loopback cells.
OAM cell drops	Number of dropped OAM cells.

display atm pvc-info

Use display atm pvc-info to display PVC information.

Syntax

display atm pvc-info [ interface interface-type { interface-number | interface-number.subnumber } [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type { interface-number | interface-number.subnumber }: Specifies an interface by its type and number. Both ATM interfaces and ATM subinterfaces are supported.

pvc: Displays information about a PVC.

pvc-name: Specifies a PVC by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 15 characters, excluding slashes (/) and hyphens (-). For example, neither 1/20 nor a-b is a valid PVC name.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify an ATM interface, this command displays brief information about all PVCs on all ATM interfaces.

If you specify an ATM interface but do not specify a PVC, this command displays brief information about all PVCs on the specified ATM interface.

If you specify an ATM interface and a PVC, this command displays detailed information about the specified PVC.

Examples

# Display brief information about all PVCs on all ATM interfaces.

<Sysname> display atm pvc-info

VPI/VCI State PVC name Encap Protocol Interface

1/32 UP aa SNAP IP ATM2/4/0

1/33 UP Sysname MUX None ATM2/4/0

1/55 UP datacomm SNAP PPP ATM2/4/0.1

2/66 UP N/A SNAP IP ATM2/4/0.4

2/101 UP beijing SNAP ETH ATM2/4/0.2

Table 42 Command output

Field	Description
State	PVC state: · UP—The following states are up: ¡ State of the ATM interface to which the PVC belongs. ¡ Shutdown state. ¡ OAM state. · DOWN—One or more of the following states is down: ¡ State of the ATM interface to which the PVC belongs. ¡ Shutdown state. ¡ OAM state.
PVC name	PVC name. N/A means no PVC name.
Encap	AAL5 encapsulation type of the PVC: · SNAP—LLC/SNAP encapsulation. · NLPID—RFC1490 encapsulation. · MUX—MUX multiplexing encapsulation.
Protocol	Upper-layer protocol running on the PVC: · PPP—PPP protocol. · IP—IP protocol. · ETH—Ethernet protocol. · None—No protocol is configured.
Interface	Name of the interface to which the PVC belongs.

# Display detailed information about the specified PVC.

<Sysname> display atm pvc-info interface atm 2/4/1 pvc 1/100

ATM2/4/1, VPI: 1, VCI: 100

Encapsulation: SNAP, Protocol: IP

Service-type: UBR, Output-pcr: 200 kbps

Transmit-Priority: 0

OAM loopback interval: 0 sec(disabled), OAM loopback retry interval: 1 sec

OAM loopback retry count (up/down): 3/5

OAM AIS-RDI count (up/down): 3/1

Interface State: UP, OAM State: UP, PVC State: UP

Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 errors

Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 errors

Output queue: (Urgent queuing : Size/Length/Discards) 0/100/0

Output queue: (Protocol queuing : Size/Length/Discards) 0/500/0

Output queue: (FIFO queuing : Size/Length/Discards) 0/75/0

OAM cells received: 42

F5 Loopback: 0, F5 AIS: 42, F5 RDI: 0

OAM cells sent: 0

F5 Loopback: 0

OAM cell drops: 0

Table 43 Command output

Field	Description
ATM2/4/1	Name of the interface to which the PVC belongs.
Encapsulation	AAL5 encapsulation type of the PVC: · SNAP—LLC/SNAP encapsulation. · NLPID—RFC1490 encapsulation. · MUX—MUX multiplexing encapsulation.
Protocol	Upper-layer protocol running on the PVC: · PPP—PPP protocol. · IP—IP protocol. · ETH—Ethernet protocol. · None—No protocol is configured.
Service-type	Services type: CBR, UBR, VBR-NRT, or VBR-RT.
Output-pcr	Peak output rate of ATM cells.
OAM loopback interval	Interval at which OAM F5 Loopback cells are sent.
OAM loopback retry interval	Interval at which OAM F5 Loopback retransmission detection cells are sent.
OAM loopback retry count (up/down)	Number of cells that are detected as up and down in OAM detection.
OAM AIS-RDI count (up/down)	Number of seconds that are detected as up in OAM AIS-RDI detection. Number of cells that are detected as down in OAM AIS-RDI detection.
Interface State	Name of the interface to which the PVC belongs, and the physical and administrative states of the interface. State of an interface (not a subinterface): · UP—The interface is both physically and administratively up. · DOWN—The interface is in either of the following states: ¡ The interface is administratively up and physically down (probably because no physical link is available or the link has failed). ¡ The interface is administratively down (shut down by using the shutdown command). State of a subinterface: · UP—The interface is administratively up. The parent interface is both physically and administratively up. · DOWN—The interface or its parent interface was shut down by using the shutdown command, or the parent interface is physically down.
OAM State	OAM protocol state: UP or DOWN.
PVC State	PVC state: · UP—The following states are up: ¡ State of the ATM interface to which the PVC belongs. ¡ Shutdown state. ¡ OAM state. · DOWN—One or more of the following states is down: ¡ State of the ATM interface to which the PVC belongs. ¡ Shutdown state. ¡ OAM state.
Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 errors	Counts of received packets, bytes, and packet errors.
Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 errors	Counts of transmitted packets, bytes, and packet errors.
Output queue	QoS packet output queue information of the PVC.
OAM cells received	Counts of received OAM cells.
F5 Loopback	Counts of received F5 Loopback cells.
F5 AIS	Number of received AIS cells. If the AIS alarm state is not supported, this command displays only the number of AIS cells, rather than the AIS alarm state in the OAM AIS State field.
F5 RDI	Number of received RDI cells. If the RDI alarm state is not supported, this command displays only the number of RDI cells, rather than the RDI alarm state in the OAM RDI State field.
OAM cells sent	Number of transmitted OAM cells.
F5 Loopback	Number of transmitted F5 Loopback cells.
OAM cell drops	Number of dropped OAM cells.

display interface virtual-ethernet

Use display interface virtual-ethernet to display VE interface information.

Syntax

display interface [ virtual-ethernet [ interface-number ] ] [ brief [ description | down ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-number: Specifies a VE interface by its number.

brief: Displays brief interface information. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays detailed interface information.

description: Displays complete interface descriptions. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays only the first 27 characters of interface descriptions.

down: Displays information about interfaces in physically down state and the causes. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays information about interfaces in all states.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify the virtual-ethernet keyword, this command displays information about all interfaces on the device.

If you specify the virtual-ethernet keyword but do not specify the interface-number argument, this command displays information about all existing VE interfaces.

Examples

# Display detailed information about VE interface Virtual-Ethernet 2/4/1.

<Sysname> display interface virtual-ethernet 2/4/1

Virtual-Ethernet2/4/1

Current state: UP

Line protocol state: UP

Description: Virtual-Ethernet2/4/1 Interface

Bandwidth: 20000kbps

Maximum Transmit Unit: 1500

Internet protocol processing: disabled

IP Packet Frame Type:PKTFMT_ETHNT_2, Hardware Address: 00e0-fc0d-9485

IPv6 Packet Frame Type:PKTFMT_ETHNT_2, Hardware Address: 00e0-fc0d-9485

Last clearing of counters: Never

Last 300 seconds input rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 packets/sec

Last 300 seconds output rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 packets/sec

Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 drops

Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 drops

# Display brief information about VE interface Virtual-Ethernet 2/4/1.

<Sysname> display interface virtual-ethernet 2/4/1 brief

Brief information on interface(s) under route mode:

Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby

Protocol: (s) - spoofing

Interface Link Protocol Main IP Description

VE1 DOWN DOWN --

# Display information about all VE interfaces in physically down state and the causes.

<Sysname> display interface virtual-ethernet brief down

Brief information on interface(s) under bridge mode:

Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby

Interface Link Cause

VE2/4/1 DOWN Not connected

Table 44 Command output

Field	Description
Current state	Physical state of the interface: · Administratively DOWN—The interface was shut down by using the shutdown command. · DOWN—The interface is administratively up but physically down (probably because no physical link is available or the link has failed). · UP—The interface is both administratively and physically up.
Line protocol state	Link layer protocol state of the interface: UP or DOWN.
Internet protocol processing	Internet protocol processing state of the interface.
IP Packet Frame Type	Encapsulation format for IPv4 packets. PKTFMT_ETHNT_2 stands for Ethernet II frame format.
IPv6 Packet Frame Type	Encapsulation format for IPv6 packets.
Hardware Address	MAC address of the interface.
Last clearing of counters: Never	Time when the reset counters interface command was last used to clear the interface statistics. Never indicates the reset counters interface command has never been used on the interface after the device has started up.
Last 300 seconds input rate	Average packet input rate over the last 300 seconds.
Last 300 seconds output rate	Average packet output rate over the last 300 seconds.
Input	Input packet statistics: · packets—Number of packets. · bytes—Total bytes. · drops—Number of dropped packets.
Output	Output packet statistics: · packets—Number of packets. · bytes—Total bytes. · drops—Number of dropped packets.
Brief information on interface(s) under route mode	Brief information about the Layer 3 interface.
Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby	Link layer state of the interface: · ADM—The interface was shut down by the network administrator. To recover its physical layer state, use the undo shutdown command. · Stby—The interface is a standby interface. You can use the display interface-backup state command to check the corresponding primary interface.
Protocol: (s) - spoofing	If the protocol attribute of an interface includes the spoofing flag (an s in parentheses), the data link layer protocol state of the interface is shown as UP, but its link is an on-demand link or not present at all.
Interface	Abbreviation of the interface name.
Link	Physical connection state of the interface: · UP—The interface is physically up. · ADM—The interface was shut down manually. You can bring up the interface by using the undo shutdown command. · Stby—The interface is a standby interface.
Protocol	Data link layer protocol state: · UP—The data link layer is up. · DOWN—The data link layer is down. · UP(s)—The data link layer protocol state of the interface is up, but its link is an on-demand link or not present at all.
Main IP	Primary IP address of the interface.
Description	Description for the interface configured with command description. The display interface brief command displays the first 27 characters when you do not specify the description keyword. It displays the entire description when you specify the description keyword.
Cause	Cause for a down physical link: · Administratively—The link was shut down by using the shutdown command. To restore the physical state of the interface, use the undo shutdown command. · Not connected—No physical connection exists (probably due to network cable failures).

encapsulation

Use encapsulation to configure the ATM AAL5 encapsulation type for a PVC or PVC-group.

Use undo encapsulation to restore the default.

Syntax

encapsulation { aal5mux | aal5nlpid | aal5snap }

undo encapsulation

Default

The ATM AAL5 encapsulation type is aal5snap.

Views

PVC view

PVC-group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

aal5mux: Specifies the MUX multiplexing encapsulation type.

aal5nlpid: Specifies the RFC1490 encapsulation type.

aal5snap: Specifies the LLC/SNAP encapsulation type.

Usage guidelines

Different encapsulation types support different mappings:

· aal5snap encapsulation supports IPoA, IPoEoA, PPPoA, and PPPoEoA mappings.

· aal5mux encapsulation supports IPoA, IPoEoA, PPPoA, and PPPoEoA mappings, but can only support one protocol at a time.

· aal5nlpid encapsulation supports only IPoA mappings.

Follow these guidelines when you configure the ATM AAL5 encapsulation type:

· Devices on the two ends must be configured with the same ATM AAL5 encapsulation types.

· Only aal5snap supports InARP. You cannot configure InARP when aal5mux or aal5nlpid is used.

· Although a PVC or PVC-group can carry multiple protocols, a specific encapsulation type might not support some of the applications (such as IPoA, IPoEoA, PPPoA, and PPPoEoA). In such cases, the system displays error prompts.

· When you change the encapsulation type for a PVC or PVC-group, and the mappings that you have configured conflict with the new encapsulation type, the PVC or PVC-group deletes the configurations of all conflicting mappings.

· This command is not applicable to PVCs in a PVC-group.

Examples

# Set the AAL5 encapsulation for PVC 1/32 on interface ATM 2/4/0 to aal5snap.

<Sysname>system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc 1/32

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-1/32] encapsulation aal5snap

interface virtual-ethernet

Use interface virtual-ethernet to create a VE interface or VE subinterface and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing VE interface or VE subinterface.

Use undo interface virtual-ethernet to remove a VE interface or subinterface.

Syntax

interface virtual-ethernet { interface-number | interface-number.subnumber }

undo interface virtual-ethernet { interface-number | interface-number.subnumber }

Default

No VE interface or VE subinterfaces exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface-number: Specifies a VE interface by its number.

interface-number.subnumber: Specifies a VE subinterface by its number. The interface-number argument represents the number of the VE interface. The subnumber argument represents the number of the subinterface.

Usage guidelines

The baud rate of the VE interface is 10000000 bps.

Examples

# Create VE interface Virtual-Ethernet 2/4/1 and enter its view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ethernet 2/4/1

[Sysname-Virtual-Ethernet2/4/1]

# Create VE subinterface Virtual-Ethernet 2/4/1.1 and enter its view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ethernet 2/4/1.1

[Sysname-Virtual-Ethernet2/4/1.1]

mac-address

Use mac-address to specify the MAC address for a VE interface.

Use undo mac-address to restore the default.

Syntax

mac-address mac-address

undo mac-address

Default

The MAC address of the VE interface is the bridge MAC address of the device.

Views

VE interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

mac-address: Specifies the MAC address in the format of H-H-H.

Usage guidelines

A VE interface uses the bridge MAC address of the device as its MAC address. As a result, all VE interfaces share the same MAC address. You must use the mac-address command to specify a MAC address for each VE interface in the following condition:

· The VE interfaces are connected to a DHCP server through different PVCs.

· The VE interfaces need to obtain IP addresses from the DHCP server through static allocation.

Examples

# Set the MAC address of VE interface Virtual-Ethernet 2/4/1 to 0001-0001-0001.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ethernet 2/4/1

[Sysname-Virtual-Ethernet2/4/1] mac-address 1-1-1

map bridge

Use map bridge to create an IPoEoA mapping or PPPoEoA mapping for a PVC or PVC-group.

Use undo map bridge to delete the mapping.

Syntax

map bridge virtual-ethernet interface-number

undo map bridge

Default

No IPoEoA mappings or PPPoEoA mappings exist.

Views

PVC view

PVC-group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

virtual-ethernet interface-number: Specifies a VE interface by its number. The interface must have already been created.

Usage guidelines

aal5snap and aal5mux encapsulations support IPoEoA and PPPoEoA mappings.

You can create a maximum of 512 mappings on a VE interface.

A PVC or PVC-group can be mapped to only one VE interface.

A VE interface can only be bound to the PVC or PVC-group on the same interface card. Before you bind a VE interface, check its interface number to make sure the VE interface is on the same card as the ATM interface to which the PVC or PVC-group belongs.

This command is not applicable to PVCs in a PVC-group.

Before you configure IPoEoA or PPPoEoA, you must specify a VE interface.

Examples

The following example demonstrates a complete process of IPoEoA configuration.

# Create VE interface Virtual-Ethernet 2/4/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ethernet 2/4/1

# Set the IP address of the VE interface to 10.1.1.1/16.

[Sysname-Virtual-Ethernet2/4/1] ip address 10.1.1.1 255.255.0.0

[Sysname-Virtual-Ethernet2/4/1] quit

# Create PVC 1/102 on the ATM interface ATM 2/4/0.

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc 1/102

# Create an IPoEoA mapping using the created VE interface in PVC view.

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-1/102] map bridge virtual-ethernet 2/4/1

Related commands

encapsulation

map ip

Use map ip to create an IPoA mapping for a PVC or PVC-group.

Use undo map ip to delete the mapping.

Syntax

map ip { ip-address | default | inarp [ minutes ] }

undo map ip [ ip-address | default | inarp ]

Default

No IPoA mappings for a PVC or PVC group exist.

Views

PVC view

PVC-group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address: Specifies the remote IP address mapped to the PVC or PVC-group.

default: Sets the default PVC mapping. If no PVC mapping can be found for the next hop address of a packet, the packet is sent through the default PVC or PVC-group.

inarp: Enables InARP on the PVC.

minutes: Specifies the interval for sending InARP packets, in the range of 1 to 600 minutes. The default is 15 minutes.

Usage guidelines

All encapsulations support IPoA. Only aal5snap supports InARP. You cannot configure InARP when aal5mux or aal5nlpid is used.

A PVC or PVC-group can be configured with multiple IP address mappings, including static IP address mapping, default mapping, and InARP mapping.

Different PVCs or PVC-groups on the same interface cannot be mapped to the same IP address.

The PVCs or PVC-groups on the same interface can be configured with only one default mapping.

If you do not specify any arguments or keywords, the undo map ip command deletes all static IP address mappings, default mappings, and InARP mappings on the PVC or PVC-group.

This command is not applicable to PVCs in a PVC-group.

Examples

# Create a static IP address mapping on PVC 1/32, and set the IP address of the remote end to 61.123.30.169.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc 1/32

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-1/32] map ip 61.123.30.169

# Enable InARP mapping on PVC 1/33, and set the InARP packet sending interval to 10 minutes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc 1/33

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-1/33] map ip inarp 10

# Delete all IP address mappings on PVC 1/33.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc 1/33

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-1/33] undo map ip

Related commands

encapsulation

map ppp

Use map ppp to create a PPPoA mapping for a PVC or PVC-group.

Use undo map ppp to delete the PPPoA mapping.

Syntax

map ppp virtual-template vt-number

undo map ppp

Default

No PPPoA mappings for a PVC or PVC group exist.

Views

PVC view

PVC-group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

vt-number: Specifies the number of the VT interface corresponding to a PPPoA mapping. The VT interface must have already been created.

Usage guidelines

aal5snap and aal5mux encapsulations support PPPoA mapping.

A PVC or PVC-group can be mapped to only one VT interface.

This command is not applicable to PVCs in a PVC-group.

Examples

The following example demonstrates a complete process of PPPoA configuration.

# Create a VT interface Virtual-Template 10, and configure an IP address for it.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-template 10

[Sysname-Virtual-Template10] ip address 202.38.160.1 255.255.255.0

[Sysname-Virtual-Template10] quit

# Create PVC 1/101 on interface ATM 2/4/0.

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc 1/101

# Create a PPPoA mapping using the created VT interface.

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-1/101] map ppp virtual-template 10

Related commands

encapsulation

mtu

Use mtu to configure the MTU for an ATM interface.

Use undo mtu to restore the default.

Syntax

mtu size

undo mtu

Default

The MTU of an ATM interface is 1500 bytes.

Views

VE interface view

VE subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

size: Specifies the MTU in the range of 46 to 1500 bytes.

Usage guidelines

The MTU setting can affect IP packet fragmentation and reassembly on the interface.

To validate the MTU setting for an interface, execute the shutdown command and then the undo shutdown command on the interface.

Examples

# Set the MTU for the interface VE 1 to 200 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ethernet 2/4/1

[Sysname- Virtual-Ethernet2/4/1] mtu 200

oam ais-rdi

Use oam ais-rdi to configure the parameters related to AIS/RDI alarm cell detection.

Use undo oam ais-rdi to restore the default.

Syntax

oam ais-rdi up up-seconds down down-seconds

undo oam ais-rdi

Default

A PVC comes up if no AIS/RDI alarm cells are received in the last three seconds, and it goes down if it receives successive AIS/RDI alarm cells in one second.

Views

PVC view

PVC view in a PVC-group

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

up up-seconds: Specifies the time (in seconds) within which the PVC comes up if no AIS/RDI alarm cells are received. The value range for the up-seconds argument is 3 to 60 seconds.

down down-seconds: Specifies the time (in seconds) within which the PVC goes down if it receives successive AIS/RDI alarm cells. The value range for the down-seconds argument is 1 to 60 seconds.

Usage guidelines

The system uses a 1-second timer to detect AIS/RDI alarm cells.

· A PVC goes down if it receives successive AIS/RDI alarm cells in the time period specified by the down-seconds argument.

· A PVC comes up if no AIS/RDI alarm cells are received in the time period specified by the up-seconds argument.

Examples

# Configure the AIS/RDI alarm detection parameters for PVC 1/32, setting up-seconds to 5 and down-seconds to 5.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc 1/32

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-1/32] oam ais-rdi up 5 down 5

# Configure the AIS/RDI alarm detection parameters for PVC 1/33 of PVC-group 2, setting up-seconds to 5 and down-seconds to 5.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc-group 2

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-group-2] pvc 1/33

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-group-2-pvc-1/33] oam ais-rdi up 5 down 5

oam loopback

Use oam loopback to enable OAM F5 Loopback cell transmission and retransmission detection and modify related parameters.

Use undo oam loopback to disable OAM F5 Loopback cell transmission and retransmission detection.

Syntax

oam loopback interval [ up up-count down down-count retry retries ]

undo oam loopback

Default

OAM F5 Loopback cell transmission is disabled. Responses are sent if OAM F5 Loopback cells are received.

Views

PVC view

PVC view in a PVC-group

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interval: Specifies the interval for sending OAM F5 Loopback cells, in the range of 1 to 600 seconds.

up up-count: Specifies the number of successive OAM F5 Loopback cells received before the PVC comes up. The value range for the up-count argument is 1 to 600, and the default is 3.

down down-count: Specifies the number of successive OAM F5 Loopback cells not received before the PVC goes down. The value range for the down-count argument is 1 to 600, and the default is 5.

retry retries: Specifies the interval for sending retransmission detection cells before PVC state change. The value range for the retries argument is 1 to 1000 seconds, and the default is 1 second.

Usage guidelines

After you enable OAM F5 Loopback cell transmission and retransmission detection on a PVC, the PVC sends OAM F5 Loopback cells at the interval specified by the interval argument. If the PVC receives no responses after a time period specified by the retries argument, it immediately sends OAM F5 Loopback cells again.

The PVC state is updated during the OAM F5 Loopback cell transmission and retransmission detection process.

· If the PVC is down, it comes up when the number of successive OAM F5 Loopback cells received reaches the value specified by the up-count argument.

· If the PVC is up, it goes down when the number of successive OAM F5 Loopback cells not received reaches the value specified by the down-count argument.

Examples

# Enable OAM F5 Loopback detection on PVC 1/32 of the interface ATM 2/4/0, and set the interval, up-count, down-count, and retries arguments to 12, 4, 4, and 1, respectively.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc 1/32

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-1/32] oam loopback 12 up 4 down 4 retry 1

# Enable OAM F5 Loopback detection on PVC 1/33 of PVC-group 2, and set the interval, up-count, down-count, and retries arguments to 12, 4, 3, and 2, respectively.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc-group 2

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-group-2] pvc 1/33

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-group-2-pvc-1/33] oam loopback 12 up 4 down 3 retry 2

oam ping

Use oam ping to send OAM F5 end-to-end cells through the specified PVC on the specified ATM interface to check the link state.

Syntax

oam ping interface interface-type { interface-number | interface-number.subnumber } pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } [ number timeout ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface interface-type { interface-number | interface-number.subnumber }: Specifies an interface by its type and number. Both ATM interfaces and ATM subinterfaces are supported.

pvc: Sends OAM F5 end-to-end cells through the specified PVC.

pvc-name: Specifies a PVC by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 15 characters, excluding slashes (/) and hyphens (-). For example, neither 1/20 nor a-b is a valid PVC name.

number: Specifies the number of OAM F5 end-to-end cells to be transmitted, in the range of 1 to 1000. The default is 5.

timeout: Specifies the OAM F5 end-to-end response timeout period in the range of 1 to 30 seconds. The default is 2 seconds.

Usage guidelines

Use this command to send OAM F5 end-to-end cells through the specified PVC on the specified ATM interface, and check the link state according to the response condition.

After you configure the oam ping command, the system sends an OAM F5 end-to-end cell. If the system receives a response within the time specified by the timeout argument, it immediately sends another OAM F5 end-to-end cell. If the system does not receive a response within the time specified by the timeout argument, the system sends an OAM F5 end-to-end cell again. In an oam ping process, the number of OAM F5 end-to-end cells transmitted is specified by the number argument. If no response is received, a link failure or link congestion might occur.

Examples

# Check the link state of PVC 1/32 on the interface ATM 2/4/0 by sending three cells and setting the timeout period to 1 second.

<Sysname> oam ping interface atm 2/4/0 pvc 1/32 3 1

PING interface ATM2/4/0 pvc 1/32 with 3 of 53 bytes of oam F5 end-to-end cell(s),

timeout is 1 second(s), press CTRL_C to break

Receive reply from pvc 1/32: time=1 ms

oam ping statistics:

Cells: Sent = 3, Received = 3, Lost = 0 (0.00% loss)

# Check the link state of PVC 5/100 on the interface ATM 2/4/0 by sending three cells and setting the timeout period to 1 second.

<Sysname> oam ping interface atm 2/4/0 pvc 5/100 3 1

PING interface ATM2/4/0 pvc 5/100 with 3 of 53 bytes of oam F5 end-to-end cell(s),

timeout is 1 second(s), press CTRL_C to break

Request time out!

oam ping statistics:

Cells: Sent = 3, Received = 0, Lost = 3 (100.00% loss)

Table 45 Command output

Field	Description
PING interface ATM2/4/0 pvc 1/32	Check if the link of PVC 1/32 on ATM 2/4/0 is available.
53 bytes	Number of bytes in each cell.
timeout is 1 second(s)	Response timeout period.
Receive reply from pvc 1/32: time=1 ms	A response is received within the specified time.
Request time out	No response is received within the specified timeout period.
Sent = 3	Number of transmitted cells.
Received = 0	Number of received responses.
Lost = 3(100.00% loss)	Cell loss rate (percentage of the number of unresponded cells to the total number of cells transmitted).

precedence

Use precedence to configure the priority of IP packets carried by the PVC of a PVC-group.

Use undo precedence to restore the default.

Syntax

precedence { min-number [ to max-number ] | default }

undo precedence

Default

No priority is configured for IP packets.

Views

PVC view in a PVC-group

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

min-number: Specifies the lowest priority of IP packets carried by the PVC, in the range of 0 to 7.

max-number: Specifies the highest priority of IP packets carried by the PVC, in the range of 0 to 7. The max value must be equal to or larger than the min value.

default: Specifies the PVC as the default PVC. IP packets with priorities not specified for any PVC are sent through the default PVC.

Usage guidelines

This command is applicable only to the PVCs in a PVC-group.

If no default PVC exists in a PVC group, IP packets with priorities not specified for any PVC are distributed across all PVCs that are not configured with priorities on a per-packet basis.

If no PVC is specified as the default PVC and all PVCs are configured with transmission priorities, IP packets with priorities not specified for any PVC are dropped.

This command cannot change the priority of an IP packet.

Examples

# Configure PVC aa with a VPI/VCI value of 1/32 to carry IP packets with priorities from 0 to 3.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc-group 1

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-group-1] pvc aa 1/32

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-group-1-pvc-aa-1/32] precedence 0 to 3

pvc

In ATM interface view or ATM subinterface view:

Use pvc to create a PVC and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing PVC.

Use undo pvc to delete the specified PVC.

In PVC-group view:

Use pvc to create a PVC for a PVC group and enter PVC view, or enter the view of an existing PVC.

Use undo pvc to remove the specified PVC from a PVC-group and delete the PVC.

Syntax

pvc { pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] | vpi/vci }

undo pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci }

Default

No PVCs exist.

Views

ATM interface view

ATM subinterface view

PVC-group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

pvc-name: Specifies a PVC by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 15 characters, excluding slashes (/) and hyphens (-). For example, neither 1/20 nor a-b is a valid PVC name.

Table 46 VCI value ranges for different interface types

Interface type	VCI value range
ATM ADSL2+	0 to 255
ATM SHDSL_4WIRE	0 to 255
ATM SHDSL_8WIRE_BIS	0 to 255
ATM OC-3c/STM-1	0 to 1023
ATM subinterface	Same as that of the ATM interface to which the ATM subinterface belongs.
PVC-group	Same as that of the ATM interface to which the PVC-group belongs.

Usage guidelines

When you create a PVC, you must specify the VPI/VCI value for it. The VPI/VCI value of a PVC is unique on an interface (including interface, subinterface, and PVC-group).

If you have specified the PVC name when creating the PVC, you can enter the PVC view by using the pvc pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] command, and delete the PVC by using the undo pvc pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] or undo pvc vpi/vci command.

You can configure only one PVC on an ATM P2P subinterface.

You can create a maximum of eight PVCs in a PVC-group.

You cannot delete a PVC from a PVC-group in ATM interface view or ATM subinterface view.

Examples

# Create a PVC named aa on the interface ATM 2/4/0, and set its VPI/VCI value to 1/101.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc aa 1/101

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-aa-1/101]

# Create a PVC named bb for PVC-group 1, and set its VPI/VCI value to 1/102.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc-group 1

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-group-1] pvc bb 1/102

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-group-1-pvc-bb-1/102]

Related commands

display atm pvc-info

pvc-group

Use pvc-group to create a PVC-group and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing PVC-group.

Use undo pvc-group to delete the specified PVC-group.

Syntax

pvc-group group-number

undo pvc-group group-number

Default

No PVC-groups exist.

Views

ATM interface view

ATM subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

group-number: Specifies a PVC-group by its number in the range of 1 to 128.

Usage guidelines

A PVC-group can share traffic load among PVCs in it by transmitting IP packets of different priorities through different PVCs.

You can configure the priority of IP packets carried by each PVC. IP packets are transmitted through the PVC corresponding to the priority of the IP packets.

· If no corresponding PVC is found, the IP packets are transmitted through the default PVC.

· If no default PVC is configured, the IP packets are distributed across the PVCs that are not configured with priorities on a per-packet basis.

· If all PVCs are configured with priorities, the IP packets are dropped.

Data packets that are not IP packets are distributed across all PVCs in the PVC-group on a per-packet basis.

All PVCs in a PVC-group obtain the encapsulation type and protocol type from the PVC-group.

A PVC belongs to one PVC-group.

This command is applicable to ATM P2MP subinterfaces, but not to ATM P2P subinterfaces.

The number of a PVC-group is unique on an interface (including interface and subinterface).

Examples

# Create a PVC-group numbered 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc-group 1

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-group-1]

Related commands

display atm pvc-group

precedence

remark atm-clp

Use remark atm-clp to re-mark the cell loss priority (CLP) flag value of ATM cells.

Use undo remark atm-clp to restore the default.

Syntax

remark [ green | red | yellow ] atm-clp atm-clp-value

undo remark [ green | red | yellow ] atm-clp

Default

The CLP flag value of ATM cells is not re-marked.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

green: Re-marks the CLP flag value of a green packet.

red: Re-marks the CLP flag value of a red packet.

yellow: Re-marks the CLP flag value of a yellow packet.

atm-clp-value: Sets the CLP flag value to 0 or 1. The cells with a CLP flag value of 1 are dropped first when network congestion occurs.

Usage guidelines

This command is applicable only to outbound PVCs.

Examples

# Set the CLP flag value of ATM cells to 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] remark atm-clp 1

reset atm interface

Use reset atm interface to clear PVC statistics.

Syntax

reset atm interface [ interface-type { interface-number | interface-number.subnumber } ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface-type { interface-number | interface-number.subnumber }: Clears statistics about all PVCs (including PVCs on the interface and PVCs of the PVC-groups) for the specified interface. Both ATM interfaces and ATM subinterfaces are supported. If you do not specify an interface, this command clears statistics about all PVCs for all interfaces.

Usage guidelines

This command clears statistics only about PVCs. To clear statistics about interfaces, use the reset counters interface command.

Examples

# Clear statistics about all PVCs for the interface ATM 2/4/0.

<Sysname> reset atm interface atm 2/4/0

reset counters interface virtual-ethernet

Use reset counters interface virtual-ethernet to clear VE interface statistics.

Syntax

reset counters interface [ virtual-ethernet [ interface-number ] ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

virtual-ethernet: Clears the statistics for a VE interface.

interface-number: Specifies a VE interface by its number.

Usage guidelines

Before you collect traffic statistics within a specific time period on an interface, clear the existing statistics for the interface.

If you do not specify the virtual-ethernet keyword, this command clears statistics for all interfaces.

If you specify the virtual-ethernet keyword but do not specify the interface-number argument, this command clears statistics for all VE interfaces.

If you specify both the virtual-ethernet keyword and the interface-number argument, this command clears statistics for the specified VE interface.

Examples

# Clear statistics for the interface Virtual-Ethernet 2/4/1.

<Sysname> reset counters interface virtual-ethernet2/4/1

service cbr

Use service cbr to set the PVC service type to CBR and set the related parameters.

Use undo service to restore the default.

Syntax

service cbr output-pcr [ cdvt cdvt_value ]

undo service

Default

The service type of a PVC is UBR. The peak output rate of ATM cells equals the maximum bandwidth of the interface to which the PVC belongs.

Views

PVC view

PVC view in a PVC-group

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

output-pcr: Specifies the peak output rate of ATM cells in kbps. Table 47 shows the value ranges for the output-pcr argument on different interfaces.

Table 47 Peak output rate value ranges

Interface type	Peak output rate value range
ATM ADSL2+	64 to 640
ATM SHDSL_4WIRE	128 to 4624
ATM SHDSL_8WIRE_BIS	256 to 22784
ATM OC-3c/STM-1	64 to 155000
ATM subinterface	Same as that of the ATM interface to which the ATM subinterface belongs.
PVC-group	Same as that of the ATM interface to which the PVC-group belongs.

cdvt cdvt_value: Specifies the cell delay variation tolerance in the range of 0 to 10000 μs. The default is 500 μs, which means that the maximum cell delay is 500 μs.

Usage guidelines

When the peak output rate is exceeded, the system allocates caches based on the specified CDVT value to ensure service stability. A smaller CDVT value requires more hardware resources and is harder to configure. If the configuration fails, the following message appears: "Failed to set service parameter. Please adjust cdvt value." In this situation, configure a larger CDVT value.

You can use this command as well as the service ubr, service vbr-nrt, and service vbr-rt commands to set the service type and parameters of a PVC. If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Each PVC occupies a separate bandwidth. As a best practice, configure PVCs requiring more bandwidths first.

Examples

# Create a PVC named aa on the interface ATM 2/4/0, and set the VPI/VCI, service type, output-pcr, and cdvt_value to 1/101, CBR, 50000, and 1000, respectively.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc aa 1/101

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-aa-1/101] service cbr 50000 cdvt 1000

# Create a PVC named aa in PVC-group 1, and set the VPI/VCI, service type, output-pcr, and cdvt_value to 1/101, CBR, 50000, and 1000, respectively.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc-group 1

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-group-1] pvc aa 1/101

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-group-1-pvc-aa-1/101] service cbr 50000 cdvt 1000

Related commands

service ubr

service vbr-nrt

service vbr-rt

service ubr

Use service ubr to set the PVC service type to UBR and set the related parameters.

Use undo service to restore the default.

Syntax

service ubr output-pcr

undo service

Default

The service type of a PVC is UBR. The peak output rate of ATM cells equals the maximum bandwidth of the interface to which the PVC belongs.

Views

PVC view

PVC view in a PVC-group

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

output-pcr: Specifies the peak output rate of ATM cells in kbps. For more information about the value range, see Table 47.

Usage guidelines

You can use this command as well as the service cbr, service vbr-nrt, and service vbr-rt commands to set the service type and parameters of a PVC. If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Create a PVC named aa on the interface ATM 2/4/0, and set the VPI/VCI, service type, and output-pcr to 1/101, UBR, and 100000, respectively.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc aa 1/101

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-aa-1/101] service ubr 100000

# Create a PVC named aa in PVC-group 1, and set the VPI/VCI, service type, and output-pcr to 1/101, UBR, and 100000, respectively.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc-group 1

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-group-1] pvc aa 1/101

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-group-1-pvc-aa-1/101] service ubr 100000

Related commands

service cbr

service vbr-nrt

service vbr-rt

service vbr-nrt

Use service vbr-nrt to set the PVC service type to VBR-NRT and set the related parameters.

Use undo service to restore the default.

Syntax

service vbr-nrt output-pcr output-scr output-mbs

undo service

Default

The service type of a PVC is UBR. The peak output rate of ATM cells equals the maximum bandwidth of the interface to which the PVC belongs.

Views

PVC view

PVC view in a PVC-group

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

output-pcr: Specifies the peak output rate of ATM cells in kbps. For more information about the value range, see Table 47.

output-scr: Specifies the sustainable output rate of ATM cells in kbps. Its value ranges are the same as those of the output-pcr argument, and its value is equal to or smaller than the value of the output-pcr argument.

output-mbs: Specifies the maximum burst size for ATM cells (maximum number of ATM cells that the output interface can cache). The value range for this argument is 1 to 512.

Usage guidelines

You can use this command as well as the service cbr, service ubr, and service vbr-rt commands to set the service type and parameters of a PVC. If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Create a PVC named aa on the interface ATM 2/4/0, and set the VPI/VCI, service type, output-pcr, output-scr, and output-mbs to 1/101, VBR-NRT, 100000, 50000, and 320, respectively.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc aa 1/101

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-aa-1/101] service vbr-nrt 100000 50000 320

# Create a PVC named aa in PVC-group 1, and set the VPI/VCI, service type, output-pcr, output-scr, and output-mbs to 1/101, VBR-NRT, 100000, 50000, and 320, respectively.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc-group 1

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-group-1] pvc aa 1/101

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-group-1-pvc-aa-1/101] service vbr-nrt 100000 50000 320

Related commands

service cbr

service ubr

service vbr-rt

Use service vbr-rt to set the PVC service type to VBR-RT and set the related parameters.

Use undo service to restore the default.

Syntax

service vbr-rt output-pcr output-scr output-mbs

undo service

Default

The service type of a PVC is UBR. The peak output rate of ATM cells equals the maximum bandwidth of the interface to which the PVC belongs.

Views

PVC view

PVC view in a PVC-group

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

output-pcr: Specifies the peak output rate of ATM cells in kbps. For more information about the value range, see Table 47.

output-mbs: Specifies the maximum burst size of ATM cells (maximum number of ATM cells that the output interface can cache). The value range for this argument is 1 to 512.

Usage guidelines

You can use this command as well as the service cbr, service ubr, and service vbr-nrt commands to set the service type and parameters of a PVC. If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Create a PVC named aa on the interface ATM 2/4/0, and set the VPI/VCI, service type, output-pcr, output-scr, and output-mbs to 1/101, VBR-RT, 100000, 50000, and 320, respectively.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc aa 1/101

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-aa-1/101] service vbr-rt 100000 50000 320

# Create a PVC named aa in PVC-group 1, and set the VPI/VCI, service type, output-pcr, output-scr, and output-mbs to 1/101, VBR-RT, 100000, 50000, and 320, respectively.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc-group 1

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-group-1] pvc aa 1/101

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-group-1-pvc-aa-1/101] service vbr-rt 100000 50000 320

Related commands

service cbr

service ubr

service vbr-nrt

shutdown

Use shutdown to shut down an interface.

Use undo shutdown to bring up an interface.

Syntax

shutdown

undo shutdown

Default

An interface is up.

Views

VE interface view

VE subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Shut down the VE interface Virtual-Ethernet 2/4/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface virtual-ethernet 2/4/1

[Sysname-Virtual-Ethernet2/4/1] shutdown

shutdown

Use shutdown to shut down a PVC.

Use undo shutdown to bring up a PVC.

Syntax

shutdown

undo shutdown

Default

A PVC is up.

Views

PVC view

PVC view in a PVC-group

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Bring up PVC 0/100 on the ATM interface ATM 2/4/0.1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface Atm 2/4/0.1

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0.1] pvc 0/100

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0.1-pvc-0/100] undo shutdown

# Bring up PVC 1/101 in PVC-group 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc-group 1

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-group-1] pvc aa 1/101

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-group-1-pvc-aa-1/101] undo shutdown

transmit-priority

Use transmit-priority to configure the transmission priority for a PVC associated with the UBR, VBR-NRT, or VBR-RT service.

Use undo transmit-priority to restore the default.

Syntax

transmit-priority priority

undo transmit-priority

Default

The transmission priorities of the UBR service, VBR-NRT service, and VBR-RT service are 0, 5, and 8, respectively.

Views

PVC view

PVC view in a PVC-group

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

priority: Specifies the transmission priority in the range of 0 to 9. A higher value indicates a higher priority. Priorities 0 to 4 are for the UBR service, 5 to 7 are for the VBR-NRT service, and 8 to 9 are for the VBR-RT service.

Usage guidelines

PVCs with higher priorities occupy more bandwidths. PVCs with the same priority occupy the same bandwidth.

If you change the service type of a PVC, the transmission priority of the PVC is restored to the default.

Examples

# Set the transmission priority for PVC 1/32 of ATM 2/4/0 to 3.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc 1/32

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-1/32] transmit-priority 3

# Set the transmission priority for PVC 1/101 in PVC-group 1 to 4.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] pvc-group 1

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-group-1] pvc aa 1/101

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0-pvc-group-1-pvc-aa-1/101] transmit-priority 4

vp limit

Use vp limit to configure parameters for VP policing.

Use undo vp limit to restore the default.

Syntax

vp limit vpi scr

undo vp limit vpi

Default

VP policing is disabled.

Views

ATM interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

vpi: Specifies the VPI value in the range of 0 to 255.

scr: Specifies the sustainable cell rate in kbps. For more information about the value range, see Table 47.

Usage guidelines

A VP is the collection of all PVCs with the same VPI value. VP policing is used to manage the maximum bandwidth of the VP, and monitor the traffic of the inbound and outbound directions of the VP on a physical interface. When the maximum transmission rate of the VP exceeds the specified value, the exceeded flows are dropped.

When VP policing is applied, the parameters of PVC are still valid. Packets can be transmitted or received only when the parameters of PVC and VP policing are met. In calculating the traffic, the LLC/SNAP, MUX, and NLPID headers are included, but the ATM cell header is not included.

Examples

# Set the flow of the VP with VPI value 1 to 2 Mbps.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface atm 2/4/0

[Sysname-ATM2/4/0] vp limit 1 2000

Related commands

service cbr

service ubr

service vbr-nrt

service vbr-rt

Modem management commands

This feature is supported only on the following interface modules and interfaces:

· AM interface modules.

· ASE interface modules.

· AUX interfaces.

· SAE interface modules that are operating in asynchronous mode.

country-code

Use country-code to set the modem country code on an AM interface.

Use undo country-code to restore the default.

Syntax

country-code area-name

undo country-code

Default

The country code is united-states.

Views

AM interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

area-name: Specifies a country code. The following are available country codes:

australia	france	korea	russia
austria	germany	luxembourg	singapore
belgium	greece	malaysia	southafrica
brazil	hongkong	mexico	spain
bulgaria	hungary	netherlands	sweden
canada	india	new-zealand	switzerland
china	ireland	norway	taiwan
czechoslovakia	israel	philippines	united-kingdom
denmark	italy	poland	united-states
finland	japan	portugal

Usage guidelines

CAUTION:

Executing this command disconnects the modem connection that has been established on the interface.

Modem encoding format varies by countries. Use this command to set the modem encoding format for a country.

Examples

# Set the country code to china on AM interface 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface analogmodem 2/4/0

[Sysname-Analogmodem2/4/0] country-code china

modem answer-timer

Use modem answer-timer to set a dial-up connection timer.

Use undo modem answer-timer to restore the default.

Syntax

modem answer-timer time

undo modem answer-timer

Default

The dial-up connection timer is 60 seconds.

Views

User line view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

time: Sets the dial-up connection timer in the range of 1 to 65535, in seconds.

Usage guidelines

When the timer expires, the modem disconnects the call.

· If the modem is on the calling party side, the timer starts when the modem starts to dial.

· If the modem is on the called party side, the timer starts when the modem goes off hook.

This command is available on the following user lines:

· TTY lines for the following interfaces:

¡ AM interface

¡ Asynchronous serial interface

¡ Asynchronous/synchronous serial interface operating in asynchronous mode

· AUX line

This command is not available on the console or VTY lines.

To display the user line for an interface, use the display line command.

Examples

# Set the dial-up connection timer to 50 seconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] line aux 0

[Sysname-line-aux0] modem answer-timer 50

modem auto-answer

Use modem auto-answer to enable auto-answer mode.

Use undo modem auto-answer to restore the default.

Syntax

modem auto-answer

undo modem auto-answer

Default

Auto-answer mode is disabled. The modem answers a call only when it receives the AT command from the router.

Views

User line view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

To ensure correct operation of the modem, set the auto-answer mode on the user line to be the same as the modem.

· Enable auto-answer mode if the modem is in auto-answer mode (the AA LED of the modem lights up). This setting prevents the router from issuing a duplicate answer command after the modem answers a call.

· Disable auto-answer mode if the modem is not in auto-answer mode.

This command is available on the following user lines:

· TTY lines for the following interfaces:

¡ AM interface

¡ Asynchronous serial interface

¡ Asynchronous/synchronous serial interface operating in asynchronous mode

· AUX line

This command is not available on the console or VTY lines.

To display the user line for an interface, use the display line command.

Examples

# Enable auto-answer mode on TTY 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] line tty 1

[Sysname-line-tty1] modem auto-answer

Related commands

modem caller-number resolve

modem callback

Use modem callback to enable callback.

Use undo modem callback to disable callback.

Syntax

modem callback

undo modem callback

Default

Callback is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The callback function enables a modem to disconnect an incoming call and call back the calling party upon request.

Examples

# Enable the callback function.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] modem callback

modem caller-number resolve

Use modem caller-number resolve to enable the modem to obtain the call numbers of calling terminals.

Use undo modem caller-number resolve to disable the modem from obtaining the call number of calling terminals.

Syntax

modem caller-number resolve [ ata-waiting-time time ]

undo modem caller-number resolve

Default

The modem does not obtain caller numbers when it accepts calls from terminals.

Views

User line view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ata-waiting-time time: Specifies the maximum amount of time that the modem waits for a calling terminal to send the call number. The value range for the time argument is 10 to 10000, in milliseconds. The default value is 1000. When this timer expires, the modem does not receive the call number of the terminal. Increase the timer value on a slow link for the router to obtain caller numbers successfully.

Usage guidelines

CAUTION:

Executing this command disconnects the modem connection that has been established on the user line.

This command is for point of sale (POS) terminal access services. It is available only on TTY lines for AM interfaces.

Configure this command if a bank front end processor requires the router to send the call numbers of POS terminals for acknowledgment before it accepts data from the terminals.

For more information about POS terminal access services and caller number sending, see Terminal Access Configuration Guide.

Examples

# Enable the modem to obtain caller numbers on TTY 81, and set the caller number waiting timer to 10 seconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] line tty 81

[Sysname-line-tty81] modem caller-number resolve ata-waiting-time 10000

Related commands

modem auto-answer

modem enable

Use modem enable to enable the modem to answer incoming calls, initiate outgoing calls, or both.

Use undo modem enable to disable the modem from answering incoming calls and initiating outgoing calls .

Syntax

modem enable { both | call-in | call-out }

undo modem enable

Default

The modem is disabled from answering incoming calls and initiating outgoing calls.

Views

User line view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

both: Enables the modem to answer incoming calls and initiate outgoing calls.

call-in: Enables the modem to answer incoming calls.

call-out: Enables the modem to initiate outgoing calls.

Usage guidelines

CAUTION:

Executing this command disconnects the modem connection that has been established on the user line.

This command is available on the following user lines:

· TTY lines for the following interfaces:

¡ AM interface

¡ Asynchronous serial interface

¡ Asynchronous/synchronous serial interface operating in asynchronous mode

· AUX line

This command is not available on the console or VTY lines.

Examples

# On user line TTY 1, enable the modem to answer incoming calls.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] line tty 1

[Sysname-line-tty1] modem enable call-in

sendat

Use sendat to issue an AT command to a modem.

Syntax

sendat at-string

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

at-string: Specifies an AT command, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 300 characters. The router automatically converts lowercase characters to uppercase when it sends the command to the modem. Enter the AT prefix before all commands except A/ (Repeat Last Command) and +++ (Escape code). For more information about AT commands that begin with AT, see Table 48.

Usage guidelines

CAUTION:

This command changes the modem operating state. Incorrect use of this command can cause problems such as dial-up failure. When you use this command, make sure you understand the impact of this command.

This command is available on the following interfaces:

· Asynchronous serial interface

· Asynchronous/synchronous serial interface in asynchronous mode

· AM interface

· AUX interface

To send AT commands to a modem, you must first place the modem in AT command mode. To confirm that you can send AT commands, enter sendat at. The modem will return OK or 0 if it is ready to accept AT commands.

One sendat command can issue one AT command. To send multiple AT commands to a modem, you must repeat the sendat command.

This command does not verify the validity of AT commands. To verify the AT command execution result, enable modem debugging on the interface. To view the AT commands sent to the modem, issue the E1 command to the modem.

Table 48 describes commonly used AT commands. Support for AT commands varies by modems.

Table 48 AT commands in common use

Command	Description
A	Forces the modem to go off-hook in answer mode. If a call is coming in, the modem will try to answer it without waiting for the ringtone. This command is useful when manual answer mode is used.
Bn	Sets the modulation protocol preference. Available options: · B0—Selects the ITU V.22 mode. The transmission speed is 1200 bps. · B1—Selects the Bell 212 mode. The default transmission speed is 1200 bps. · B2/B3—Cancels the ITU V.23 backward channel. · B15—Selects the ITU V.21 mode. The transmission speed is 300 bps. · B16—Selects the 103J mode. The transmission speed is 300 bps. This setting is the default for Compaq Presario 192-VS and Compaq Presario 288-VS modems.
Dn	Dials a telephone number. The n argument represents the dial string. In pulse dialing mode, the modem ignores nonnumeric characters.
En	Controls echo of commands to the configuration terminal. Available options: · E0—Disables echo of commands to the configuration terminal. · E1—Enables echo of commands to the configuration terminal. This option is the default.
Hn	Sets the method to terminate a call. Available options: · H0—Forces modem on-hook to hang up the line (the default). · H1—Forces modem off-hook to answer or dial.
In	Displays modem information and results of checksum tests on firmware. Available options: · I0/I3—Displays the default transmission speed and controller firmware version. · I1—Runs a checksum on the ROM and displays the result. · I2—Runs a checksum on the ROM and displays the checksum status: ¡ OK—The checksum is correct. ¡ ERROR—The checksum is incorrect. · I4—Displays the hardware version of the data pump. · I5—Displays the product code, software version, hardware version, and country code. · I9—Displays the country code.
Ln	Sets the speaker loudness for fax and data communication. Available options: · L0/L1—Low volume. · L2—Medium volume (the default). · L3—High volume.
Mn	Sets the speaker mode for fax and data communication. Available options: · M0—Speaker is always off. · M1—Speaker is on until the carrier is detected. This option is the default. · M2—Speaker is on when the modem is off-hook. · M3—Speaker is on after a dial until the carrier is detected.
Nn	Sets the modulation negotiation mode for the modem to establish a connection with a remote modem operating at a different speed. Available options: · N0—Forces the modem to connect at the speed specified in the S37 register and the ATBn command. · N1—Enables the modem to start connecting at the speed specified in the S37 register and ATBn command. However, the speed may drop during the negotiation. This option is the default.
On	Forces the modem to return to data mode. Available options: · O0—Returns to data mode. · O1—Initiates an equalizer retrain sequence before returning to data mode. · O3—Negotiates the transmission speed before returning to data mode. After you use the +++ command to place the command in command mode, you can use an ATOn command to change the modem to data mode.
Qn	Enables or disables the modem to send result and status codes to the configuration terminal. Available options: · Q0—The modem sends result and status codes. This option is the default. · Q1—The modem does not send result and status codes.
Sr=n	Sets the contents of S register r to value n. · Value range for the r argument—0 to 27, 29, 31 to 33, 35, 37, and 89. · Value range for the n argument—0 to 255.
T	Sets tone dialing (the default). This command can also be used as a dialing modifier.
P	Sets pulse dialing. After you execute this command, the modem performs pulse dialing for all calls until you execute the T command. The P command can also be used as a dialing modifier.
Vn	Specifies the result code format. Available options: · V0—Sends numeric result codes. · V1—Sends text-form result codes (the default).

Examples

# On Async 2/4/0, instruct the modem to dial 169.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface async 2/4/0

[Sysname-Async2/4/0] sendat ATD169

# On Serial 2/1/0, instruct the modem to dial 169.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] physical-mode async

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] sendat ATD169

3G/4G modem management commands

IPv6-related parameters are not supported on the following routers:

· MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS.

· MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI.

4G modems are not supported on the following routers:

· MSR830-6EI-GL

· MSR830-10EI-GL

· MSR830-6HI-GL

· MSR830-10HI-GL

Common management commands

controller cellular

Use controller cellular to enter cellular interface view.

Syntax

controller cellular cellular-number

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cellular-number: Specifies a cellular interface by its number.

Examples

# Enter Cellular 2/4/0 interface view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 2/4/0

[Sysname-Cellular 2/4/0]

description

Use description to set a description for a cellular interface.

Use undo description to restore the default.

Syntax

description text

undo description

Default

The description for a cellular interface is in the interface name Interface format, for example, Cellular 2/4/0 Interface.

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

text: Sets an interface description, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

Examples

# Set the description to Cellular-intf for Cellular 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 2/4/0

[Sysname-Cellular2/4/0] description Cellular-intf

display cellular

Use display cellular to display call connection information for a 3G/4G modem.

Syntax

display cellular [ interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-number: Specifies a cellular interface by its number. If you do not specify a cellular interface, call connection information for all cellular interfaces with 3G/4G modems installed is displayed.

Usage guidelines

The command output might vary by modem manufacturers.

Examples

# Display call connection information for Cellular 2/4/0 (WCDMA network).

<Sysname> display cellular 2/4/0

Cellular2/4/0:

Hardware Information:

Model: E176G

Modem Firmware Version: 11.604.09.00.00

Hardware Version: CD25TCPU

International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI): 460029010431055

International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI): 353871020138548

Factory Serial Number (FSN): DK9RAA1871500602

Modem Status: Online

Profile Information:

Profile 1: Active

PDP Type: IPv4, Header Compression: Off

Data Compression: Off

Access Point Name (APN): 001

Packet Session Status: Inactive

Modem Setup Information:

Diagnostics Monitor: Close

Network Information:

Current Service Status: Service available

Current Service: Combined

Packet Service: Attached

Packet Session Status: Inactive

Current Roaming Status: Roaming

Network Selection Mode: Manual

Network Connection Mode: WCDMA precedence

Current Network Connection: HSDPA and HSUPA

Mobile Country Code (MCC): 460

Mobile Network Code (MNC): 00

Location Area Code (LAC): 4318

Cell ID: 25381

Radio Information:

Current Band: ANY

Current RSSI: -51 dBm

Modem Security Information:

PIN Verification: Disabled

PIN Status: Ready

Number of Retries remaining: 3

SIM Status: OK

Table 49 Command output

Field	Description
Model	Modem name.
International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)	IMSI string of the SIM card.
International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI)	IMEI serial number of the modem.
Factory Serial Number (FSN)	FSN of the modem.
Modem Status	Status of the modem: · Online—The modem is powered on. · Offline—The modem is powered off or in low power mode. The cellular interface is not available.
Profile Information	Profile settings for the modem.
Profile 1	PDP status of the modem: · Active—The profile is already configured. · Undefined—The profile is not configured.
PDP Type	PDP type, displayed only when Profile 1 is Active: · IPv4. · IPv6. · PPP (transparent transmission).
Header Compression	PDP header compression status: · On. · Off.
Data Compression	PDP data compression status: · On. · Off.
Packet Session Status	PDP status: · Active—The modem is transmitting data through PPP. · Inactive—The modem is physically down.
Diagnostics Monitor	Diagnostic and monitoring (DM) status: · Open—DM is enabled. · Close—DM is disabled.
Current Service Status	Service status of the modem: · Service available—The modem is providing services correctly. · Emergency—The modem is providing limited services. The cellular interface is not available. · No service—The modem cannot provide services. The cellular interface is not available. · Low power—The modem is in low power mode. The cellular interface is not available.
Current Service	Current service type: · Circuit-switched—For the CS domain only. · Packet-switched—For the PS domain only. · Combined—For both the CS and PS domains. · Invalid—Invalid service.
Packet Service	PS domain attach/detach status of the modem: · Detached—The cellular interface is not available. · Attached—The cellular interface is available.
Current Roaming Status	Roaming status: · Roaming. · Home.
Network Selection Mode	Network selection mode: · Manual. · Automatic.
Network Connection Mode	Network connection mode: · WCDMA only—Connected to the WCDMA network only. · WCDMA precedence—Connected to the WCDMA network with preference. · GSM only—Connected to the GSM network only. · GSM precedence—Connected to the GSM network with preference.
Current Network Connection	Current network: · No Service. · GSM. · GPRS. · EDGE. · WCDMA. · HSDPA. · HSUPA. · HSDPA and HSUPA. · HSPA+. · Unknown.
Mobile Country Code (MCC)	The MCC is displayed if the modem has found a mobile network.
Mobile Network Code (MNC)	The MNC is displayed if the modem is successfully registered with a mobile network.
Location Area Code (LAC)	The LAC is displayed if the modem is successfully registered with a mobile network.
Cell ID	The Cell ID is displayed if the modem is successfully registered with a mobile network.
Current Band	Current band selection mode: · GSM. · WCDMA. · ANY. · AUTO.
Current RSSI	Current RSSI: · An RSSI value in the range of –110 dBm to –51 dBm. · Unknown—No signal. The cellular interface is unavailable.
PIN Verification	PIN authentication status: · Disabled. · Enabled.
PIN Status	PIN status: · Ready—The SIM card is ready. · PIN Requirement—Requires you to execute the pin verify command to enter the PIN for PIN verification. · PUK Requirement—Requires you to execute the pin unlock command to unlock the SIM or UIM card.
Number of Retries remaining	Remaining retries available for entering the PIN or PUK.
SIM Status	SIM card status: · OK—The SIM card is normal. · Network Reject—The SIM card is denied access to the network. The cellular interface is not available. · Not Insert—The SIM card is absent. The cellular interface is not available.

# Display call connection information for Cellular 2/4/0 (TD-SCDMA network).

<Sysname> display cellular 2/4/0

Cellular2/4/0:

Hardware Information:

Model: ET128

Modem Firmware Version: 11.101.01.08.00

Hardware Version: CS31TCPU

International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI): 460079011105842

International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI): 860039002369111

Factory Serial Number (FSN): GQ4CAB1942911350

Modem Status: Online

Profile Information:

Profile 1: Active

PDP Type: IPv4

Header Compression: Off

Data Compression: Off

Access Point Name (APN): cmnet

Packet Session Status: Active

Network Information:

Current Service Status: Service available

Network Selection Mode: Automatic

Network Connection Mode: TD-SCDMA precedence

Current Network Connection: HSDPA

Mobile Network Name: CHINA MOBILE

Downstream Bandwidth: 2800000 bps

Radio Information:

Current RSSI: -75 dBm

Modem Security Information:

PIN Verification: Disabled

PIN Status: Ready

Number of Retries remaining: 3

SIM Status: OK

Table 50 Command output

Field	Description
Model	Modem name.
International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)	IMSI string of the SIM card.
International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI)	IMEI serial number of the modem.
Factory Serial Number (FSN)	FSN of the modem.
Modem Status	Status of the modem: · Online—The modem is powered on. · Offline—The modem is powered off or in low power mode. The cellular interface is not available.
Profile Information	Profile settings for the modem.
Profile 1	PDP status of the modem: · Active—The profile is already configured. · Undefined—The profile is not configured.
PDP Type	PDP type, displayed only when Profile 1 is Active: · IPv4. · IPv6. · PPP (transparent transmission).
Header Compression	PDP header compression status: · On. · Off.
Data Compression	PDP data compression status: · On. · Off.
Packet Session Status	PDP status: · Active—The modem is transmitting data through PPP. · Inactive—The modem is physically down.
Current Service Status	Service status of the modem: · Service available—The modem is providing services correctly. · Emergency—The modem is providing limited services. The cellular interface is not available. · No service—The modem cannot provide services. The cellular interface is not available. · Low power—The modem is in low power mode. The cellular interface is not available.
Network Selection Mode	Network selection mode: · Manual. · Automatic.
Network Connection Mode	Network connection mode: · WCDMA only—Connected to the WCDMA network only. · WCDMA precedence—Connected to the WCDMA network with preference. · GSM only—Connected to the GSM network only. · GSM precedence—Connected to the GSM network with preference.
Current Network Connection	Current network: · No Service. · GSM. · GPRS. · EDGE. · TD-SCDMA. · HSDPA. · Unknown.
Downstream Bandwidth	Downstream bandwidth, in bps.
Radio Information	Radio communication information.
Current RSSI	Current RSSI: · An RSSI value in the range of –110 dBm and –51 dBm. · Unknown—No signal. The cellular interface is unavailable.
PIN Verification	PIN authentication status: · Disabled. · Enabled.
PIN Status	PIN status: · Ready—The SIM card is ready. · PIN Requirement—Requires you to execute the pin verify command to enter the PIN for PIN verification. · PUK Requirement—Requires you to execute the pin unlock command to unlock the SIM or UIM card.
Number of Retries remaining	Remaining retries available for entering the PIN or PUK.
SIM Status	SIM card status: · OK—The SIM card is normal. · Network Reject—The SIM card is denied access to the network. The cellular interface is not available. · Not Insert—The SIM card is absent. The cellular interface is not available.

# Display call connection information for Cellular 2/4/0 (CDMA network).

<Sysname> display cellular 2/4/0

Cellular2/4/0:

Hardware Information:

Model: EC169

Manufacturer: HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO.

Modem Firmware Version: 11.002.03.01.45

Hardware Version: CE62TCPUVer A

Electronic Serial Number (ESN): c1836f2d

Preferred Roaming List (PRL) Version: 0

International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI): 460036101433925

Modem Status: Online

Network Information:

Current Service Status: Service available

Current Roaming Status: Home

Network Connection Mode: Manual

Current Network Connection: 1xRTT/EVDO HYBRID

Downstream Bandwidth: 3100000 bps

Radio Information:

Current RSSI(1xRTT): -93 dBm

Current RSSI(EVDO): -75 dBm

Current Voltage: 3336 mV

Modem Security Information:

PIN Verification: Disabled

PIN Status: Ready

Number of Retries remaining: 3

UIM Status: OK

Table 51 Command output

Field	Description
Model	Modem name.
International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)	IMSI string of the UIM card.
Modem Status	Status of the modem: · Online—The modem is powered on. · Offline—The modem is powered off or in low power mode. The cellular interface is not available.
Current Service Status	Service status of the modem: · Service available—The modem is providing services correctly. · Emergency—The modem is providing limited services. The cellular interface is not available. · No service—The modem cannot provide services. The cellular interface is not available. · Low power—The modem is in low power mode. The cellular interface is not available.
Current Roaming Status	Roaming status: · Roaming. · Home.
Network Selection Mode	Network selection mode · Manual. · Automatic.
Current Network Connection	Current network: · No Service. · 1xRTT/EVDO HYBRID. · EVDO. · 1xRTT. · Unknown.
Downstream Bandwidth	Downstream bandwidth, in bps.
Radio Information	Radio communication information.
Current RSSI (1xRTT)	Current RSSI of 1xRTT: · An RSSI value in the range of –125 dBm to –75 dBm. · Unknown—No signal.
Current RSSI (EVDO)	Current RSSI of EVDO: · An RSSI value in the ranges of –120 dBm to –60 dBm. · Unknown—No signal.
Current Voltage	Current voltage of the UIM card, in mV.
PIN Verification	PIN authentication status: · Disabled. · Enabled.
PIN Status	PIN status: · Ready—The UIM card is ready. · PIN Requirement—Requires you to execute the pin verify command to enter the PIN for PIN verification. · PUK Requirement—Requires you to execute the pin unlock command to unlock the SIM or UIM card.
Number of Retries remaining	Remaining retries available for entering the PIN or PUK.
UIM Status	UIM card status: · OK—The UIM card is normal. · Network Reject—The UIM card is denied access to the network. The cellular interface is not available. · Not Insert—The UIM card is absent. The cellular interface is not available.

# Display the call connection information for Cellular 0/0 (LTE network).

<Sysname> display cellular 0/0

Cellular0/0:

Hardware Information:

Model: MC7750

Manufacturer: Sierra Wireless, Incorporated

Modem Firmware Version: SWI9600M_03.05.10.06

Hardware Version: 10

International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI): 990000560327506

Modem Status: Online

Profile Information:

Profile index: 1

PDP Type: IPv4

Header Compression: Off

Data Compression: Off

Access Point Name (APN): vzwinternet

Network Information:

Current Service Status: Service available

Current Roaming Status: Roaming

Current Data Bearer Technology: Unknown

Network Selection Mode: Manual

Mobile Country Code (MCC): 460

Mobile Network Code (MNC): 00

Location Area Code (LAC): 4318

Cell ID: 25381

Radio Information:

Technology Preference: LTE only

Technology Selected: LTE

LTE related info:

Current RSSI: -79 dBm

Current RSRQ: -9 dB

Current RSRP: -106 dBm

Current SNR: 5 dB

Tx Power: -3276 dBm

Modem Security Information:

PIN Verification: Disabled

PIN Status: Ready

SIM Status: OK

ICCID: 89860113811003195000

Table 52 Command output

Field	Description
Model	Modem name.
International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI)	IMEI serial number of the modem.
Modem Status	Status of the modem: · Online—The modem is powered on. · Offline—The modem is powered off or in lower power mode. The cellular interface is unavailable.
Profile Information	Profile settings for the 4G modem.
Profile index	Index of the profile for modem.
PDP Type	PDP type, displayed only when Profile 1 is Active: · IPv4. · IPv6. · PPP (transparent transmission).
Header Compression	PDP header compression status · On. · Off.
Data Compression	PDP data compression status: · On. · Off.
Current Service Status	Service status of the modem: · Limited—The modem is not in the coverage of the selected network. The cellular interface is not available. · Service available—The modem is providing services correctly. · Emergency—The modem is providing limited services. The cellular interface is not available. · No service—The modem cannot provide services. The cellular interface is not available. · Low power—The modem is in low power mode. The cellular interface is not available.
Current Roaming Status	Roaming status: · Roaming. · Home.
Current Data Bearer Technology	Current data carrier technology: · CDMA2000 1X. · CDMA2000 HRPD (1xEV-DO). · GSM. · UMTS. · CDMA2000 HRPD (1xEV-DO RevA). · EDGE. · HSDPA and WCDMA. · WCDMA and HSUPA. · HSDPA and HSUPA. · LTE. · CDMA2000 EHRPD. · HSDPA+ and WCDMA. · HSDPA+ and HSUPA. · DC_HSDPA+ and WCDMA. · DC_HSDPA+ and HSUPA. · HSDPA+ and 64QAM. · HSDPA+, 64QAM and HSUPA. · TDSCDMA. · TDSCDMA and HSDPA . · Unknown.
Network Selection Mode	Network selection mode · Manual. · Automatic.
Mobile Country Code (MCC)	The MCC is displayed if the modem has found the network.
Mobile Network Code (MNC)	The MNC is displayed if the modem is successfully registered with a mobile network.
Location Area Code (LAC)	The LAC is displayed if the modem is successfully registered with a mobile network.
Cell ID	The Cell ID is displayed if the modem is successfully registered with a mobile network.
Radio Information	Radio communication information.
Technology Preference	Network connecting preference: · AUTO—Connects to a network automatically. · GSM only—Connects to a GSM network only. · GSM precedence—Connects to a GSM network with preference. · WCDMA only—Connects to a WCDMA network only. · WCDMA precedence—Connects to a WCDMA network with preference. · TD-SCDMA only—Connects to a TD-SCDMA network only. · TD-SCDMA precedence—Connects to a TD-SCDMA network with preference. · EVDO—Connects to a CDMA-EVDO network only. · 1x RTT—Connects to a CDMA-1x RTT network only. · 1xRTT/EVDO HYBRID—Connects to the CDMA-EVDO and CDMA-1x RTT hybrid networks only. · LTE only—Connects to an LTE network only.
Technology Selected	Current network: · GSM—Has connected to a GSM network. · WCDMA—Has connected to a WCDMA network. · TD-SCDMA—Has connected to a TD-SCDMA network. · EVDO—Has connected to a CDMA-EVDO network. · 1Xrtt—Has connected to a CDMA-1x RTT network. · 1xRTT/EVDO HYBRID—Has connected to the CDMA-EVDO and CDMA-1x RTT networks. · LTE—Has connected to an LTE network.
LTE related info	Information about the LTE network.
Current RSSI	Current RSSI: · An RSSI value in the range of –110 dBm and –51 dBm. · Unknown—No signal. The cellular interface is unavailable.
Current RSRQ	Reference Signal Received Quality.
Current RSRP	Reference Signal Receiving Power.
Current SNR	Signal to noise ratio.
Tx Power	Transmitting power.
Modem Security Information	Information about modem security.
PIN Verification	PIN authentication status: · Disabled. · Enabled. · Unknown.
PIN Status	PIN status: · Ready—The SIM card is ready. · PIN Requirement—Requires you to execute the pin verify command to enter the PIN for PIN verification. · PUK Requirement—Requires you to execute the pin unlock command to unlock the SIM or UIM card.
SIM Status	SIM card status: · OK—The SIM card is normal. · Network Reject—The SIM card is denied access to the network. The cellular interface is not available. · Not Insert—The SIM card is absent. The cellular interface is not available. · Not Initialized—The SIM card status cannot be identified.
ICCID	ID of the SIM card, displayed only when the SIM card status is OK.

Related commands

mode

pin modify

pin unlock

pin verification enable

pin verify

plmn select

profile create

display controller cellular

Use display controller cellular to display information about a cellular interface.

Syntax

display controller [ cellular [ interface-number ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-number: Specifies a cellular interface by its number.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify the cellular keyword, the command displays information about all interfaces of the device.

If you specify the cellular keyword but not specify the interface-number argument, the command displays information about existing cellular interfaces.

Hot swapping a USB 3G/4G modem clears the cellular interface statistics.

Examples

# Display information about Cellular 2/4/0.

<Sysname> display controller cellular 2/4/0

Cellular2/4/0

Current state: UP

Description: Cellular2/4/0 Interface

Modem status: Present

DM port status: Disabled

Capability:

1 Control channel, 1 PPP channel

Control channel 0 traffic statistics:

TX: 0 packets, 0 errors

RX: 0 packets, 0 errors

PPP channel 0 traffic statistics:

TX: 0 packets, 0 errors

RX: 0 packets, 0 errors

Table 53 Command output

Field

Description

Cellular2/4/0

Current state

Status of the interface:

· DOWN(Administratively)—The interface has been administratively shut down by using the shutdown command.

· DOWN—The interface is administratively up but its physical state is down, possibly because of a connection or link failure.

· UP—The administrative and physical states of the interface are both up.

Description

Description of the interface.

Modem status

Status of the USB 3G/4G modem:

· Present—The modem is present.

· Absent—The modem is absent.

DM port status

DM status:

· Enabled.

· Disabled.

Capability:

1 Control channel, 1 PPP channel

Type and number of channels the cellular interface supports:

· 1 Control channel—Supports one control channel.

· 1 PPP channel—Supports one asynchronous serial subchannel.

· 1 ETH channel—Supports one Ethernet subchannel.

Control channel 0 traffic statistics:

TX: 0 packets, 0 errors

RX: 0 packets, 0 errors

Control channel statistics:

· TX: 0 packets, 0 errors—Number of packets and number of error packets sent through the control channel.

· RX: 0 packets, 0 errors—Number of packets and number of error packets received through the control channel.

PPP channel 0 traffic statistics

TX: 0 packets, 0 errors

RX: 0 packets, 0 errors

PPP channel statistics:

· TX: 0 packets, 0 errors—Number of packets and number of error packets sent through the PPP channel.

· RX: 0 packets, 0 errors—Number of packets and number of error packets received through the PPP channel.

ETH channel 0 traffic statistics

TX: 0 packets, 0 errors

RX: 0 packets, 0 errors

Ethernet channel statistics:

· TX: 0 packets, 0 errors—Number of packets and number of error packets sent through the Ethernet channel.

· RX: 0 packets, 0 errors—Number of packets and number of error packets received through the Ethernet channel.

Related commands

reset counters controller cellular

dm-port open

Use dm-port open to enable diagnostic and monitoring (DM) on a 3G/4G modem.

Use undo dm-port open to disable DM on a 3G/4G modem.

Syntax

dm-port open

undo dm-port open

Default

The default setting for this command depends on the modem model.

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command is supported only on SIC-3G modems and 4G modems.

Enabling DM on a 3G/4G modem allows third-party debugging tools to diagnose and monitor the 3G/4G modem through cellular interface debugging output.

For more information about DM, see related 3G/4G modem user manuals.

Examples

# Enable DM on a 3G/4G modem.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 2/4/0

[Sysname-Cellular2/4/0] dm-port open

mode

Use mode to specify network services for a 3G/4G modem.

Syntax

mode { 1xrtt | auto | evdo | gsm | gsm-precedence | hybrid | lte | td | td-precedence | wcdma | wcdma-precedence }

Default

The default setting for this command depends on the modem model.

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

1xrtt: Connects to a CDMA-1x RTT network only.

auto: Connects to a network automatically.

evdo: Connects to a CDMA-EVDO network only.

gsm: Connects to a GSM network only.

gsm-preference: Connects to a GSM network with preference.

hybrid: Connects to the CDMA-EVDO and CDMA-1xRTT networks only.

lte: Connects to an LTE network only.

td: Connects to a TD-SCDMA network only.

td-preference: Connects to a TD-SCDMA network with preference.

wcdma: Connects to a WCDMA network only.

wcdma-preference: Connects to a WCDMA network with preference.

Usage guidelines

The available parameters depend on the modem model.

Examples

# Specify the LTE service for the 4G modem.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 2/4/0

[Sysname-Cellular2/4/0] mode lte

modem reboot

Use modem reboot to reboot a 3G/4G modem.

Syntax

modem reboot

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

A 3G/4G modem module can automatically detect running errors and reboot. If the 3G/4G modem fails to reboot by itself, you can use this command to reboot it.

Examples

# Manually reboot the 3G/4G modem.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 2/4/0

[Sysname-Cellular2/4/0] modem reboot

modem response

Use modem response to set a 3G/4G modem response timer and a consecutive response failure threshold for auto recovery.

Use undo modem response to restore the default.

Syntax

modem response timer time auto-recovery threshold

undo modem response

Default

The response timer is 10 seconds and the consecutive response failure threshold is 3.

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

timer time: Sets the response timer, in the range of 1 to 300, in seconds.

auto-recovery threshold: Specifies the consecutive response failure threshold for auto recovery. The value range for the threshold argument is 0 to 10. To disable auto recovery, set the value to 0.

Usage guidelines

A 3G/4G modem might malfunction in an unstable 3G/4G network or when the application environment changes. During a malfunction, the modem cannot respond to the device's requests or configuration commands. If the device does not receive any responses from the 3G/4G modem within the timer, a response failure occurs. When the number of consecutive response failures reaches the threshold, the device restarts the 3G/4G modem automatically. This releases the user from manually rebooting the modem.

The device does not restart the 3G/4G modem when the 3G/4G modem has not made a successful dialup since the last restart. This restriction avoids repeated restarts of the 3G/4G modem when there are configuration errors.

Examples

# Set the response timer to 20 seconds and the consecutive response failure threshold for auto recovery to 4.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 2/4/0

[Sysname-Cellular2/4/0] modem response timer 20 auto-recovery 4

pin modify

Use pin modify to modify the PIN of a SIM/UIM card.

Syntax

pin modify current-pin new-pin

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

current-pin: Specifies the current PIN of the SIM/UIM card, a string of 4 to 8 digits.

new-pin: Specifies the new PIN, a string of 4 to 8 digits.

Usage guidelines

The new PIN is saved on the SIM/UIM card.

If PIN verification is enabled, execute the pin verify command to save the new PIN on the device after the PIN is modified.

Failure to modify the PIN in a maximum number of attempts locks the SIM/UIM card. The maximum number of attempts depend on the 3G/4G modem model. To unlock the card, execute the pin unlock command.

For some 3G/4G modems, you can modify their PINs only when the 3G/4G modems pass the PIN authentication.

Examples

# Modify the PIN of a SIM/UIM card.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 2/4/0

[Sysname-Cellular2/4/0] pin modify 1234 4321

PIN will be changed to “4321”. Continue? [Y/N]:y

PIN has been changed successfully.

Related commands

pin unlock

pin verification enable

pin verify

pin unlock

Use pin unlock to specify the Personal Unlock Code (PUK) to unlock a SIM/UIM card.

Syntax

pin unlock puk new-pin

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

puk: Specifies the PUK of the SIM/UIM card, a string of 4 to 8 digits. The PUK code of a SIM/UIM card is provided by the network service provider.

new-pin: Specifies the new PIN, a string of 4 to 8 digits.

Usage guidelines

A SIM/UIM card will be locked in the following circumstances:

· Consecutive PIN modification failures.

· Consecutive failures for enabling or disabling PIN authentication.

· Consecutive PIN authentication failures.

If the SIM/UIM card is locked, the 3G modem cannot be used. To unlock the card, you can use the pin unlock command. The new PIN is saved on the SIM/UIM card.

If PIN verification is enabled, use the pin verify command to save the new PIN on the device after the SIM/UIM card is unlocked.

If you consecutively fail to unlock a card by using the PUK, the card will be locked permanently. To unlock a permanently locked card, contact the service provider of the card.

Examples

# Use the PUK to unlock a SIM/UIM card.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 2/4/0

[Sysname-Cellular2/4/0] pin unlock 87654321 1234

PIN will be unlocked and changed to “1234”. Continue? [Y/N]:y

PIN has been unlocked and changed successfully.

Related commands

pin modify

pin verification enable

Use pin verification enable to enable PIN verification for a 3G/4G modem.

Use undo pin verification enable to disable PIN verification for a 3G/4G modem.

Syntax

pin verification enable [ pin ]

undo pin verification enable [ pin ]

Default

The default setting for this command depends on the modem model.

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

pin: Specifies the PIN of the SIM/UIM card, a string of 4 to 8 digits.

Usage guidelines

If PIN verification is enabled, PIN verification is performed after you perform any of the following tasks:

· Install a 3G/4G modem.

· Reboot the device.

· Execute the modem reboot command to reboot a 3G/4G modem.

· Hot swap a USB 3G/4G modem.

· Cold boot the device where a SIC-3G/4G modem is installed.

To perform PIN verification, you also need to execute the pin verify command to save the PIN of the SIM/UIM card on the device. After the PIN is saved on the device, the PIN is used for verification automatically when required.

You might be required to provide the current PIN when you enable or disable PIN verification. This requirement depends on the 3G/4G modem model.

For some 3G/4G modems, you can disable PIN verification only when the 3G/4G modems pass PIN authentication.

Consecutive failures for enabling or disabling PIN verification lock a SIM/UIM card. To unlock the card, execute the pin unlock command.

Examples

# Enable PIN authentication.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 2/4/0

[Sysname-Cellular2/4/0] pin verification enable 1234

Related commands

pin unlock

pin verify

Use pin verify to specify the PIN of a SIM/UIM card on a 3G/4G modem.

Use undo pin verify to restore the default.

Syntax

pin verify { cipher | simple } string

undo pin verify

Default

No PIN is specified for a SIM/UIM card.

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cipher ciphered-pin: Specifies a PIN in encrypted form.

simple pin: Specifies a PIN in plaintext form. For security purposes, the PIN specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the PIN. Its plaintext form is 4 to 8 digits long. Its encrypted form is a string of 37 to 41 characters.

Usage guidelines

This command saves the PIN of the SIM/UIM card on the device. The PIN is used for verifying the 3G/4G modem when PIN verification is performed. You can execute this command before or after you enable PIN verification.

Consecutive PIN verification failures might lock a SIM/UIM card. To unlock the card, execute the pin unlock command.

Examples

# Specify the plaintext form PIN 1234 for the SIM/UIM card.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 2/4/0

[Sysname-Cellular2/4/0] pin verify simple 1234

Related commands

pin unlock

pin verification enable

plmn search

Use plmn search to search for available mobile networks.

Syntax

plmn search

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Before you use a 3G/4G modem to access a mobile network, use the plmn search command to search a PLMN for available mobile networks. The search takes a few minutes. After the search is complete, the CLI displays the available mobile networks. Some 3G/4G modems automatically access an available network. You can also specify a mobile network for the 3G/4G modem from the available mobile networks.

Examples

# Search for mobile networks on Cellular 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 2/4/0

[Sysname-Cellular2/4/0] plmn search

PLMN search done.

Available PLMNs:

PLMN No. MCC MNC Status Type

01 460 00 Current GSM

02 460 00 Available UTRAN

03 460 01 Forbidden GSM

Table 54 Command output

Field	Description
PLMN No	PLMN number.
MCC	Mobile Country Code.
MNC	Mobile Network Code: · 00, 02, and 07—China Mobile. · 01—China Unicom. · 03—China Telecom.
Status	Status of the mobile network: · Current. · Available. · Forbidden.
Type	Type of the mobile network.

Related commands

display cellular

plmn select

Use plmn select to configure the mobile network selection mode.

Syntax

plmn select { auto | manual mcc mnc }

Default

The default setting for this command depends on the modem model.

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

auto: Specifies the auto selection mode. The 3G modem automatically selects a mobile network.

manual: Specifies the manual selection mode.

mcc: Specifies the mobile country code (MCC) in the range of 0 to 65535.

mnc: Specifies the mobile network code (MNC) in the range of 0 to 65535.

Usage guidelines

For manual selection, you can first use the plmn search command to obtain the MCC and MNC of a mobile network.

Examples

# Manually specify a mobile network.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 2/4/0

[Sysname-Cellular2/4/0] plmn select manual 65524 65524

Related commands

display cellular

plmn search

reset counters controller cellular

Use reset counters controller cellular to clear statistics for a cellular interface.

Syntax

reset counters controller cellular [ interface-number ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface-number: Specifies a cellular interface by its number. If you do not specify this argument, this command clears statistics for all cellular interfaces.

Usage guidelines

To collect traffic statistics on an interface during a period of time, first use the reset counters controller cellular command to clear the existing statistics on the interface.

Examples

# Clear statistics for Cellular 2/4/0.

<Sysname> reset counters controller cellular 2/4/0

Related commands

display controller cellular

rssi

Use rssi to set the RSSI thresholds for a 3G/4G modem.

Use undo rssi to restore the default.

Syntax

rssi { 1xrtt | evdo | gsm | lte } { low lowthreshold | medium mediumthreshold } *

undo rssi { 1xrtt | evdo | gsm | lte } [ low | medium ]

Default

The lower and upper RSSI thresholds for a 3G/4G modem are –150 dBm and 0 dBm, respectively.

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

1xrtt: Specifies the 1xRTT mode.

evdo: Specifies the EVDO mode.

gsm: Specifies the GSM mode.

lte: Specifies the LTE mode.

low lowthreshold: Specifies the lower RSSI threshold value in the range of 0 to 150, which represents a lower RSSI threshold in the range of –150 dBm to 0 dBm. The value of lowthreshold cannot be smaller than the value of mediumthreshold because the system automatically adds a negative sign to the RSSI thresholds.

medium mediumthreshold: Specifies the upper RSSI threshold value in the range of 0 to 150, which represents an upper RSSI threshold in the range of –150 dBm to 0 dBm.

Usage guidelines

The device performs the following operations based on the actual RSSI of the 3G/4G modem:

· Sends a trap that indicates high RSSI when the RSSI exceeds the upper threshold.

· Sends a trap that indicates normal RSSI when the RSSI is between the lower threshold and upper threshold (included).

· Sends a trap that indicates low RSSI when the RSSI drops to or below the lower threshold.

· Sends a trap that indicates low RSSI every 10 minutes when the RSSI remains equal to or smaller than the lower threshold.

To view the RSSI change information for a 3G/4G modem, use the display cellular command.

Examples

# Set the lower threshold for a 3G/4G modem in GSM mode to –110 dBm.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 0/0

[Sysname-Cellular0/0] rssi gsm low 110

sendat

Use sendat to issue a configuration directive to a 3G/4G modem.

Syntax

sendat at-string

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

at-string: Specifies a configuration directive string, a string of 1 to 300 characters. This argument can be an AT directive (containing +++, A/, or be any string beginning with AT) or a CNS directive. For more information about AT directives, see the sendat command in Layer 2—WAN Access Command References. Table 55 describes the CNS directive samples.

Table 55 CNS directive description

Directive

Description

CNSn

Controls the CNS heartbeat debugging switch.

· n = 00000500000000000000—Enables CNS heartbeat debugging.

· n = 00000800000000000000—Disables CNS heartbeat debugging.

Usage guidelines

The sendat command does not verify the configuration directive. Each time it issues one configuration directive to the 3G/4G modem, lowercase characters are automatically converted to uppercase characters.

One sendat command issues one configuration directive. To issue multiple configuration directives to a modem, you must repeat the sendat command.

Configuration directives might cause malfunction of a 3G/4G modem. When you issue a configuration directive to the modem, make sure you understand the impact on the 3G/4G modem.

Examples

# Issue the ATD169 directive to the 3G/4G modem to call number 169.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 2/4/0

[Sysname-Cellular2/4/0] sendat ATD169

# Issue the cns00000500000000000000 directive to the 3G/4G modem to enable CNS heartbeat debugging.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 2/4/0

[Sysname-Cellular2/4/0] sendat cns00000500000000000000

shutdown

Use shutdown to shut down a cellular interface.

Use undo shutdown to bring up a cellular interface.

Syntax

shutdown

undo shutdown

Default

The cellular interface is up.

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Shut down Cellular 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 2/4/0

[Sysname-Cellular2/4/0] shutdown

sim backup enable track

Use sim backup enable track to associate 3G/4G link backup with a track entry.

Use undo sim backup enable to restore the default.

Syntax

sim backup enable track entry-number

undo sim backup

Default

3G/4G link backup is not associated with a track entry.

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

entry-number: Specifies a track entry by its ID in the range of 1 to 1024.

Usage guidelines

IMPORTANT:

This command is supported only on MSR810-LMS/810-LUS routers and routers installed with SIC-4G-CNDE interface modules.

This command uses a track entry to monitor the status of the primary 3G/4G link. When the track entry state changes from Positive to Negative, the secondary 3G/4G link takes over. For information about track entries, see track configuration in High Availability Configuration Guide.

You can associate only one track entry with a 3G/4G link. If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

The 3G/4G link backup and track entry association takes effect only after the track entry is created.

Examples

# Associate Cellular 1/0 with track entry 1.

<sysname> system

[system] controller cellular 1/0

[system-Cellular1/0] sim backup enable track 1

Related commands

sim switch-back enable

sim switch-to

sim switch-back enable

Use sim switch-back enable to enable automatic switchback to the primary SIM card.

Use undo sim switch-back enable to disable automatic switchback to the primary SIM card.

Syntax

sim switch-back enable [ wait-time time ]

undo sim switch-back enable

Default

Automatic switchback to the primary SIM card is disabled.

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

time: Specifies the length of time for using the secondary SIM card. The value is in the range of 1 to 65535, in minutes. The default value is 60. After the time expires, the device automatically switches back to the primary SIM card.

Usage guidelines

IMPORTANT:

This command is supported only on MSR810-LMS/810-LUS routers and routers installed with SIC-4G-CNDE interface modules.

This command allows the device to automatically switch back to the primary SIM card after the specified length of time of using the secondary SIM card. To avoid frequent primary/secondary switchovers, make sure the link of the primary SIM card can recover after the specified length of time.

Examples

# Enable the device to automatically switch back to the primary SIM card after 100 minutes of using the secondary SIM card.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 1/0

[Sysname-Cellular1/0] sim switch-back enable wait-time 100

sim switch-to

Use sim switch-to to specify the primary or secondary SIM card.

Syntax

sim switch-to card-number

Default

The primary SIM card is used.

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

card-number: Specifies a SIM card by its slot number. The value is 0 or 1. 0 represents the primary SIM card. 1 represents the secondary SIM card.

Usage guidelines

CAUTION:

This command might cause traffic interruption. Be aware of the impact of this command before executing it.

IMPORTANT:

This command is supported only on MSR810-LMS/810-LUS routers and routers installed with SIC-4G-CNDE interface modules.

On a device that uses dual SIM card, you can execute this command to specify the use of the secondary SIM card when one of the following problems occurs:

· The 3G/4G link signals of the primary SIM card are weak.

· The service provider network that the primary SIM card connects to is unavailable.

· The primary SIM card has failed.

If the problems of the primary SIM card are resolved, you can use this command to specify the use of the primary SIM card.

Examples

# Specify the secondary SIM card for the device.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 1/0

[Sysname-Cellular1/0] sim switch-to 1

trust-imsi

Use trust-imsi to configure a trusted IMSI.

Use undo trust-imsi to remove a trusted IMSI.

Syntax

trust-imsi string-imsi

undo trust-imsi [ string-imsi ]

Default

No trusted IMSI is configured.

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

string-imsi: Specifies an IMSI. The string-imsi argument is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines

For a successful dialup, configure the IMSI of the SIM card as a trusted IMSI.

You can configure a maximum of 16 trusted IMSIs.

Examples

# Configure trusted IMSI hccc123456789 for Cellular 0/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 0/0

[Sysname-Cellular0/0] trust-imsi hccc123456789

3G modem-specific management commands

gsm band

Use gsm band to specify a GSM frequency band.

Use undo gsm band to restore the default.

Syntax

gsm band { egsm900 | gsm450 | gsm480 | gsm750 | gsm850 | gsm1800 | gsm1900 | pgsm900 | rsgm900 }

undo gsm band

Default

No GSM band is specified.

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

egsm900: Specifies the E-GSM 900 MHz band.

gsm450 : Specifies the GSM 450 MHz band.

gsm480 : Specifies the GSM 480 MHz band

gsm750 : Specifies the GSM 750 MHz band.

gsm850: Specifies the GSM 850 MHz band.

gsm1800: Specifies the GSM 1800 MHz band.

gsm1900: Specifies the GSM 1900 MHz band.

pgsm900: Specifies the P-GSM 900 MHz band.

rgsm900: Specifies the GSM-R 900 MHz band.

Usage guidelines

IMPORTANT:

This command is supported only by Sierra MC7354 (ATT version) and MC7304 4G modules.

Multiple frequency bands are available for accessing the GSM network. When the network environment changes, the 3G/4G modem might change the working band automatically to adapt to the change. To avoid link instability caused by frequency changes, you can specify a GSM frequency band for the 3G/4G modem.

Examples

# Specify the GSM 1800 MHz band for the 3G/4G modem.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 0/0

[Sysname-Cellular0/0] gsm band gsm1800

Related commands

lte band

wcdma band

profile create

Use profile create to create a profile for a 3G modem.

Syntax

profile create profile-number { dynamic | static apn } authentication-mode { none | { chap | pap } user username [ password password ] }

Default

The default setting for this command depends on the 3G modem model.

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

profile-number: Specifies a profile number. The value range varies by modem model.

dynamic: Uses an access point automatically assigned by the service provider.

static apn: Specifies the access point provided by the service provider. It is a string of 1 to 100 characters. Whether the string is case-sensitive varies by service provider.

authentication-mode: Specifies the authentication mode, which can be none, pap, or chap.

none: Performs no authentication.

chap: Specifies CHAP authentication.

pap: Specifies PAP authentication.

user username: Specifies the username provided by the service provider. It is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

password password: Specifies the authentication password provided by the service provider. It is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

If you specify chap or pap, make sure the authentication settings are identical to those assigned by the service provider.

Examples

# Create a profile for Cellular 2/4/0. Specify the profile number as 1 and the access point name as cmnet, and specify the PAP authentication mode.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 2/4/0

[Sysname-Cellular2/4/0] profile create 1 static cmnet authentication-mode pap user abc password abc

Related commands

display cellular

profile delete

Use profile delete to delete a profile for a 3G modem.

Syntax

profile delete profile-number

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

profile-number: Specifies a profile by its number. The value range varies by modem model.

Examples

# Delete profile 1 for Cellular 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 2/4/0

[Sysname-Cellular2/4/0] profile delete 1

Related commands

display cellular

profile create

profile main

Use profile main to specify the primary and backup profiles for 3G modem dialup.

Use undo profile main to restore the default.

Syntax

profile main main-profile-number backup backup-profile-number

undo profile main

Default

Profile 1 is used for 3G modem dialup.

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

main main-profile-number: Specifies the primary profile by its number. The value range varies by the modem model.

backup backup-profile-number: Specifies the backup profile by its number. The value range varies by modem model.

Usage guidelines

The primary profile always has priority over the backup profile. For each dialup connection establishment, the 3G modem uses the backup profile only when it has failed to dial up using the primary profile.

You must configure the same user name and password for the primary and backup profiles.

This command takes effect only on dialup connections initiated after the command is configured. It does not take effect on a dialup connection that has been established.

Examples

# Specify the profiles numbered 1 and 2 as the primary and backup profiles, respectively.

<sysname>system-view

[sysname]interface Cellular 2/4/0

[sysname-Cellular2/4/0]profile main 1 backup 2

serial-set

Use serial-set to channelize a cellular interface into a synchronous/asynchronous serial interface.

Use undo serial-set to delete a synchronous/asynchronous serial interface channelized from a cellular interface.

Syntax

serial-set set-number

undo serial-set set-number

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

set-number: Specifies the serial interface number.

Usage guidelines

The command names the serial interface as serial cellular-number:set-number.

Examples

# Channelize Cellular 2/4/0 into a serial interface.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 2/4/0

[Sysname-Cellular2/4/0] serial-set 0

wcdma band

Use wcdma band to specify a WCDMA frequency band.

Use undo wcdma band to restore the default.

Syntax

wcdma band { wcdma800 | wcdma850 | wcdma900 | wcdma1700ip | wcdma1700us | wcdma1800 | wcdma1900 | wcdma2100 | wcdma2600 }

undo wcdma band

Default

No WCDMA band is specified.

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

wcdma800 : Specifies the WCDMA 800 MHz band.

wcdma850: Specifies the WCDMA 850 MHz band.

wcdma900: Specifies the WCDMA 900 MHz band.

wcdma1700jp: Specifies the Japan WCDMA 1700 MHz band.

wcdma1700us: Specifies the US WCDMA 1700 MHz band.

wcdma1800: Specifies the WCDMA 1800 MHz band.

wcdma1900: Specifies the WCDMA 1900 MHz band.

wcdma2100: Specifies the WCDMA 2100 MHz band.

wcdma2600 : Specifies the WCDMA 2600 MHz band.

Usage guidelines

IMPORTANT:

This command is supported only by Sierra MC7354 (ATT version) and MC7304 4G modules.

Multiple frequency bands are available for accessing the WCDMA network. When the network environment changes, the 3G/4G modem might change the working band automatically to adapt to the change. To avoid link instability caused by frequency changes, you can specify a WCDMA frequency band for the 3G/4G modem.

Examples

# Specify the WCDMA 1700 MHz band for the 3G/4G modem.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 0/0

[Sysname-Cellular0/0] wcdma band wcdma1700

Related commands

gsm band

lte band

4G modem-specific management commands

apn

Use apn to create an access point name (APN) for a 4G modem.

Use undo apn to remove an APN.

Syntax

apn { dynamic | static apn }

undo apn

Default

No APN is specified for a 4G modem.

Views

4G modem profile view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dynamic: Uses an APN automatically assigned by the service provider.

static apn: Specifies the APN provided by the service provider. The apn argument is a string of 1 to 100 characters. Whether the string is case-sensitive varies by service providers.

Examples

# Specify APN apn1 for 4G modem profile test.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] apn-profile test

[Sysname-apn-profile-test] apn static apn1

Related commands

apn-profile

Use apn-profile to create a 4G modem profile.

Use undo apn-profile to remove a 4G modem profile.

Syntax

apn-profile profile-name

undo apn-profile profile-name

Default

No 4G modem profiles exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

profile-name: Specifies a 4G modem profile name.

Usage guidelines

A 4G modem profile takes effect only when you associate the profile with a 4G interface. To remove a 4G modem profile, you must first remove the association between the profile and the 4G interface.

Examples

# Create 4G modem profile test.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] apn-profile test

Related commands

apn-profile apply

Use apn-profile apply to specify a 4G modem profile for an interface.

Use undo apn-profile apply to restore the default.

Syntax

apn-profile apply profile-name [ backup profile-name ]

undo apn-profile apply

Default

No 4G modem profiles are specified for an interface.

Views

Eth-channel interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

profile-name: Specifies a primary 4G modem profile name.

backup profile-name: Specifies a backup 4G modem profile name.

Usage guidelines

After you specify a 4G modem profile for a 4G modem, the 4G modem uses the settings in the profile to negotiate with the service provider's device.

The primary profile always has priority over the backup profile. For each dialup connection establishment, the 4G modem uses the backup profile only when it has failed to dial up using the primary profile.

This command takes effect only on dialup connections initiated after the command is configured. It does not take effect on a dialup connection that has been established.

Examples

# Specify primary 4G modem profile test and backup 4G modem profile bktest for Eth-channel interface 2/4/0:0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface eth-channel 2/4/0:0

[Sysname-Eth-channel2/4/0:0] apn-profile apply test backup bktest

Related commands

apn-profile

attach-format imsi-sn split

Use attach-format imsi-sn split to specify a separator for the IMSI/SN binding authentication information.

Use undo attach-format imsi-sn split to restore the default.

Syntax

attach-format imsi-sn split splitchart

undo attach-format imsi-sn split

Default

No separator is specified for the IMSI/SN binding authentication information.

Views

4G modem profile view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

split splitchart: Specifies a separator. It can be a letter, a digit, or a sign such as a percent sign (%) or a pound sign (#).

Usage guidelines

If IMSI/SN binding authentication is enabled, the IMSI/SN information is included in the authentication information in addition to the username. You need to configure a separator to separate different types of information. For example, if you specify the separator as #, the authentication information will be sent in the imsiinfo#sninfo#username format.

Examples

# Configure the pound sign (#) as the separator for the IMSI/SN binding authentication information.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] apn-profile test

[Sysname-apn-profile-test] attach-format imsi-sn split #

Related commands

apn-profile

authentication-mode

Use authentication-mode to specify an authentication mode.

Use undo authentication-mode to restore the default.

Syntax

authentication-mode { pap | chap| pap-chap } user user-name password { cipher | simple } string

undo authentication-mode

Default

No authentication mode is specified.

Views

4G modem profile view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

chap: Specifies CHAP authentication.

pap: Specifies PAP authentication.

pap-chap: Specifies CHAP or PAP authentication.

user username: Specifies the username for authentication, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 80 characters.

cipher: Specifies a password in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies a password in plaintext form. For security purposes, the password specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the password. Its plaintext form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 32 characters. Its encrypted form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 73 characters

Examples

# Specify the CHAP authentication mode for 4G modem profile test. Specify the username as user1 and the password as 123456.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] apn-profile test

[Sysname-apn-profile-test] authentication-mode chap user user1 password simple 123456

Related commands

apn-profile

bandwidth

Use bandwidth to configure the expected bandwidth for an Eth-channel interface.

Use undo bandwidth to restore the default.

Syntax

bandwidth bandwidth-value

undo bandwidth

Default

The expected bandwidth (in kbps) is the interface baud rate divided by 1000.

Views

Eth-channel interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

bandwidth-value: Specifies the expected bandwidth in the range of 1 to 400000000 kbps.

Usage guidelines

The expected bandwidth for an interface affects the link costs in OSPF, OSPFv3, and IS-IS. For more information, see Layer 3—IP Routing Configuration Guide.

Examples

# Set the expected bandwidth for Eth-channel 2/4/0:0 to 1000 kbps.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface eth-channel 2/4/0:0

[Sysname-Eth-channel2/4/0:0] bandwidth 1000

default

Use default to restore the default settings for an Eth-channel interface.

Syntax

default

Views

Eth-channel interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

CAUTION:

The default command might interrupt ongoing network services. Make sure you are fully aware of the impact of this command before using it on a live network.

This command might fail to restore the default settings for some commands for reasons such as command dependencies and system restrictions. Use the display this command in interface view to identify these commands. Then, use their undo forms or follow the command reference to individually restore their default settings. If your restoration attempt fails, follow the error message instructions to resolve the problem.

Examples

# Restore the default settings for Eth-channel 2/4/0:0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface eth-channel 2/4/0:0

[Sysname-Eth-channel2/4/0:0] default

description

Use description to set a description for an interface.

Use undo description to restore the default.

Syntax

description text

undo description

Default

The description for an interface is in the interface name Interface format, for example, Echannel 2/4/0:0 Interface.

Views

Eth-channel interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

text: Sets an interface description, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

Usage guidelines

Configure a description for an interface for easy identification and management purposes.

You can use the display interface command to view the description for an interface.

Examples

# Set the description for Eth-channel 2/4/0:0 to Echannel-interface.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface eth-channel 2/4/0:0

[Sysname-Eth-channel2/4/0:0] description Echannel-interface

display interface eth-channel

Use display interface eth-channel to display information about the specified or all Eth-channel interfaces.

Syntax

display interface [ eth-channel [ channel-id ] ] [ brief [ description | down ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

channel-id: Specifies an Eth-channel interface by its number.

brief: Displays brief interface information. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays detailed interface information.

description: Displays complete interface descriptions. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays only the first 27 characters of interface descriptions.

down: Displays information about interfaces in down state and the causes. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays information about interfaces in all states.

Usage guidelines

If the eth-channel keyword is not specified, the command displays information about all interfaces on the device.

If the eth-channel keyword is specified but the channel-id argument is not specified, the command displays information about all Eth-channel interfaces.

Examples

# Display detailed information about Eth-channel 2/4/0:0.

<Sysname> display interface eth-channel 2/4/0:0

Echannel2/4/0:0

Current state: DOWN

Line protocol state: DOWN

Description: Echannel2/4/0:0 Interface

Bandwidth: 100000kbps

Maximum Transmit Unit: 1500

Internet protocol processing: disabled

IP Packet Frame Type:PKTFMT_ETHNT_2, Hardware Address: 000c-2963-b75d

IPv6 Packet Frame Type:PKTFMT_ETHNT_2, Hardware Address: 000c-2963-b75d

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - FIFO queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/75/0

Last link flapping: Never

Last clearing of counters: Never

Last 300 seconds input rate 0.00 bytes/sec, 0.00 packets/sec

Last 300 seconds output rate 0.00 bytes/sec, 0.00 packets/sec

Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 buffers

Output:0 packets, 0 bytes

# Display brief information about Eth-channel 2/4/0:0.

<Sysname> display interface eth-channel 2/4/0:0 brief

Brief information on interface(s) under route mode:

Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby

Protocol: (s) - spoofing

Interface Link Protocol Main IP Description

Echannel2/4/0:0 UP UP(s) 192.168.80.239

# Display information about all Eth-channel interfaces in down state and the causes.

<Sysname> display interface eth-channel brief down

Brief information on interface(s) under route mode:

Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby

Interface Link Cause

Echannel2/4/0:0 ADM Administratively

Table 56 Command output

Field	Description
Current state	Physical and administrative state of the Eth-channel interface: · Administratively DOWN—The interface has been shut down by using the shutdown command. · DOWN—The interface is administratively up but physically down because no physical link is present or the link has failed. · UP—The interface is both administratively and physically up.
Line protocol state	Data link layer protocol state of the interface: · UP. · DOWN. · UP(spoofing)—The data link layer protocol state of the interface is up but the link is an on-demand link or not present at all.
Description	Description for the interface.
Bandwidth	Expected bandwidth of the interface.
Maximum Transmit Unit	MTU of the interface.
Internet protocol processing: disabled	IP packet processing is disabled.
Internet Address is 192.168.1.200/24 Primary	Primary IP address of the interface, which is assigned automatically by the service provider.
IP Packet Frame Type	IPv4 packet framing format.
Hardware Address	MAC address of the interface.
IPv6 Packet Frame Type	IPv6 packet framing format.
Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards	Packet statistics for urgent queuing in the output queue of the interface: · Size—Current number of packets in the queue. · Length—Maximum number of packets that can stay in the queue. · Discards—Number of dropped packets.
Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards	Packet statistics for protocol queuing in the output queue of the interface: · Size—Current number of packets in the queue. · Length—Maximum number of packets that can stay in the queue. · Discards—Number of dropped packets.
Output queue - FIFO queuing: Size/Length/Discards	Packet statistics for FIFO queuing in the output queue of the interface: · Size—Current number of packets in the queue. · Length—Maximum number of packets that can stay in the queue. · Discards—Number of dropped packets.
Last link flapping	The amount of time that has elapsed since the most recent physical state change of the interface. This field displays Never if the interface has been physically down since device startup.
Last clearing of counters	Time when statistics on the logical interface were last cleared by using the reset counters interface command. If the statistics of the interface have never been cleared by using the reset counters interface command since the device started, this field displays Never.
Last 300 seconds input rate	Average input rate during the last 300 seconds: · bytes/sec—Average number of received bytes per second. · bits/sec—Average number of received bits per second. · packets/sec—Average number of received packets per second.
Last 300 seconds output rate	Average output rate over the last 300 seconds: · bytes/sec—Average number of sent bytes per second. · bits/sec—Average number of sent bits per second. · packets/sec—Average number of sent packets per second.
Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 buffers	Incoming packet statistics: · 0 packets—Packet number. · 0 bytes—Packet size in bytes. · 0 buffers—Number of buffered units.
Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes	Outgoing packet statistics: · 0 packets—Packet number. · 0 bytes—Packet size in bytes.
Brief information on interface(s) under route mode:	Brief information about Layer 3 interfaces.
Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby	Explains the Link field values: · ADM—The interface has been shut down by the network administrator. To recover its physical layer state, execute the undo shutdown command. · Stby—The interface is a standby interface. To view the primary interface information, execute the display interface-backup state command.
Protocol: (s) - spoofing	Explains the Protocol field value. (s) represents spoofing. If the data link layer protocol of an interface is up but its link is an on-demand link or not present at all, the Protocol field displays UP(s).
Interface	Interface name.
Link	Physical state of the interface: · UP—The interface is up. · DOWN—The interface is physically down. · ADM—The interface has been administratively shut down. To recover its physical state, execute the undo shutdown command. · Stby—The interface is a standby interface.
Protocol	Data link layer protocol state of the interface: · UP. · DOWN. · UP(s)—The data link layer protocol state of the interface is up but the link is an on-demand link or not present at all.
Main IP	Main IP address of the interface.
Description	Interface description configured by using the description command. If the description keyword is not specified in the display interface brief command, the Description field displays the first 27 characters of the interface description. If the description keyword is specified in the display interface brief command, this field displays the complete interface description.
Cause	Cause of the interface down event. If the interface has been shut down by using the shutdown command, this field displays Administratively. To restore the physical state of the interface, execute the undo shutdown command.

eth-channel

Use eth-channel to channelize a cellular interface into an Eth-channel interface.

Use undo eth-channel to remove the Eth-channel interface channelized from a cellular interface.

Syntax

eth-channel channel-number

undo eth-channel channel-number

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

channel-number: Specifies an Eth-channel interface by its number.

Usage guidelines

This command names the Eth-channel interface channelized from a cellular interface as eth-channel cellular-number:channel-number.

Examples

# Channelize Cellular 2/4/0 into an Eth-channel interface.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 2/4/0

[Sysname-Cellular2/4/0] eth-channel 0

imsi bind

Use imsi bind to bind the IMSI on the SIM card to an interface.

Use undo imsi bind to restore the default.

Syntax

imsi bind interface-type interface-number

undo imsi bind

Default

The IMSI on the SIM card is not bound to any interface.

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. In the current software version, the IMSI on the SIM card can only be bound to an L2TP virtual PPP interface.

Usage guidelines

IMPORTANT:

This command is not available for distributed devices and IRF devices.

The device must support PPP LCP negotiation of the IMSI/SI when it acts as a LAC to access the LNS in LAC-auto-initiated mode. After you bind the IMSI on the SIM card to a virtual PPP interface, the packets sent by the device carry the IMSI.

Examples

# Bind the IMSI on the SIM card to Virtual-PPP 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller Cellular 0/0

[Sysname-Cellular0/0] imsi bind virtual-ppp 1

interface eth-channel

Use interface eth-channel to enter Eth-channel interface view.

Syntax

interface eth-channel interface-number

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface-number: Specifies an Eth-channel interface by its number.

Examples

# Enter Eth-channel 2/4/0:0 interface view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface eth-channel 2/4/0:0

[Sysname-Eth-channel2/4/0:0]

ip address cellular-alloc

Use ip address cellular-alloc to enable an Eth-channel interface to obtain an IP address by using the modem-manufacturer's proprietary protocol.

Use undo ip address cellular-alloc to restore the default.

Syntax

ip address cellular-alloc

undo ip address cellular-alloc

Default

An Eth-channel interface does not obtain an IP address by using the modem-manufacturer's proprietary protocol.

Views

Eth-channel interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

To enable an interface to obtain an IP address from the modem by using the modem-manufacturer's proprietary protocol, use the ip address cellular-alloc command.

To enable an interface to obtain an IP address from the modem by using DHCP, use the ip address dhcp-alloc command.

The IP address of the modem is automatically allocated by the service provider.

Examples

# Channelize Cellular 2/4/0 into an Eth-channel interface. Enable the Eth-channel interface to obtain an IP address by using the modem-manufacturer's proprietary protocol.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 2/4/0

[Sysname-Cellular2/4/0] eth-channel 0

[Sysname-Cellular2/4/0] quit

[Sysname] interface eth-channel 2/4/0:0

[Sysname-Eth-channel2/4/0:0] ip address cellular-alloc

Related commands

ipv6 address cellular-alloc

Use ipv6 address cellular-alloc to enable an interface to obtain an IPv6 address by using the modem-manufacturer's proprietary protocol.

Use undo ipv6 address cellular-alloc to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 address cellular-alloc

undo ipv6 address cellular-alloc

Default

An interface does not obtain an IPv6 address by using the modem-manufacturer's proprietary protocol.

Views

Eth-channel interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command enables an interface to obtain an IPv6 address from the modem by using the modem-manufacturer's proprietary protocol, use the ipv6 address cellular-alloc command.

To enable an interface to obtain an IP address from the modem by using DHCP, use the ipv6 address dhcp-alloc command.

The IPv6 address of a modem is automatically allocated by the service provider.

Examples

# Channelize Cellular 2/4/0 into an Eth-channel interface. Enable the Eth-channel interface to obtain an IPv6 address by using the modem-manufacturer's proprietary protocol.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 2/4/0

[Sysname-Cellular2/4/0] eth-channel 0

[Sysname-Cellular2/4/0] quit

[Sysname] interface eth-channel 2/4/0:0

[Sysname-Eth-channel2/4/0:0] ipv6 address cellular-alloc

Related commands

ip address cellular-alloc

lte band

Use lte band to specify a band for a 4G modem.

Use undo lte band to restore the default.

Syntax

lte band band-number

undo lte band

Default

The default setting for this command varies by 4G modem model.

Views

Cellular interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

band-number: Specifies a band for a 4G modem. The available bands vary by modem model.

Usage guidelines

IMPORTANT:

This command is supported only by the following 4G modems:

· Sierra MC7354 and MC7304.

· Long Sung U8300C, U8300W, and U8300.

· WNC DM11-2.

Examples

# Specify band 3 for Cellular 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] controller cellular 2/4/0

[Sysname-Controller-Cellular2/4/0]lte band 3

Related commands

gsm band

wcdma band

mtu

Use mtu to set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) for an interface.

Use undo mtu to restore the default.

Syntax

mtu size

undo mtu

Default

The MTU of an interface is 1500 bytes.

Views

Eth-channel interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

size: Sets the MTU in the range of 128 to 2000, in bytes.

Examples

# Set the MTU for Eth-channel 2/4/0:0 to 1430 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface eth-channel 2/4/0:0

[Sysname-Eth-channel2/4/0:0] mtu 1430

pdp-type

Use pdp-type to specify the PDP data carrying protocol.

Use undo pdp-type to restore the default.

Syntax

pdp-type { ipv4 | ipv6 | ipv4v6 }

undo pdp-type

Default

The PDP data carrying protocol is IPv4 and IPv6.

Views

Apn-profile view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ipv4: Specifies the IPv4 protocol.

ipv6: Specifies the IPv6 protocol.

ipv4v6: Specifies the IPv4 and IPv6 protocols.

Examples

# Specify the PDP data carrying protocol as IPv4.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] apn-profile 1

[Sysname-apn-profile-1] pdp-type ipv4

reset counters interface

Use reset counters interface to clear the statistics on the specified or all Eth-channel interfaces.

Syntax

reset counters interface [ eth-channel [ channel-id ] ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

eth-channel: Specifies Eth-channel interfaces.

channel-id: Specifies an Eth-channel interface by its number.

Usage guidelines

Use this command to clear history statistics if you want to collect traffic statistics for a specific period.

· If you do not specify an interface type, the command clears statistics on all interfaces.

· If you specify the eth-channel keyword without specifying the channel ID, the command clears statistics on all Eth-channel interfaces.

· If you specify both the eth-channel keyword and the channel ID, the command clears statistics on the specified Eth-channel interface.

Examples

# Clear the statistics on Eth-channel 2/4/0:0.

<Sysname> reset counters interface eth-channel 2/4/0:0

shutdown

Use shutdown to shut down an Eth-channel interface.

Use undo shutdown to bring up an Eth-channel interface.

Syntax

shutdown

undo shutdown

Default

An Eth-channel interface is up.

Views

Eth-channel interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Shut down Eth-channel 2/4/0:0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface eth-channel 2/4/0:0

[Sysname-Eth-channel2/4/0:0] shutdown

DDR commands

Commands and descriptions for centralized devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS.

· MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1.

· MSR 2630.

· MSR3600-28/3600-51.

· MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI.

· MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC.

MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660.

· MSR/810-LM-GL/810-W-LM-GL/830-6EI-GL/830-10EI-GL/830-6HI-GL/830-10HI-GL/2600-6-X1-GL/3600-28-SI-GL.

Commands and descriptions for distributed devices apply to the following routers:

· MSR5620.

· MSR 5660.

· MSR 5680.

IPv6-related parameters are not supported on the following routers:

· MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS.

· MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI.

MSR3600-28-SI and MSR3600-51-SI routers do not support DDR commands.

bandwidth

Use bandwidth to set the expected bandwidth for a dialer interface.

Use undo bandwidth to restore the default.

Syntax

bandwidth bandwidth-value

undo bandwidth

Default

The expected bandwidth (in kbps) is the interface baud rate divided by 1000.

Views

Dialer interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

bandwidth-value: Specifies the expected bandwidth in the range of 1 to 400000000 kbps.

Usage guidelines

The expected bandwidth of an interface affects the link costs in OSPF, OSPFv3, and IS-IS. For more information, see Layer 3—IP Routing Configuration Guide.

Examples

# Set the expected bandwidth of Dialer 1 to 100 kbps.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface dialer 1

[Sysname-Dialer1] bandwidth 100

default

Use default to restore the default settings for a dialer interface.

Syntax

default

Views

Dialer interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

CAUTION:

The default command might interrupt ongoing network services. Make sure you are fully aware of the impact of this command when you execute it on a live network.

This command might fail to restore the default settings for some commands for reasons such as command dependencies or system restrictions. Use the display this command in interface view to identify these commands, and then use their undo forms or follow the command reference to restore their default settings. If your restoration attempt still fails, follow the error message instructions to resolve the problem.

Examples

# Restore the default settings for Dialer 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface dialer 1

[Sysname-Dialer1] default

description

Use description to set a description for a dialer interface.

Use undo description to restore the default.

Syntax

description text

undo description

Default

The description of a dialer interface is interface-name Interface, for example, Dialer1 Interface.

Views

Dialer interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

text: Specifies the interface description, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

Examples

# Set the description of Dialer 1 to dialer-intf.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface dialer 1

[Sysname-Dialer1] description dialer-intf

dialer bundle enable

Use dialer bundle enable to enable bundle DDR on a dialer interface.

Use undo dialer bundle enable to disable bundle DDR on a dialer interface.

Syntax

dialer bundle enable

undo dialer bundle enable

Default

Bundle DDR is disabled on a dialer interface.

Views

Dialer interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

DDR includes traditional DDR and bundle DDR.

Before using bundle DDR, use this command to enable bundle DDR on a dialer interface. Then assign physical interfaces to the corresponding dialer bundle by using the dialer bundle-member command. To enable bundle DDR to receive calls, configure the dialer peer-name command on the dialer interface.

After you configure this command on a dialer interface already enabled with traditional DDR, the system clears the original traditional DDR settings.

The undo dialer bundle enable command clears all bundle DDR settings on the dialer interface.

Examples

# Enable bundle DDR on Dialer 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface dialer 1

[Sysname-Dialer1] dialer bundle enable

Related commands

dialer bundle-member

dialer circular enable

dialer peer-name

dialer bundle-member

Use dialer bundle-member to assign a physical interface to a dialer bundle in bundle DDR.

Use undo dialer bundle-member to remove a physical interface from a dialer bundle in bundle DDR.

Syntax

dialer bundle-member number [ priority priority ]

undo dialer bundle-member number

Default

A physical interface does not belong to any dialer bundle in bundle DDR.

Views

Physical interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

number: Specifies a dialer bundle by its number, which must be the same as the dialer interface number.

priority priority: Specifies the priority of the physical interface in the dialer bundle, in the range of 1 to 255. The default priority is 1. The greater the number, the higher the priority. Each time a call is placed, the highest-priority physical interface available is selected. If multiple physical interfaces with the highest priority are available, these interfaces are selected in a round-robin manner.

Usage guidelines

A physical interface can belong to multiple dialer bundles. You can configure this command multiple times to assign a physical interface to different dialer bundles.

When the specified dialer interface does not exist, this command creates one and enables bundle DDR on it.

Examples

# Assign BRI 2/4/0 to Dialer bundle 1 and Dialer bundle 2, with a priority of 50 in both dialer bundles.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] dialer bundle-member 1 priority 50

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] dialer bundle-member 2 priority 50

Related commands

dialer bundle enable

interface dialer

dialer callback-center

Use dialer callback-center to configure the PPP callback reference.

Use undo dialer callback-center to restore the default.

Syntax

dialer callback-center [ dial-number | user ] *

undo dialer callback-center

Default

No PPP callback reference is configured.

Views

Dialup interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dial-number: Uses the callback number configured in the authorization-attribute callback-number command in local user view to place return calls.

user: Uses the dial string configured in the dialer route command to place return calls.

Usage guidelines

This command is mandatory on the PPP callback server.

If both the dial-number and user keywords are specified, the device attempts to place return calls by using the dial string determined by the first keyword entered. If the attempt fails, the device places return calls by using the dial string determined by the second keyword entered.

If the command is configured with neither keyword, it has the same effect as the dialer callback-center user dial-number command.

Examples

# Specify the device as the PPP callback server, and set the callback reference to user mode.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp callback server

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] dialer callback-center user

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] dialer route ip 1.1.1.2 dial-number 8810052 user Sysnameb

# Specify the device as the PPP callback server, and set the callback reference to dial number mode.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user usera

[Sysname-luser-usera] password simple usera

[Sysname-luser-usera] service-type ppp

[Sysname-luser-usera] authorization-attribute callback-number 8810048

[Sysname-luser-usera] quit

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp callback server

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] dialer callback-center dial-number

Related commands

ppp callback

dialer call-in

Use dialer call-in to configure a dialup interface to accept incoming calls from an ISDN calling number or enable callback for the ISDN calling number.

Use undo dialer call-in to restore the default.

Syntax

dialer call-in remote-number [ callback ]

undo dialer call-in remote-number [ callback ]

Default

Calls from all ISDN calling numbers are accepted, and callback is not initiated.

Views

Dialup interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

remote-number: Specifies an ISDN calling number, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 30 characters. The asterisk (*) is allowed as a wildcard that matches any character.

callback: Enables callback for the specified ISDN calling number.

Usage guidelines

A dialup interface screens an incoming call by comparing the calling number with the numbers configured in the dialer call-in command. If the remote SPCS does not provide the calling number, the call is dropped directly.

On a dialup interface configured with the dialer call-in callback command, you must configure the dialer route or dialer number command. The dial-number configured in the dialer route or dialer number command must be the same as the remote-number configured in the dialer call-in callback command.

Examples

# Configure BRI 2/4/0 to place return calls for ISDN calling number 8810152.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] dialer route ip 100.1.1.2 dial-number 8810152

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] dialer call-in 8810152 callback

Related commands

dialer callback-center

dialer circular enable

Use dialer circular enable to enable traditional DDR on a dialup interface.

Use undo circular bundle enable to disable traditional DDR on a dialup interface.

Syntax

dialer circular enable

undo dialer circular enable

Default

Traditional DDR is disabled on a dialup interface.

Views

Dialup interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

DDR includes traditional DDR and bundle DDR.

Before using traditional DDR, you must use this command to enable traditional DDR on the dialup interface.

If you configure this command on a dialup interface already enabled with bundle DDR, the system clears the original bundle DDR settings.

The undo dialer circular enable command clears all DDR settings on the dialup interface.

Examples

# Enable traditional DDR on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] dialer circular enable

Related commands

dialer bundle enable

dialer circular-group

Use dialer circular-group to assign a physical interface to a dialer circular group in traditional DDR.

Use undo dialer circular-group to restore the default.

Syntax

dialer circular-group number

undo dialer circular-group

Default

A physical interface does not belong to any dialer circular group in traditional DDR.

Views

Physical interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

number: Specifies a dialer circular group by its number, which must be the same as the one defined in the interface dialer command.

Usage guidelines

In traditional DDR, you can assign a physical interface to a dialer interface by assigning it to the dialer circular group associated with the dialer interface. A physical interface can belong to only one dialer circular group, but a dialer circular group can contain multiple physical interfaces. When placing a call on a dialer circular group, DDR selects the physical interface with the highest priority.

When the dialer interface does not exist, this command creates one and enables traditional DDR on it.

Examples

# Assign interfaces Serial 2/1/0 and Serial 2/1/1 to dialer circular group 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface dialer 1

[Sysname-Dialer1] quit

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] dialer circular-group 1

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] quit

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/1

[Sysname-Serial2/1/1] dialer circular-group 1

Related commands

dialer circular enable

dialer priority

interface dialer

dialer disconnect

Use dialer disconnect to disconnect dialup links on an interface.

Syntax

dialer disconnect [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command disconnects dialup links on all interfaces.

Examples

# Disconnect dialup links on Dialer 0.

<Sysname> dialer disconnect interface dialer0

dialer flow-interval

Use dialer flow-interval to set the interval for DDR to collect traffic statistics.

Use undo dialer flow-interval to restore the default.

Syntax

dialer flow-interval interval

undo dialer flow-interval

Default

The interval for DDR to collect traffic statistics is 20 seconds.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interval: Specifies the interval for DDR to collect traffic statistics, in the range of 1 to 1500 seconds.

Usage guidelines

DDR provides traffic statistics for dialup links at the user-configured interval.

Examples

# Set the interval for DDR to collect traffic statistics to 3 seconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dialer flow-interval 3

Related commands

dialer threshold

dialer number

Use dialer number to configure a dial string for placing calls to a single remote site.

Use undo dialer number to restore the default.

Syntax

dialer number dial-number [ autodial ]

undo dialer number

Default

No dial string is configured for calling the remote site.

Views

Dialup interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dial-number: Specifies a dial string for calling a remote site, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 30 characters.

autodial: Enables the interface to automatically dial the remote site by using the specified dial string at specified intervals. The interval is set in the dialer timer autodial command and defaults to 300 seconds.

Usage guidelines

You must configure this command when the dialer or physical interface is the calling party.

In traditional DDR, you can also use the dialer route command to configure multiple destination addresses or dial strings for a dialer interface.

In bundle DDR, you can only use the dialer number command to configure one dial string for each dialer interface. This is because associations between dialer interfaces and call destination address are one-to-one.

Examples

# Set the dial string for placing calls to 11111 on Dialer 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface dialer 1

[Sysname-Dialer1] dialer number 11111

Related commands

dialer route

dialer timer autodial

dialer peer-name

Use dialer peer-name to specify the host name of the remote device for authenticating incoming calls.

Use undo dialer peer-name to remove the specified host name.

Syntax

dialer peer-name username

undo dialer peer-name [ username ]

Default

No host name of the remote device is specified for authenticating incoming calls.

Views

Dialer interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

username: Specifies the host name of the remote device, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 80 characters.

Usage guidelines

The local device matches the peer names obtained in PPP authentication with the host names configured by this command to determine which dialer interface receives which call.

This command takes effect only on bundle DDR dialer interfaces. You can configure a maximum number of 255 host names for a dialer interface. This enables one dialer interface to receive calls from multiple physical interfaces.

If a bundle DDR dialer interface is not configured with any host name, this interface can place calls but cannot receive calls.

Examples

# Specify the host name of the remote device for Dialer 1 to routerb.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface dialer 1

[Sysname-Dialer1] dialer peer-name routerb

dialer priority

Use dialer priority to assign a priority to a physical interface in a dialer circular group.

Use undo dialer priority to restore the default.

Syntax

dialer priority priority

undo dialer priority

Default

The priority of a physical interface in a dialer circular group is 1.

Views

Physical interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

priority: Specifies the priority of the physical interface in a dialer circular group, in the range of 1 to 127. The larger the value, the higher the priority.

Usage guidelines

This command sets the order in which the available physical interfaces in a dialer circular group are used. Each time a call is placed, the highest-priority physical interface available is selected. If multiple physical interfaces with the highest priority are available, these interfaces are selected in a round-robin manner.

Examples

# Set the priority of Serial 2/1/0 in dialer circular group 1 to 5.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] dialer circular-group 1

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] dialer priority 5

Related commands

dialer circular-group

dialer queue-length

Use dialer queue-length to set the number of packets that can be buffered on a dialup interface.

Use undo dialer queue-length to restore the default.

Syntax

dialer queue-length packets

undo dialer queue-length

Default

No packets are buffered on a dialup interface.

Views

Dialup interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

packets: Specifies the number of packets that can be buffered on the interface, in the range of 1 to 100.

Usage guidelines

If no connection is available when a dialup interface without a buffer queue receives a packet, the interface drops the packet. Configured with a buffer queue, the dialup interface buffers the packet until a connection is available for packet sending.

Examples

# Set the number of packets that can be buffered to 10 on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] dialer queue-length 10

dialer route

Use dialer route to configure a dialup interface to place calls to a remote site or receive calls from it.

Use undo dialer route to remove the configuration.

Syntax

dialer route ip next-hop-address [ mask network-mask-length ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] [ dial-number number [ autodial | interface interface-type interface-number ] * ] [ broadcast | user hostname ] *

undo dialer route protocol next-hop-address [ mask network-mask-length ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] [ dial-number number ]

Default

No dial string is configured.

Views

Dialup interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip: Specifies IP as the network layer protocol.

next-hop-address: Specifies the IP address of the remote site.

mask network-mask-length: Specifies a mask length for the remote IP address, in the range of 0 to 32. If no mask length is specified, a 32-bit mask applies. Setting the next-hop-address argument to 0.0.0.0 and the network-mask-length argument to 0 indicates any remote IP address.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

dial-number number: Specifies the dial string for calling the remote site, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 30 characters. If no dial string is specified, the interface can only receive calls.

autodial: Enables the interface to automatically dial the specified dial string at specified intervals. The interval is set in the dialer timer autodial command and defaults to 300 seconds.

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies a physical interface by its type and number. When multiple physical interfaces are assigned to a dialer interface and their dialup links are connected to different SPCSs, you must associate each dial string with one physical interface. This configuration is intended for dialer interfaces in traditional DDR only.

broadcast: Enables broadcast packets to pass through the dialup link.

user hostname: Specifies a host name of the remote device, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 80 characters used to authenticate incoming calls.

Usage guidelines

To enable DDR to originate calls, you must configure the dial-number number option. Otherwise, DDR can only receive calls.

If you specify the number argument in the dialer route command, you must also include the number argument when using the undo dialer route command to remove the dial string.

To use the user keyword, you must configure PPP authentication. DDR accepts a call only when the host name obtained through PPP authentication is the same as the remote username configured by using this command.

You can configure a dialup interface to place calls to or receive calls from multiple remote sites. You can also configure multiple dial strings for one destination address for backup purposes.

Examples

# Specify a dial string of 888066 for packets destined to network 192.168.1.0/24.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] dialer route ip 192.168.1.0 mask dial-number 24 888066

# Specify a dial string of 888065 for packets destined to host address 191.168.1.1.

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] dialer route ip 191.168.1.1 dial-number 888065

Related commands

dialer timer autodial

dialer threshold

Use dialer threshold to set the traffic threshold for a dialer interface.

Use undo dialer threshold to restore the default.

Syntax

dialer threshold traffic-percentage [ in | in-out | out ]

undo dialer threshold

Default

The traffic threshold is not set for a dialer interface.

Views

Dialer interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

traffic-percentage: Specifies the traffic threshold as a percentage of aggregate link bandwidth, in the range of 0 to 99.

in: Calculates the actual load on incoming traffic only.

in-out: Calculates the actual load on incoming traffic or outgoing traffic, whichever is greater.

out: Calculates the actual load on outgoing traffic only.

Usage guidelines

To ensure appropriate traffic distribution on DDR links, DDR brings up links in an MP bundle until either of the following conditions is met:

· The upper limit of links is reached.

· The percentage of traffic to the bandwidth of all activated links is equal to or lower than the traffic threshold.

To ensure the DDR link efficiency, DDR shuts down links in an MP bundle until either of the following conditions is met:

· The lower limit of links is reached.

· The percentage of traffic to the bandwidth of (n-1) activated links is equal to or higher than the traffic threshold.

For more information about the upper limit and lower limit of links, see Layer 2—WAN Access Configuration Guide.

If you set the traffic threshold to 0, DDR brings up all available links when triggered by auto-dial or packets. In addition, DDR does not disconnect these links based on the link idle-timeout timer.

This command must be used with the ppp mp command. To implement MP with DDR, you must use dialer interfaces.

DDR collects traffic statistics at the interval set by using the dialer flow-interval command.

Examples

# Set the traffic threshold on Dialer1 to 80%.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface dialer 1

[Sysname-Dialer1] dialer threshold 80

Related commands

dialer flow-interval

dialer timer idle

ppp mp (Layer 2—WAN Access Command Reference)

dialer timer autodial

Use dialer timer autodial to set the auto-dial timer.

Use undo dialer timer autodial to restore the default.

Syntax

dialer timer autodial autodial-interval

undo dialer timer autodial

Default

The auto-dial timer is 300 seconds.

Views

Dialup interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

autodial-interval: Specifies the interval between auto-dial attempts, in the range of 1 to 604800 seconds.

Usage guidelines

This command takes effect only when the autodial keyword is specified in the dialer number or dialer route command. DDR automatically dials the dial string at the specified interval until a connection is established. In the auto-dial method, dial attempts are not traffic triggered. Once a connection is established, it will not disconnect based on the idle timer mechanism.

Examples

# Set the auto-dial timer to 60 seconds on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] dialer timer autodial 60

Related commands

dialer number

dialer route

dialer timer compete

Use dialer timer compete to set the compete-idle timer.

Use undo dialer timer compete to restore the default.

Syntax

dialer timer compete compete-idle

undo dialer timer compete

Default

The compete-idle timer is 20 seconds.

Views

Dialup interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

compete-idle: Specifies the idle time when contention occurs, in the range of 0 to 65535 seconds.

Usage guidelines

The idle-timeout timer starts when a link is established. If all physical interfaces are in use when DDR places a new call, contention occurs. DDR starts the compete-idle timer to replace the idle-timeout timer. When the compete-idle timer expires, DDR disconnects the idle links.

Examples

# Set the compete-idle timer to 10 seconds on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] dialer timer compete 10

dialer timer enable

Use dialer timer enable to set the link holddown timer.

Use undo dialer timer enable to restore the default.

Syntax

dialer timer enable interval

undo dialer timer enable

Default

The link holddown timer is 5 seconds.

Views

Dialup interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interval: Specifies the holddown timer value in the range of 5 to 65535 seconds.

Usage guidelines

The holddown timer starts when a link is disconnected. A call attempt to bring up this link can be made only after the timer expires. This is to prevent a remote SPCS from being overloaded.

To leave enough time for callback, set the holddown timer on the client 10 or more seconds longer than that on the server. As a best practice, set the link holddown timer to 5 seconds (the default) on the server, and 15 seconds on the client.

Examples

# Set the link holddown timer to 15 seconds for Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] dialer timer enable 15

dialer timer idle

Use dialer timer idle to set the link idle-timeout timer.

Use undo dialer timer idle to restore the default.

Syntax

dialer timer idle idle [ in | in-out ]

undo dialer timer idle

Default

The link idle-timeout timer is 120 seconds, and only outgoing interesting packets reset this timer.

Views

Dialup interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

idle: Specifies the link idle-timeout timer value in the range of 0 to 65535 seconds.

in: Allows only incoming interesting packets to reset the timer.

in-out: Allows both incoming and outgoing interesting packets to reset the timer.

Usage guidelines

The link idle-timeout timer starts when a link is established. If no interesting packets arrive before the timer expires, DDR disconnects the link.

If you do not specify the in or in-out keyword, only outgoing interesting packets reset the timer.

If the timer is set to 0, DDR will never disconnect the link. For a PPPoE client application, if the timer is set to 0, a dialup connection is created automatically and remains active permanently.

Examples

# Set the link idle-timeout timer to 50 seconds on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] dialer timer idle 50

dialer timer wait-carrier

Use dialer timer wait-carrier to set the wait-carrier timer.

Use undo dialer timer wait-carrier to restore the default.

Syntax

dialer timer wait-carrier wait-carrier

undo dialer timer wait-carrier

Default

The wait-carrier timer is 60 seconds.

Views

Dialup interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

wait-carrier: Specifies the wait-carrier timer value in the range of 0 to 65535 seconds.

Usage guidelines

The wait-carrier timer limits the amount of time that DDR waits for a connection to be established for a call. The wait-carrier timer starts when a call is placed. If the connection is not established before the timer expires, DDR terminates the call.

Examples

# Set the wait-carrier timer to 100 seconds on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] dialer timer wait-carrier 100

dialer timer warmup

Use dialer timer warmup to set the warm-up timer for dynamic route backup.

Use undo dialer timer warmup to restore the default.

Syntax

dialer timer warmup delay

undo dialer timer warmup

Default

The warm-up timer for dynamic route backup is 30 seconds.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

delay: Specifies the warm-up timer value for dynamic route backup, in the range of 0 to 65535 seconds.

Usage guidelines

The warm-up timer introduces a delay for the dynamic route backup feature to operate after a system startup. Set this delay to prevent unnecessary link switchover at startup.

Interfaces cannot come up until the device recovers the configuration during a reboot.

Without a warm-up delay, the dynamic route backup feature dials the secondary link immediately after it detects that the primary interface is down. When the primary interface comes up, the feature dials the primary link. The secondary link, if dialed up successfully, is brought down shortly after it came up.

With a warm-up delay, the dynamic route backup feature does not dial the secondary link until it detects that the primary interface is down when the delay expires.

Examples

# Set the warm-up timer to 20 seconds for dynamic route backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dialer timer warmup 20

dialer-group

Use dialer-group to assign a dialup interface to a dialer group.

Use undo dialer-group to restore the default.

Syntax

dialer-group group-number

undo dialer-group

Default

A dialup interface does not belong to any dialer group.

Views

Dialup interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

group-number: Specifies a dialer group by its number in the range of 1 to 255. Before the assignment, you must create the dialer group by using the dialer-group rule command.

Usage guidelines

A dialup interface can belong to only one dialer group. If you configure this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

You must configure this command for DDR to send packets.

Examples

# Assign Serial 2/1/0 to dialer group 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dialer-group 1 rule ip acl 3101

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] dialer-group 1

Related commands

dialer-group rule

Use dialer-group rule to create a dialer group and configure a dial rule for it.

Use undo dialer-group rule to delete a dialer group.

Syntax

dialer-group group-number rule { ip | ipv6 } { deny | permit | acl { acl-number | name acl-name } }

undo dialer-group group-number rule [ ip | ipv6 ]

Default

No dialer group exists.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

group-number: Specifies the number of the dialer group to be created, in the range of 1 to 255.

ip: Specifies the IPv4 protocol.

ipv6: Specifies the IPv6 protocol.

deny: Denies packets of the specified protocol.

permit: Permits packets of the specified protocol.

acl acl-number: Specifies an ACL by its number in the range of 2000 to 3999.

name acl-name: Specifies an ACL by its name.

Usage guidelines

A dial rule determines when an interface initiates DDR calls. You need to configure dial rules only on the initiator of DDR calls.

You can configure a dial rule to match only IP packets or use an ACL to match packets.

Permitted protocol packets or packets that match a permit statement of an ACL are interesting packets. When receiving an interesting packet, DDR performs one of the following operations:

· Sends it out and resets the idle-timeout timer if a link is present.

· Originates a new call to establish a link if no link is present.

Denied protocol packets or packets that match a deny statement of an ACL are uninteresting packets. When receiving an uninteresting packet, DDR performs one of the following operations:

· Sends it out without resetting the idle-timeout timer if a link is present.

· Drops it if no link is present.

For DDR to forward packets correctly, you must configure a dial rule and associate it with the dialup interface by using the dialer-group command.

Examples

# Create dialer group 1 and configure DDR to place calls for IPv4 packets. Associate Serial 2/1/0 with dialer group 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dialer-group 1 rule ip permit

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] dialer-group 1

# Create dialer group 1 and configure DDR to place calls for IPv6 packets. Associate Serial 2/1/0 with dialer group 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] dialer-group 1 rule ipv6 permit

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] dialer-group 1

Related commands

dialer-group

display dialer

Use display dialer to display the DDR information for an interface.

Syntax

display dialer [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the DDR information for all interfaces.

Examples

# Display the DDR information for all interfaces.

<Sysname> display dialer

Dialer0:

Dialer Route:

NextHop: 111.111.111.111 Dialer number: 123456789012345678901234567890

NextHop: 222.222.222.222 Dialer number: 123456789012345678901234567890

Dialer number:

Dialer Timers(in seconds):

Auto-dial: 300 Compete: 20 Enable: 5

Idle: 120 Wait-for-Carrier: 60

Total Channels: 1

Free Channels: 1

Table 57 Command output

Field	Description
Dialer0	Dialup interface: dialer or physical.
Dialer Route: NextHop: 111.111.111.111 Dialer number: 123456789012345678901234567890	Remote IP address and dial string set by using the dialer route command.
Dialer number	Dial string for a remote IP address.
Dialer Timers(in seconds): Auto-dial: 300 Compete: 20 Enable: 5 Idle: 120 Wait-for-Carrier: 60	DDR timers in seconds: · Auto-dial—Auto-dial timer set by the dialer timer autodial command. · Compete—Compete-idle timer set by the dialer timer compete command. · Enable—Link holddown timer set by the dialer timer enable command. · Idle—Link idle-timeout timer set by the dialer timer idle command. · Wait-for-Carrier—Wait-carrier timer set by the dialer timer wait-carrier command.
Total Channels	Total number of physical interfaces on the interface. For an ISDN interface, it refers to the number of B channels.
Free Channels	Number of free channels.

display interface dialer

Use display interface dialer to display information about a dialer interface.

Syntax

display interface [ dialer [ interface-number ] ] [ brief [ description | down ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-number: Specifies a dialer interface by its number.

brief: Displays brief interface information. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays detailed interface information.

description: Displays complete interface descriptions. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays only the first 27 characters of each interface description.

down: Displays information about interfaces in physically down state and the causes. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays information about interfaces in all states.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify the dialer keyword, this command displays information about all interfaces on the device.

If you specify the dialer keyword, this command displays information about all dialer interfaces.

Examples

# Display detailed information about Dialer 1.

<Sysname> display interface dialer 1

Dialer1

Current state: UP

Line protocol state: UP (spoofing)

Description: Dialer1 Interface

Bandwidth: 64kbps

Maximum Transmit Unit: 1500

Hold timer: 10 seconds, retry times: 5

Internet protocol processing: disabled

Link layer protocol: PPP

LCP: initial

Physical: Dialer, baudrate: 64000 bps

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - FIFO queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/75/0

Last clearing of counters: Never

Last 300 seconds input rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec

Last 300 seconds output rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec

Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 dropped

Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 dropped

# Display brief information about Dialer 1.

<Sysname> display interface dialer 1 brief

Brief information on interface(s) under route mode:

Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby

Protocol: (s) - spoofing

Interface Link Protocol Main IP Description

Dia1 UP UP(s) --

# Display brief information about all dialer interfaces in physically Down state.

<Sysname> display interface dialer brief down

Brief information on interface(s) under route mode:

Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby

Interface Link Cause

Dia1 ADM Administratively

Table 58 Command output

Field	Description
Dialer1 Current state	Physical state of the dialer interface: · UP—The dialer interface is physically up. · DOWN (Administratively)—The dialer interface was shut down by using the shutdown command. To re-enable it, you must execute the undo shutdown command.
Line protocol state	Data link layer protocol state of the dialer interface: UP or DOWN.
Description	Interface description.
Bandwidth	Expected bandwidth of the interface.
Maximum Transmit Unit	MTU of the dialer interface.
Internet protocol processing	Network layer protocol state of the dialer interface.
Hold timer	Interval for sending keepalive packets.
retry times	Maximum number of keepalive retransmission attempts. A link is removed after the maximum number of retransmission attempts is reached.
LCP: initial	LCP initialization is complete.
Physical	Physical interface type.
Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards	Statistics on the packets in the urgent output queue.
Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards	Statistics on the packets in the protocol output queue.
Output queue - FIFO queuing: Size/Length/Discards	Statistics on the packets in the FIFO output queue.
Last clearing of counters: Never	Time when the reset counters interface command was last used to clear the interface statistics. This field displays Never if the reset counters interface command has never been used on the interface since device startup.
Last 300 seconds input rate	Input interface data rate during the latest 300 seconds.
Last 300 seconds output rate	Output interface data rate during the latest 300 seconds.
Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 dropped	Statistics on the packets reaching the interface.
Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 dropped	Statistics on the packets sent through the interface.
Brief information on interface(s) under route mode:	Brief information about Layer 3 interfaces.
Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby	Link status: · ADM—The interface has been administratively shut down. To recover its physical state, execute the undo shutdown command. · Stby—The interface is operating as a standby interface. To display the active interface, use the display interface-backup state command (High Availability Command Reference).
Protocol: (s) - spoofing	If the data link layer protocol state of an interface is shown as UP, but its link is an on-demand link or not present at all, its protocol attribute includes the spoofing flag (an s in parentheses).
Interface	Abbreviated interface name.
Link	Physical link state of the interface: · UP—The interface is up. · ADM—The interface has been administratively shut down. To bring up the interface, execute the undo shutdown command. · Stby—The interface is operating as a standby interface.
Protocol	Data link layer protocol state of the dialer interface: · UP. · DOWN. · UP(s)—The interface is up, but its link is an on-demand link or not present at all.
Main IP	Primary IP address of the interface.
Description	Description of the interface.
Cause	Reason why a physical link is down. If the port has been shut down by using the shutdown command, this field displays Administratively. To restore the physical state of the interface, use the undo shutdown command. Not connected indicates no physical connection due to absence or failure of a network cable.

Related commands

reset counters interface

interface dialer

Use interface dialer to create a dialer interface and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing dialer interface.

Use undo interface dialer to delete a dialer interface.

Syntax

interface dialer number

undo interface dialer number

Default

No dialer interface exists.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

number: Specifies the number of the dialer interface, in the range of 0 to 1023.

Usage guidelines

A dialer interface has a fixed baud rate of 64000 bps.

Examples

# Create Dialer 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface dialer 1

mtu

Use mtu to set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of a dialer interface.

Use undo mtu to restore the default.

Syntax

mtu size

undo mtu

Default

The MTU of dialer interfaces is 1500 bytes.

Views

Dialer interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

size: Specifies the MTU in the range of 128 to 1500 bytes.

Usage guidelines

The MTU setting of a dialer interface affects the fragmentation and reassembly of IP packets.

Examples

# Set the MTU of Dialer 1 to 1200 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface dialer 1

[Sysname-Dialer1] mtu 1200

ppp callback

Use ppp callback to enable an interface to initiate or accept callback requests as the callback client or server.

Use undo ppp callback to disable an interface from initiating or accepting callback requests.

Syntax

ppp callback { client | server }

undo ppp callback { client | server }

Default

Callback requests are not initiated or accepted.

Views

Dialup interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

client: Enables the interface to initiate callback requests as the callback client.

server: Enables the interface to accept callback requests as the callback server.

Usage guidelines

The callback client first originates a call, and the server decides whether to place a return call. If a return call is needed, the callback server disconnects the call and originates a return call according to the username or callback number.

PPP callback saves costs when the call rates in two directions are different.

Examples

# Enable Serial 2/1/0 to accept callback requests as the callback server.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ppp callback server

ppp callback ntstring

Use ppp callback ntstring to specify a dial string for a Windows server to call back.

Use undo ppp callback ntstring to restore the default.

Syntax

ppp callback ntstring dial-number

undo ppp callback ntstring

Default

No callback dial string is specified.

Views

Dialup interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dial-number: Specifies the dial string, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 64 characters.

Usage guidelines

Configure this command on the callback client if the Windows server requires PPP callback clients to send callback numbers.

Examples

# Specify a dial string of 1234567 for the Windows server to call back.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface dialer 1

[Sysname-Dialer1] ppp callback ntstring 1234567

reset counters interface

Use reset counters interface to clear the statistics of a dialer interface.

Syntax

reset counters interface [ dialer [ interface-number ] ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dialer: Specifies dialer interfaces.

interface-number: Specifies a dialer interface by its number.

Usage guidelines

Use this command to clear history statistics if you want to collect traffic statistics for a specific time period.

If you do not specify the dialer keyword, this command clears statistics for all interfaces.

If you specify the dialer keyword, this command clears statistics for all dialer interfaces.

If you specify a dialer interface, this command clears statistics for the specified dialer interface.

Examples

# Clear the statistics of Dialer 1.

<Sysname> reset counters interface dialer 1

Related commands

display interface dialer

service

Use service to specify a primary traffic processing slot for an interface.

Use undo service to restore the default.

Syntax

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

service slot slot-number

undo service slot

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

service chassis chassis-number slot slot-number

undo service chassis

Default

No primary traffic processing slot is specified for an interface

Views

Dialer interface view

Default command level

network-admin

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the command and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	No
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	No
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	No
MSR810-W-LM-GL	No
MSR830-6EI-GL	No
MSR830-10EI-GL	No
MSR830-6HI-GL	No
MSR830-10HI-GL	No
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	No
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	No

This command is supported on distributed devices and IRF-capable centralized devices.

Specify traffic processing slots if a feature requires that all traffic on a dialer interface be processed on the same slot.

For high availability, you can specify one primary and one backup traffic processing slot by using the service command and the service standby command, respectively.

If you specify both primary and backup slots for an interface, traffic on that interface is processed as follows:

· When no specified traffic processing slots are available, the traffic is processed on the slot at which it arrives. Then, the processing slot that first becomes available again takes over.

If you do not specify a primary or a backup traffic processing slot for an interface, traffic on that interface is processed on the slot at which the traffic arrives.

Examples

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) Specify a primary traffic processing slot for Dialer 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface dialer 1

[Sysname-Dialer1] service slot 2

Related commands

service standby

Use service standby to specify a backup traffic processing slot for an interface.

Use undo service standby to restore the default.

Syntax

Distributed devices in standalone mode/centralized devices in IRF mode:

service standby slot slot-number

undo service standby slot

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

service standby chassis chassis-number slot slot-number

undo service standby chassis

Default

No backup traffic processing slot is specified for an interface

Views

Dialer interface view

Default command level

network-admin

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. (Centralized devices in IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the command and hardware compatibility:

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS	No
MSR2600-6-X1/2600-10-X1	No
MSR 2630	Yes
MSR3600-28/3600-51	Yes
MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI	No
MSR3610-X1/3610-X1-DP/3610-X1-DC/3610-X1-DP-DC	Yes
MSR 3610/3620/3620-DP/3640/3660	Yes
MSR5620/5660/5680	Yes

Hardware	Command compatibility
MSR810-LM-GL	No
MSR810-W-LM-GL	No
MSR830-6EI-GL	No
MSR830-10EI-GL	No
MSR830-6HI-GL	No
MSR830-10HI-GL	No
MSR2600-6-X1-GL	No
MSR3600-28-SI-GL	No

This command is supported on distributed devices and IRF-capable centralized devices.

Specify traffic processing slots if a feature requires that all traffic on a dialer interface be processed on the same slot.

For high availability, you can specify one primary and one backup traffic processing slot by using the service command and the service standby command, respectively.

If you specify both primary and backup slots for an interface, traffic on that interface is processed as follows:

· When no specified traffic processing slots are available, the traffic is processed on the slot at which it arrives. Then, the processing slot that first becomes available again takes over.

If you do not specify a primary or a backup traffic processing slot for an interface, traffic on that interface is processed on the slot at which the traffic arrives.

Examples

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) Specify a primary traffic processing slot and a backup traffic processing slot for Dialer 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface dialer 1

[Sysname-Dialer1] service slot 2

[Sysname- Dialer1] service standby slot 3

Related commands

service

shutdown

Use shutdown to shut down a dialer interface.

Use undo shutdown to bring up a dialer interface.

Syntax

shutdown

undo shutdown

Default

A dialer interface is up.

Views

Dialer interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Shut down Dialer 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface dialer 1

[Sysname-Dialer1] shutdown

standby routing-group

Use standby routing-group to assign a dialup interface to a dynamic route backup group.

Use undo standby routing-group to remove a dialup interface from a dynamic route backup group.

Syntax

standby routing-group group-number

undo standby routing-group group-number

Default

A dialup interface is not assigned to any dynamic route backup group.

Views

Dialup interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

group-number: Specifies a dynamic route backup group by its number in the range of 1 to 255.

Usage guidelines

Before assigning a dialup interface to a dynamic route backup group, make sure DDR is enabled on the interface.

A dialup interface can be assigned to multiple dynamic route backup groups.

Examples

# Assign dialup interface BRI 2/4/0 to dynamic route backup group 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] standby routing-group 1

standby routing-group rule

Use standby routing-group rule to create a dynamic route backup group or add a network to be monitored to the group.

Use undo standby routing-group rule to delete a dynamic route backup group or remove a monitored network from the group.

Syntax

standby routing-group group-number rule ip ip-address { mask | mask-length } [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo standby routing-group group-number rule [ ip ip-address { mask | mask-length } ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No dynamic route backup group exists.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

group-number: Specifies the number of the dynamic route backup group, in the range of 1 to 255.

ip ip-address: Specifies the IP address of the network to be monitored.

mask: Specifies the network mask.

mask-length: Specifies the network mask length in the range of 0 to 32.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can add a maximum of 255 monitored networks to a dynamic route backup group. DDR determines that the primary link is disconnected only when there are no valid routes to any of the networks monitored by the dynamic route backup group.

Examples

# Create dynamic route backup group 1 to monitor routes to the networks 20.0.0.0/8 and 30.0.0.0/8.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] standby routing-group 1 rule ip 20.0.0.1 255.0.0.0

[Sysname] standby routing-group 1 rule ip 30.0.0.1 255.0.0.0

standby timer routing-disable

Use standby timer routing-disable to set the secondary link disconnection delay.

Use undo standby timer routing-disable to restore the default.

Syntax

standby timer routing-disable delay

undo standby timer routing-disable

Default

The secondary link disconnection delay is 20 seconds.

Views

Dialup interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

delay: Specifies the secondary link disconnection delay in the range of 0 to 65535 seconds.

Examples

# Set the secondary link disconnection delay to 5 seconds on BRI 2/4/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface bri 2/4/0

[Sysname-Bri2/4/0] standby timer routing-disable 5

timer-hold

Use timer-hold to set the keepalive interval.

Use undo timer-hold to restore the default.

Syntax

timer-hold seconds

undo timer-hold

Default

The keepalive interval is 10 seconds.

Views

Dialer interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

seconds: Specifies the interval for sending keepalive packets, in the range of 0 to 32767 seconds. The value 0 disables keepalive packet sending.

Usage guidelines

On an interface encapsulated with PPP, the data link layer sends keepalive packets at keepalive intervals to detect the availability of the remote end. The data link layer determines that the peer end is down if it has not received any keepalive messages when the keepalive retry limit is reached. The data link layer then reports the link down event to the upper-layer protocols.

To set the keepalive retry limit, use the timer-hold retry command.

Examples

# Set the keepalive interval to 1000 seconds on Dialer 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface dialer 1

[Sysname-Dialer1] timer-hold 1000

Related commands

timer-hold retry

Use timer-hold retry to set the keepalive retry limit.

Use undo timer-hold retry to restore the default.

Syntax

timer-hold retry retries

undo timer-hold retry

Default

The keepalive retry limit is 5.

Views

Dialer interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

retries: Specifies the maximum number of keepalive retransmission attempts, in the range of 1 to 255.

Usage guidelines

The interface determines that the remote end is down if it has not received a keepalive response when the keepalive retry limit is reached.

Examples

# Set the keepalive retry limit to 10 on Dialer 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface dialer 1

[Sysname-Dialer1] timer-hold retry 10

Related commands

timer-hold

Frame Relay commands

This feature is supported only on Layer 2 Ethernet ports on the following modules:

· CE3/CT3.

· E1/T1.

· E1-F/T1-F.

· POS/CPOS.

· SAE.

IPv6-related parameters are not supported on the following routers:

· MSR810/810-W/810-W-DB/810-LM/810-W-LM/810-10-PoE/810-LM-HK/810-W-LM-HK/810-LMS/810-LUS.

· MSR3600-28-SI/3600-51-SI.

· MSR810-LM-GL/810-W-LM-GL/830-6EI-GL/830-10EI-GL/830-6HI-GL/830-10HI-GL.

broadcast

Use broadcast to allow broadcast packets on a virtual circuit (VC).

Use undo broadcast to forbid broadcast packets on a VC.

Syntax

broadcast

undo broadcast

Default

Broadcast packets are forbidden on static VCs and allowed on dynamic VCs.

Views

Frame Relay virtual circuit view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Configure this command if a static VC needs to allow broadcast or multicast packets.

When a VC allows broadcast packets, the broadcast or multicast packets on the Frame Relay interface of the VC are also transmitted on the VC.

Examples

# Allow broadcast packets on the VC identified by DLCI 200.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr dlci 200

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0-fr-dlci-200] broadcast

display fr compression iphc

Use display fr compression iphc to display statistics for Frame Relay IPHC.

Syntax

display fr compression iphc { rtp | tcp } [ interface interface-type interface-number [ dlci dlci-number ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

rtp: Displays statistics for RTP header compression.

tcp: Displays statistics for TCP header compression.

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. It can be a main interface or subinterface. If you specify a main interface, this command displays IPHC statistics for the main interface and its subinterfaces. If you specify a subinterface, this command displays IPHC statistics for the subinterface. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays IPHC statistics for all interfaces.

dlci dlci-number: Specifies a VC by its DLCI in the range of 16 to 1007.

· If you specify a main interface and a VC that is not on the main interface or any of its subinterfaces, this command does not display IPHC statistics for the VC.

· If you specify a subinterface and a VC that is not on the subinterface, this command does not display IPHC statistics for the VC.

· If you specify only an interface, this command displays IPHC statistics for all VCs on the interface.

Usage guidelines

Frame Relay IPHC statistics are displayed on a per-VC basis. An interface (main interface or subinterface) can have one or more VCs.

Examples

# Display RTP header compression statistics for the VC with DLCI 17 on interface Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> display fr compression iphc rtp interface serial 2/1/0 dlci 17

DLCI: 17, Serial2/1/0

Received:

Compressed/Error/Total: 0/0/0 packets

Sent:

Compressed/Total: 0/0 packets

Sent/Saved/Total: 0/0/0 bytes

Packet-based compression ratio: 0%

Byte-based compression ratio: 0%

Connections:

Rx/Tx: 16/16

Five-Minute-Miss: 0 (Misses/5Mins)

Max-Miss: 0

# Display TCP header compression statistics for interface Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> display fr compression iphc tcp interface serial 2/1/0

DLCI: 16, Serial2/1/0

Received:

Compressed/Error/Total: 0/0/0 packets

Sent:

Compressed/Total: 0/0 packets

Sent/Saved/Total: 0/0/0 bytes

Packet-based compression ratio: 0%

Byte-based compression ratio: 0%

Connections:

Rx/Tx: 16/16

Five-Minute-Miss: 0 (Misses/5Mins)

Max-Miss: 0

DLCI: 17, Serial2/1/0

Received:

Compressed/Error/Total: 0/0/0 packets

Sent:

Compressed/Total: 0/0 packets

Sent/Saved/Total: 0/0/0 bytes

Packet-based compression ratio: 0%

Byte-based compression ratio: 0%

Connections:

Rx/Tx: 16/16

Five-Minute-Miss: 0 (Misses/5Mins)

Max-Miss: 0

Table 59 Command output

Field

Description

Received:

Compressed/Error/Total: 0/0/0 packets

Statistics on received packets:

· Compressed—Number of compressed packets.

· Error—Number of error packets.

· Total—Total number of packets.

Sent:

Compressed/Total: 0/0 packets

Sent/Saved/Total: 0/0/0 bytes

Packet-based compression ratio: 0%

Byte-based compression ratio: 0%

Statistics on sent packets:

· Compressed—Number of compressed packets.

· Total—Total number of packets.

· Sent—Actual number of bytes sent.

· Saved—Number of bytes reduced due to the compression.

· Total—Number of bytes that need to be sent if no compression is performed.

· Packet-based compression ratio—Ratio of compressed packets to the total number of packets (Compressed/Total x 100%).

· Byte-based compression ratio—Ratio of saved bytes to the total number of bytes (Saved/Total x 100%).

Connections:

Rx/Tx

Five-Minute-Miss: x (Misses/5Mins)

Max-Miss: x

Statistics on sent packets:

· Rx—Maximum number of decompression connections when the device acts as the receiving end.

· Tx—Maximum number of compression connections when the device acts as the transmitting end.

· Five-Minute-Miss—Number of times an entry failed to be found over the most recent 5 minutes.

· Max-Miss—Maximum number of times an entry failed to be found.

Related commands

fr compression iphc enable

reset fr compression iphc

display fr compression stac

Use display fr compression stac to display statistics for Frame Relay STAC compression.

Syntax

display fr compression stac [ interface interface-type interface-number [ dlci dlci-number ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. It can be a main interface or subinterface. If you specify a main interface, this command displays STAC compression statistics for the main interface and its subinterfaces. If you specify a subinterface, this command displays STAC compression statistics for the subinterface. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays STAC compression statistics for all interfaces.

dlci dlci-number: Specifies a VC by its DLCI in the range of 16 to 1007.

· If you specify a main interface and a VC that is not on the main interface or any of its subinterfaces, this command does not display STAC compression statistics for the VC.

· If you specify a subinterface and a VC that is not on the subinterface, this command does not display STAC compression statistics for the VC.

· If you specify only an interface, this command displays STAC compression statistics for all VCs on the interface.

Usage guidelines

Frame Relay STAC compression statistics are displayed on a per-VC basis. An interface (main interface or subinterface) can have one or more VCs.

Examples

# Display Frame Relay STAC compression statistics for all interfaces.

<Sysname> display fr compression stac

Serial2/1/0

DLCI: 22

Uncompressed bytes sent/received: 0/0

Compressed bytes sent/received: 0/0

1 min avg ratio output/input: 0.000/0.000

5 min avg ratio output/input: 0.000/0.000

Table 60 Command output

Field	Description
Uncompressed bytes sent/received	Number of sent/received bytes before compression.
Compressed bytes sent/received	Number of bytes sent/received after compression.
1 min avg ratio output/input	Average ratio of bytes after compression to bytes before compression for every second over the last 1 minute (sent/received).
5 min avg ratio output/input	Average ratio of bytes after compression to bytes before compression for every minute over the last 5 minutes (sent/received).

display fr fragment

Use display fr fragment to display statistics for Frame Relay FRF.12 fragmentation.

Syntax

display fr fragment [ interface interface-type interface-number [ dlci dlci-number ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. It can be a main interface or subinterface. If you specify a main interface, this command displays FRF.12 fragmentation statistics for the main interface and its subinterfaces. If you specify a subinterface, this command displays FRF.12 fragmentation statistics for the subinterface. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays FRF.12 fragmentation statistics for all interfaces.

dlci dlci-number: Specifies a VC by its DLCI in the range of 16 to 1007.

· If you specify a main interface and a VC that is not on the main interface or any of its subinterfaces, this command does not display FRF.12 fragmentation statistics for the VC.

· If you specify a subinterface and a VC that is not on the subinterface, this command does not display FRF.12 fragmentation compression statistics for the VC.

· If you specify only an interface, this command displays FRF.12 fragmentation statistics for all VCs on the interface.

Examples

# Display Frame Relay FRF.12 fragmentation statistics for all interfaces.

<Sysname> display fr fragment

Interface Serial2/1/0:

DLCI Interface Type Size (byte) In/Out/Dropped

200 Serial2/1/0 FRF12(end-to-end) 80 0/0/0

# Display FRF.12 fragmentation statistics for the VC with DLCI 200 on interface Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> display fr fragment interface serial2/1/0 dlci 200

Type: FRF12(end-to-end)

Size: 80 bytes

Pre-fragment:

Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Fragmented:

Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Assembled:

Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Dropped:

Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Out-of-sequence packets: 0

Table 61 Command output

Field	Description
Size (byte)	Fragment size in bytes.
In/Out/Dropped	Numbers of fragments received/sent/dropped.
Size	Fragment size in bytes.
Pre-fragment	Number of packets to be fragmented.
Fragmented	Number of fragments.
Assembled	Number of fragments reassembled.
Dropped	Number of fragments dropped.
Out-of-sequence packets	Number of out-of-sequence fragments.
Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes	Number of packets or fragments sent, and number of bytes sent.
Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes	Number of fragments received, and number of bytes received.

display fr inarp

Use display fr inarp to display statistics for Frame Relay InARP packets.

Syntax

display fr inarp [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. It can be a main interface or subinterface. If you specify a main interface, this command displays statistics for the main interface and its subinterfaces. If you specify a subinterface, this command displays statistics for the subinterface. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays statistics for all interfaces.

Usage guidelines

You can determine whether Frame Relay InARP is operating correctly based on the output from this command.

Examples

# Display statistics for Frame Relay InARP packets.

<Sysname> display fr inarp

Frame relay InARP statistics for interface Serial2/1/0 (DTE)

Recvd InARP request Sent InARP reply Sent InARP request Recvd InARP reply

0 0 1 1

Table 62 Command output

Field	Description
Recvd InARP request	Number of received InARP requests.
Sent InARP reply	Number of sent InARP replies.
Sent InARP request	Number of sent InARP requests.
Recvd InARP reply	Number of received InARP replies.

Related commands

fr inarp

display fr ipv6 map

Use display fr ipv6 map to display Frame Relay IPv6 address mapping.

Syntax

display fr ipv6 map [ static | dynamic ] [ interface interface-type interface-number [ dlci dlci-number ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

static: Specifies static address mapping.

dynamic: Specifies dynamic address mapping.

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. It can be a main interface or subinterface. If you specify a main interface, this command displays IPv6 address mapping for the main interface and its subinterfaces. If you specify a subinterface, this command displays IPv6 address mapping for the subinterface. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays IPv6 address mapping for all interfaces.

dlci dlci-number: Specifies a VC by its DLCI in the range of 16 to 1007.

· If you specify a main interface and a VC that is not on the main interface or any of its subinterfaces, this command does not display IPv6 address mapping for the VC.

· If you specify a subinterface and a VC that is not on the subinterface, this command does not display IPv6 address mapping for the VC.

· If you specify only an interface, this command displays IPv6 address mapping for all VCs on the interface.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify the static or dynamic keyword, this command displays both static and dynamic address mapping.

Examples

# Display Frame Relay IPv6 address mapping.

<Sysname> display fr ipv6 map

Map statistics for interface Serial2/1/0 (DTE)

DLCI: 100 IPv6 IND: FE80::56FF:FE00:0 Interface: Serial2/1/0

Create time: 2014/10/11 09:57:28 Status: Active

Encapsulation: IETF Broadcast

DLCI: 100 IPv6 IND: 10::1 Interface: Serial2/1/0

Create time: 2014/10/11 09:57:28 Status: Active

Encapsulation: IETF Broadcast

DLCI: 100 IPv6: 10::3 Interface: Serial2/1/0

Create time: 2014/10/11 09:57:28 Status: Active

Encapsulation: IETF Broadcast

Table 63 Command output

Field	Description
Map Statistics for interface Serial2/1/0 (DTE)	IPv6 address-to-DLCI maps for Serial 2/1/0 (a DTE interface).
DLCI: 100	VC identified by the DLCI number.
IPv6 IND 10::1	Address map established with the peer IPv6 address 10::1 through IND. If IND is absent, the address map is manually configured.
Interface: Serial2/1/0	Interface where the VC was created.
Create time: 2014/10/11 09:57:28	Time when the address map was created.
Status: Active	Status of the address map: Active or Inactive.
Encapsulation: IETF	Encapsulation type for the VC: IETF or Nonstandard.
Broadcast	Broadcast packets are allowed on the VC.

display fr lmi

Use display fr lmi to display LMI information.

Syntax

display fr lmi [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies a main interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays LMI information for all main interfaces.

Usage guidelines

The LMI protocol sends status enquiry messages and status messages for maintaining Frame Relay links. The output from the command helps you diagnose faults.

Examples

# Display LMI information for all interfaces.

<Sysname> display fr lmi

Frame relay LMI information for interface Serial2/1/0 (DTE, Q933)

T391DTE: 10 seconds, N391DTE: 6, N392DTE: 3, N393DTE: 4

Sent status enquiry: 96, Received status: 85

Status timeout: 3, Discarded messages: 3

Frame relay LMI information for interface Serial2/1/0 (DCE, Q933)

T392DCE: 15 seconds, N392DCE: 3, N393DCE: 4

Received status enquiry: 0, Sent status: 0

Status enquiry timeout: 0, Discarded messages: 0

Table 64 Command output

Field	Description
Frame relay LMI information for interface Serial2/1/0 (DTE, Q933)	Serial 2/1/0 (a Frame Relay interface) is a DTE interface that complies with Q.933 Annex A.
T391DTE: 10 seconds, N391DTE: 6, N392DTE: 3, N393DTE: 4	DTE-side T391 timer (in seconds) configured by using the timer-hold command, N391 counter, N392 counter, and N393 counter.
Sent status enquiry: 96, Received status: 85	Number of status enquiry messages sent out of the interface and number of status messages received on the interface.
Status timeout: 3, Discarded messages: 3	Number of status messages that timed out and number of discarded messages.
Frame relay LMI information for interface Serial2/1/0 (DCE, Q933)	Serial 2/1/0 (a Frame Relay interface) is a DCE interface that complies with Q.933 Annex A.
T392DCE: 15 seconds, N392DCE: 3, N393DCE: 4	DCE-side T392, N392, and N393 values.
Received status enquiry: 0, Sent status: 0	Number of status enquiry messages received on the interface and number of status messages sent out of the interface.
Status enquiry timeout: 0, Discarded messages : 0	Number of status enquiry messages that timed out and number of discarded messages.

Related commands

display fr map

Use display fr map to display Frame Relay address mapping.

Syntax

display fr map [ interface interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. It can be a main or subinterface. If you specify a main interface, this command displays information for the main interface and its subinterfaces. If you specify a subinterface, this command displays information for the subinterface. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays information for all interfaces.

Usage guidelines

Based on the output from this command, you can determine whether the static address-to-DLCI maps are correct and whether dynamic address mapping is operating correctly.

Examples

# Display Frame Relay address mapping for all interfaces.

<Sysname> display fr map

Map information for interface Serial2/1/0 (DTE)

DLCI: 100, IP InARP 100.100.1.1, Serial2/1/0

Creation time: 2012/10/21 14:48:44, Status: Active

DLCI: 200, IP InARP 100.100.1.1, Serial2/1/0

Creation time: 2012/10/21 14:34:42, Status: Active

DLCI: 300, IP 1.1.1.1, Serial2/1/0

Creation time: 2012/10/21 15:03:35, Status: Active

Table 65 Command output

Field	Description
Map information for interface Serial2/1/0 (DTE)	Frame Relay address mapping for DTE interface Serial 2/1/0.
DLCI: 100, IP InARP 100.100.1.1, Serial2/1/0	The VC identified by DLCI 100 is mapped to the peer IP address 100.100.1.1 through InARP. The VC is configured on the interface Serial 2/1/0. If the InARP keyword is not displayed, the address-to-DLCI map is a static map manually configured.
Creation time: 2012/10/21 14:48:44	Time when the map was created.
Status: Active	State of the address-to-DLCI map: · Active. · Inactive. The state of an address-to-DLCI map is the same as the state of the mapped VC.

Related commands

fr inarp

fr map ip

display fr pvc

Use display fr pvc to display information on Frame Relay PVCs and statistics about sent and received data.

Syntax

display fr pvc [ interface interface-type interface-number ] [ dlci dlci-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. It can be a main interface or subinterface. If you specify a main interface, this command displays information for the main interface and its subinterfaces. If you specify a subinterface, this command displays information for the subinterface. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays information for all interfaces.

dlci dlci-number: Specifies a PVC by its DLCI in the range of 16 to 1007. If you specify a PVC, this command displays detailed information about the PVC. If you do not specify a PVC, this command displays brief information about PVCs. In addition to the brief information, the detailed information includes Frame Relay traffic management information.

Examples

# Display brief information on all Frame Relay PVCs and statistics about sent and received data.

<Sysname> display fr pvc

PVC information for interface Serial2/1/0 (DTE, physically up)

DLCI: 100 Type: Dynamic Interface: Serial2/1/0

Encapsulation: IETF Broadcast

Creation time: 2012/04/01 23:55:39 Status: Active

Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 dropped

Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 dropped

DLCI: 102 Type: Static Interface: Serial2/1/0.1

Encapsulation: Nonstandard

Creation time: 2012/04/01 23:56:14 Status: Active

Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 dropped

Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 dropped

# Display detailed information on the PVC identified by DLCI 100 and statistics about data sent and received on the PVC.

<Sysname> display fr pvc dlci 100

PVC information for interface Serial2/1/0 (DTE, physically up)

DLCI: 100 Type: Dynamic Interface: Serial2/1/0

Encapsulation: IETF Broadcast

Creation time: 2012/04/01 23:55:39 Status: Active

Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 dropped

Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 dropped

DE list: 3 DE set packets: 0

Traffic policing: Active

CIR ALLOW: 56000 bps CBS: 56000 bits EBS: 56000 bits

Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 dropped, 0 set DE packets

Traffic shaping: Inactive

CIR ALLOW: 56000 bps CIR: 56000 bps

CBS: 56000 bits EBS: 56000 bits

Current CIR: 56000 bps

Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 dropped packets

Delayed: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Output queue: (Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards) 0/100/0

Output queue: (Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards) 0/500/0

Output queue: (FIFO queuing: Size/Length/Discards) 0/75/0

Table 66 Command output

Field	Description
PVC information for interface Serial2/1/0 (DTE, physically up)	Information about PVCs on the Frame Relay interface Serial 2/1/0. The interface is a DTE interface and is physically up. The interface types include: · DTE. · DCE. The physical states include: · physically up. · physically down.
DLCI: 100, Type: Dynamic, Interface: Serial2/1/0	The type of the PVC identified by DLCI 100 is Dynamic. It is created on interface Serial 2/1/0. The PVC types include: · Dynamic—The PVC is dynamically learned through LMI. · Static—The PVC is statically configured by using the fr map ip or fr dlci command.
Encapsulation: IETF Broadcast	The encapsulation type of the PVC is IETF. The PVC allows broadcast packets. The encapsulation types include: · IETF. · Nonstandard.
Creation time: 2012/1/04/01 23:55:39, Status: Active	Time when the PVC was created and the state of the PVC, which can be Active or Inactive.
Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 dropped	Number of received packets, number of received bytes, and number of dropped packets.
Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 dropped	Number of sent packets, number of sent bytes, and number of dropped packets.
DE list: 3 DE set packets: 0	DE list number and number of packets with the DE bit set.
Traffic policing: Inactive	Status of traffic policing: · Active. · Inactive.
Input : 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 dropped, 0 set DE packets	Number of received packets, number of received bytes, number of dropped packets, and number of packets with the DE bit set.
Traffic shaping: Inactive	Status of traffic shaping: · Active. · Inactive.
Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 dropped packets	Number of sent packets, number of sent bytes, and number of dropped packets after traffic shaping is enabled.
Delayed: 0 packets, 0 bytes	Number of outgoing packets delayed and number of outgoing bytes delayed.

Related commands

broadcast

fr dlci

fr encapsulation

fr interface-type

fr map ip

reset fr pvc

fr compression iphc enable

Use fr compression iphc enable to enable Frame Relay IPHC on a Frame Relay interface or VC.

Use undo fr compression iphc enable to disable Frame Relay IPHC on a Frame Relay interface or VC.

Syntax

fr compression iphc enable [ nonstandard ]

undo fr compression iphc enable

Default

Frame Relay IPHC is disabled.

Views

Interface view

Frame Relay virtual circuit view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

nonstandard: Specifies the nonstandard encapsulation type. Specify this keyword when the device is interoperating with third-party devices. This keyword supports RTP header compression (but not TCP header compression).

Usage guidelines

IPHC includes the following types:

· RTP header compression—Compresses the IP/UDP/RTP header in packets.

· TCP header compression—Compresses the TCP/IP header in packets.

Enabling/disabling IPHC enables/disables both RTP header compression and TCP header compression.

To make IPHC take effect on a link, you must enable Frame Relay IPHC on both ends of the link.

You can configure Frame Relay IPHC on either an interface or VC. The setting on an interface takes effect on all VCs of the interface. The setting on a VC takes effect only on the VC. When the interface setting is different from the VC setting, the VC setting takes effect.

When the encapsulation type is IETF, IPHC negotiation is triggered after you enable IPHC. IPHC takes effect only if IPHC negotiation succeeds.

When the encapsulation type is nonstandard, IPHC takes effect without negotiation. In this case, the encapsulation type must be nonstandard on both ends of the link.

Compression does not stop after you disable IPHC. To stop compression on an interface or PVC, you must also execute the shutdown/undo shutdown command sequence on the interface or PVC.

Examples

# Enable Frame Relay IPHC on interface Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr compression iphc enable

# Enable Frame Relay IPHC on the VC with DLCI 100 on interface Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr dlci 100

[Sysname-fr-dlci-Serial2/1/0-100] fr compression iphc enable

Related commands

fr encapsulation

fr compression iphc rtp-connections

Use fr compression iphc rtp-connections to set the maximum number of RTP header-compression connections allowed on a Frame Relay interface or VC.

Use undo fr compression iphc rtp-connections to restore the default.

Syntax

fr compression iphc rtp-connections number

undo fr compression iphc rtp-connections

Default

The maximum number of RTP header-compression connections is 16.

Views

Interface view

Frame Relay virtual circuit view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

number: Specifies the maximum number of RTP header-compression connections allowed, in the range of 3 to 1000. When this argument is less than or equal to 256, packets are compressed in COMPRESSED_RTP_8 format. When this argument is greater than 256, packets are compressed in COMPRESSED_RTP_16 format.

Usage guidelines

RTP is a connection-oriented protocol and can carry many RTP connections on one link. The compression algorithm maintains information for each RTP header-compression connection. To save memory resources, you can use this command to specify the maximum number of RTP header-compression connections allowed. For example, if you specify the maximum number as 3, packets of the fourth RTP connection are not compressed.

The maximum number of RTP header-compression connections configured on an interface is inherited by all VCs of the interface. If you set a different maximum number on a VC of the interface, the setting on the VC takes effect.

You can configure this command on an interface or PVC only after you enable IPHC on the interface or PVC. The configuration takes effect on an interface or PVC after you execute the shutdown/undo shutdown command sequence on the interface or PVC. After you disable IPHC, the configuration is deleted.

Examples

# Set the maximum number of RTP header-compression connections to 200 for interface Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr compression iphc enable

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr compression iphc rtp-connections 200

# Set the maximum number of RTP header-compression connections to 200 for the VC with DLCI 100 on interface Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr dlci 100

[Sysname-fr-dlci-Serial2/1/0-100] fr compression iphc enable

[Sysname-fr-dlci-Serial2/1/0-100] fr compression iphc rtp-connections 200

Related commands

fr compression iphc enable

fr compression iphc tcp-connections

Use fr compression iphc tcp-connections to set the maximum number of TCP header-compression connections allowed on a Frame Relay interface or VC.

Use undo fr compression iphc tcp-connections to restore the default.

Syntax

fr compression iphc tcp-connections number

undo fr compression iphc tcp-connections

Default

The maximum number of TCP header-compression connections is 16.

Views

Interface view

Frame Relay virtual circuit view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

number: Specifies the maximum number of TCP header-compression connections allowed, in the range of 3 to 256.

Usage guidelines

TCP is a connection-oriented protocol and can carry many TCP connections on one link. The compression algorithm maintains information for each TCP header-compression connection. To save memory resources, you can use this command to specify the maximum number of TCP header-compression connections allowed. For example, if you specify the maximum number as 3, packets of the fourth TCP connection are not compressed.

The maximum number of TCP header-compression connections configured on an interface is inherited by all VCs of the interface. If you set a different maximum number on a VC of the interface, the setting on the VC takes effect.

You can configure this command on an interface or PVC only after you enable IPHC without specifying the nonstandard keyword on the interface or PVC. The configuration takes effect on an interface or PVC after you execute the shutdown/undo shutdown command sequence on the interface or PVC. After you disable IPHC or re-enable IPHC with the nonstandard keyword, the configuration is deleted.

Examples

# Set the maximum number of TCP header-compression connections to 200 for interface Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr compression iphc enable

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr compression iphc tcp-connections 200

# Set the maximum number of TCP header-compression connections to 200 for the VC with DLCI 100 on interface Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr dlci 100

[Sysname-fr-dlci-Serial2/1/0-100] fr compression iphc enable

[Sysname-fr-dlci-Serial2/1/0-100] fr compression iphc tcp-connections 200

Related commands

fr compression iphc enable

fr compression stac enable

Use fr compression stac enable to enable Frame Relay STAC compression on a Frame Relay VC.

Use undo fr compression stac enable to disable Frame Relay STAC compression on a Frame Relay VC.

Syntax

fr compression stac enable

undo fr compression stac enable

Default

Frame Relay STAC compression is disabled on a Frame Relay VC.

Views

Frame Relay virtual circuit view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

To make STAC compression take effect on a PVC, you must enable STAC compression on both ends of the PVC.

STAC compression works only when the encapsulation type is IETF on both ends of a PVC. If the encapsulation type is not IETF when you enable STAC compression, the system automatically changes the encapsulation type to IETF.

Frame Relay IPHC and STAC compression are mutually exclusive.

Examples

# Enable Frame Relay STAC compression on the VC with DLCI 100 on interface Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr dlci 100

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0-fr-dlci-100]fr compression stac enable

fr dlci

Use fr dlci to create a VC and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing VC.

Use undo fr dlci to delete a VC.

Syntax

fr dlci dlci-number

undo fr dlci [ dlci-number ]

Default

No VCs exist.

Views

Interface view (main interface or subinterface view)

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dlci-number: Specifies a VC by its DLCI in the range 16 to 1007. DLCIs 0 through 15 and 1008 through 1023 are reserved.

Usage guidelines

The undo form of this command deletes all VCs if you do not specify the dlci-number argument.

The DLCI of a VC must be unique on a main interface and all its subinterfaces.

On a main DCE interface or subinterface, you must manually create VCs.

On a main DTE interface, the device can automatically create VCs according to the settings received from the DCE side. If you create VCs manually, make sure the DLCIs of the VCs are the same as those used on the DCE side.

On a DTE subinterface, you must manually create VCs.

During LMI negotiation, the VC information of a DCE interface is transmitted. When too many VCs are configured on a DCE interface, the negotiation packet carrying the PVC information might exceed the maximum frame length allowed on the interface. In this case, the LMI negotiation fails.

Examples

# Create a VC with DLCI 100 on Frame Relay interface Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr dlci 100

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0-fr-dlci-100]

fr encapsulation

Use fr encapsulation to configure the encapsulation type for a Frame Relay interface or VC.

Use undo fr encapsulation to restore the default.

Syntax

fr encapsulation { ietf | nonstandard }

undo fr encapsulation

Default

The encapsulation type is IETF on a Frame Relay interface. The encapsulation type of a VC is the same as that configured on its Frame Relay interface.

Views

Interface view

Frame Relay virtual circuit view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

Ietf: Specifies the IETF encapsulation type.

nonstandard: Specifies the nonstandard encapsulation type.

Usage guidelines

The Frame Relay encapsulation types include:

· IETF—The IETF encapsulation type conforms to RFC 1490.

· Nonstandard—The nonstandard encapsulation type is compatible with dedicated encapsulation types of mainstream routers.

If a VC is enabled with STAC compression, its encapsulation type can only be IETF.

When a Frame Relay interface is configured with an encapsulation type:

· The interface sends packets encapsulated in this type.

· The interface can recognize packets encapsulated in either type.

For the local end and the peer to communicate:

· If the peer can recognize packets in either type, you can set different encapsulation types on the two ends.

· If the peer cannot recognize packets in either type,, you must set the same encapsulation type on the two ends.

By default, a VC uses the encapsulation type configured on its Frame Relay interface. The encapsulation type configured for a VC takes precedence over the encapsulation type configured on its Frame Relay interface.

Examples

# Enable Frame Relay encapsulation on Serial 2/1/0, and set the encapsulation type to nonstandard.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] link-protocol fr

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr encapsulation nonstandard

# Set the Frame Relay encapsulation type to IETF on the VC with DLCI 200.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr dlci 200

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0-fr-dlci-200] fr encapsulation ietf

fr fragment enable

Use fr fragment enable to enable Frame Relay FRF.12 fragmentation on a Frame Relay interface.

Use undo fr fragment enable to disable Frame Relay FRF.12 fragmentation on a Frame Relay interface.

Syntax

fr fragment enable

undo fr fragment enable

Default

Frame Relay FRF.12 fragmentation is disabled on a Frame Relay interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command enables FRF.12 fragmentation on all PVCs of an interface and its subinterfaces.

FRF.12 fragmentation enabled by using this command is end-to-end type.

This command and the fr traffic-shaping command are mutually exclusive on an interface. For more information about Frame Relay traffic shaping, see ACL and QoS Configuration Guide.

Examples

# Enable Frame Relay FRF.12 fragmentation on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] link-protocol fr

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr fragment enable

fr fragment size

Use fr fragment size to set the fragment size allowed on a Frame Relay interface.

Use undo fr fragment size to restore the default.

Syntax

fr fragment size size

undo fr fragment size

Default

The fragment size allowed on a Frame Relay interface is 45 bytes.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

size: Specifies the fragment size in the range of 16 to 1600 bytes.

Examples

# Set the fragment size to 300 bytes on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] link-protocol fr

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr fragment size 300

fr inarp

Use fr inarp to enable Frame Relay InARP on a Frame Relay interface.

Use undo fr inarp to disable Frame Relay InARP on a Frame Relay interface.

Syntax

fr inarp ip [ dlci-number ]

undo fr inarp ip [ dlci-number ]

Default

Frame Relay InARP is enabled on a Frame Relay interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip: Performs inverse address resolution for IPv4 addresses.

dlci-number: Specifies a VC by its DLCI number. The value range for this argument is 16 to 1007. If you do not specify a VC, all VCs on the interface and on all its subinterfaces are specified.

Usage guidelines

When Frame Relay sends data over an interface, the peer IP addresses must be mapped to the local DLCIs. The address-to-DLCI mapping can be configured automatically through InARP or manually.

If you enable or disable InARP on a Frame Relay interface without specifying a VC, InARP is enabled or disabled on the following VCs:

· All VCs on the Frame Relay interface.

· All VCs on each subinterface of the Frame Relay interface.

Examples

# Enable InARP on all VCs of the Frame Relay interface Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr inarp ip

Related commands

display fr inarp

fr inarp interval

Use fr inarp interval to set the InARP request interval during an InARP learning process.

Use undo fr inarp interval to restore the default.

Syntax

fr inarp interval interval

undo fr inarp interval

Default

The InARP request interval during an InARP learning process is 60 seconds.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interval: Specifies the InARP request interval during an InARP learning process. The value range for this argument is 15 to 300 seconds.

Usage guidelines

The InARP request interval takes effect only when InARP is enabled.

Examples

# Set the InARP request interval during an InARP learning process to 15 seconds on the Frame Relay interface Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr inarp interval 15

Related commands

display fr inarp

fr inarp

fr interface-type

Use fr interface-type to set the type of a Frame Relay interface.

Use undo fr interface-type to restore the default.

Syntax

fr interface-type { dce | dte }

undo fr interface-type

Default

The type of a Frame Relay interface is DTE.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dce: Specifies DCE.

dte: Specifies DTE.

Examples

# Set the type of the Frame Relay interface Serial 2/1/0 to DCE.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr interface-type dce

fr ipv6 ind

Use fr ipv6 ind to enable IND for dynamic address mapping on a Frame Relay interface.

Use undo fr ipv6 ind to disable IND for dynamic address mapping on a Frame Relay interface.

Syntax

fr ipv6 ind [ dlci-number ]

undo fr ipv6 ind [ dlci-number ]

Default

IND is disabled on a Frame Relay interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dlci-number: Specifies a VC by its DLCI number in the range of 16 to 1007. If you do not specify a VC, all VCs on the interface and on all its subinterfaces are specified.

Usage guidelines

IND automatically creates IPv6 address-to-DLCI maps on an interface.

If you enable or disable IND on a Frame Relay interface without specifying a VC, IND is enabled or disabled on the following VCs:

· All VCs on the Frame Relay interface.

· All VCs on each subinterface of the Frame Relay interface.

Examples

# Enable IND for all VCs on interface Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr ipv6 ind

fr lmi n391dte

Use fr lmi n391dte to set the DTE-side N391 counter.

Use undo fr lmi n391dte to restore the default.

Syntax

fr lmi n391dte n391-value

undo fr lmi n391dte

Default

The DTE-side N391 counter is 6.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

n391-value: Sets the DTE-side N391 counter in the range of 1 to 255.

Usage guidelines

This command is available on DTE interfaces.

A DTE sends status enquiry messages at an interval set by the T391 timer to a DCE. The status enquiry messages include link integrity verification enquiry messages and full status enquiry messages. The ratio of sent link integrity verification enquiry messages to sent full status enquiry messages is (N391–1):1.

Examples

# Set the type of Frame Relay interface Serial 2/1/0 to DTE. Set the N391 counter to 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] link-protocol fr

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr interface-type dte

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr lmi n391dte 10

fr lmi n392dce

Use fr lmi n392dce to set the DCE-side N392 counter.

Use undo fr lmi n392dce to restore the default.

Syntax

fr lmi n392dce n392-value

undo fr lmi n392dce

Default

The DCE-side N392 counter is 3.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

n392-value: Sets the DCE-side N392 counter in the range of 1 to 10.

Usage guidelines

This command is available on DCE interfaces.

A DCE requires a DTE to send a status enquiry message at an interval set by the T392 timer. If the DCE has not received a status enquiry message when the T392 timer expires, the error counter on the DCE increments by one.

The N392 counter sets an error threshold for the total number of monitored events set by the N393 counter. If the number of errors during N393 events reaches N392, the DCE considers the physical link and all VCs unavailable and will not use them to forward packets.

N392 must be less than N393 on the DCE side.

Examples

# Set the type of Frame Relay interface Serial 2/1/0 to DCE. Set N392 to 5 and N393 to 6.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] link-protocol fr

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr interface-type dce

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr lmi n392dce 5

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr lmi n393dce 6

fr lmi n392dte

Use fr lmi n392dte to set the DTE-side N392 counter.

Use undo fr lmi n392dte to restore the default.

Syntax

fr lmi n392dte n392-value

undo fr lmi n392dte

Default

The DTE-side N392 counter is 3.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

n392-value: Sets the DTE-side N392 counter in the range of 1 to 10.

Usage guidelines

This command is available on DTE interfaces.

A DTE sends a status enquiry message at an interval to a DCE to request the link status. When the DCE receives a status enquiry message, the DCE immediately sends a status message. If the DTE has not received the status message when the T391 timer expires, the error counter on the DTE increments by one.

The N392 counter sets an error threshold for the total number of monitored events set by the N393 counter. If the number of errors during N393 events reaches N392, the DTE considers the physical link and all VCs unavailable and will not use them to forward packets.

N392 must be less than N393 on the DTE side.

Examples

# Set the type of Frame Relay interface Serial 2/1/0 to DTE. Set N392 to 5 and N393 to 6.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] link-protocol fr

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr interface-type dte

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr lmi n392dte 5

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr lmi n393dte 6

fr lmi n393dce

Use fr lmi n393dce to set the DCE-side N393 counter.

Use undo fr lmi n393dce to restore the default.

Syntax

fr lmi n393dce n393-value

undo fr lmi n393dce

Default

The DCE-side N393 counter is 4.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

n393-value: Sets the DCE-side N393 counter in the range of 1 to 10.

Usage guidelines

This command is available on DCE interfaces.

A DCE requires a DTE to send a status enquiry message at an interval set by the T392 timer. If the DCE has not received the status enquiry message when the T392 timer expires, the error counter on the DCE increments by one.

N392 must be less than N393 on the DCE side.

Examples

# Set the type of Frame Relay interface Serial 2/1/0 to DCE. Set N392 to 5 and N393 to 6.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] link-protocol fr

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr interface-type dce

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr lmi n392dce 5

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr lmi n393dce 6

fr lmi n393dte

Use fr lmi n393dte to set the DTE-side N393 counter.

Use undo fr lmi n393dte to restore the default.

Syntax

fr lmi n393dte n393-value

undo fr lmi n393dte

Default

The DTE-side N393 counter is 4.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

n393-value: Sets the DTE-side N393 counter in the range of 1 to 10.

Usage guidelines

This command is available on DTE interfaces.

A DTE sends status enquiry messages at an interval to a DCE to request the link status. When the DCE receives a status enquiry message, the DCE immediately sends a status message. If the DTE has not received the status message when the T391 timer expires, the error counter on the DTE increments by one.

N392 must be less than N393 on the DTE side.

Examples

# Set the type of Frame Relay interface Serial 2/1/0 to DTE. Set N392 to 5 and N393 to 6.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] link-protocol fr

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr interface-type dte

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr lmi n392dte 5

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr lmi n393dte 6

fr lmi t392dce

Use fr lmi t392dce to set the DCE-side T392 timer.

Use undo fr lmi t392dce to restore the default.

Syntax

fr lmi t392dce t392-value

undo fr lmi t392dce

Default

The DCE-side T392 timer is 15 seconds.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

t392-value: Sets the DCE-side T392 timer in the range of 5 to 30 seconds.

Usage guidelines

This command is available on DCE interfaces.

The DCE-side T392 timer defines the longest period that a DCE can wait for a status enquiry message.

The DCE-side T392 timer must be greater than the DTE-side T391 timer set by using the timer-hold command.

Examples

# Set the type of Frame Relay interface Serial 2/1/0 to DCE. Set the T392 timer to 10 seconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] link-protocol fr

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr interface-type dce

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr lmi t392dce 10

fr lmi type

Use fr lmi type to configure the Frame Relay LMI protocol type.

Use undo fr lmi type to restore the default.

Syntax

fr lmi type { ansi | nonstandard | q933a }

undo fr lmi type

Default

The Frame Relay LMI protocol type is q933a.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ansi: Specifies the standard LMI protocol defined in ANSI T1.617 Annex D.

nonstandard: Specifies the nonstandard compatible LMI protocol.

q933a: Specifies the standard LMI protocol defined in Q.933 Annex A.

Usage guidelines

The LMI protocol maintains the Frame Relay PVC table. It can perform the following operations:

· Notifies the addition of a PVC.

· Detects the deletion of a PVC.

· Monitors PVC status changes.

· Verifies link integrity.

The system usually supports the following LMI protocols:

· ITU-T Q.933 Annex A.

· ANSI T1.617 Annex D.

· Nonstandard compatible LMI protocol.

Examples

# Configure the Frame Relay LMI type as nonstandard compatible protocol on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr lmi type nonstandard

fr map

Use fr map to create a static address-to-DLCI map.

Use undo fr map to delete a static address-to-DLCI map.

Syntax

fr map ip { ip-address | default } dlci-number

fr map ipv6 { ipv6-address | default } dlci-number

undo fr map ip { ip-address | default } dlci-number

undo fr map ipv6 { ipv6-address | default } dlci-number

Default

No static address-to-DLCI maps exist.

Views

Interface view (main interface view or P2MP subinterface view)

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address: Specifies the peer IPv4 address.

ipv6-address: Specifies the peer IPv6 address.

default: Creates a default address-to-DLCI map.

dlci-number: Specifies the local VC by its DLCI in the range of 16 to 1007. DLCIs 0 through 5 and 1008 through 1023 are reserved.

Usage guidelines

An address-to-DLCI map can be created automatically by using InARP or IND, or created manually.

· InARP or IND is suitable for a complex network where the peer devices also support InARP or IND.

· As a best practice, create address-to-DLCI maps manually when the number of peer hosts is small or when default routes exist.

The IPv4 or IPv6 address in an address-to-DLCI map must be a valid unicast IPv4 or IPv6 address.

When the VC specified in this command does not exist, the VC is automatically created.

Up to one default address-to-DLCI map can be configured on one interface.

Only one address-to-DLCI map can be configured for one IPv4 or IPv6 address on one interface.

Examples

# Create a static address-to-DLCI map on interface Serial 2/1/0 to map the VC with DLCI 50 to the peer IP address 202.38.163.252.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr map ip 202.38.163.252 50

Related commands

display fr map

fr ipv6 ind holdtime

Use fr ipv6 ind holdtime to set the IND request interval during the IND learning process.

Use undo fr ipv6 ind holdtime to restore the default.

Syntax

fr ipv6 ind holdtime seconds

undo fr ipv6 ind holdtime

Default

The IND request interval during the IND learning process is 30 seconds.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

seconds: Specifies the IND request interval in the range of 10 to 120 seconds.

Usage guidelines

This command takes effect only when IND is enabled.

Examples

# Set the type of the Frame Relay interface Serial 2/1/0 to DTE, and set the IND request interval to 15 seconds for Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] link-protocol fr

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr interface-type dte

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ipv6 ind holdtime 15

fr ipv6 ind solicitation retrans-timer

Use fr ipv6 ind solicitation retrans-timer to set the interval between IND requests that are sent continuously.

Use undo fr ipv6 ind solicitation retrans-timer to restore the default.

Syntax

fr ipv6 ind solicitation retrans-timer seconds

undo fr ipv6 ind solicitation retrans-timer

Default

The interval between IND requests that are sent continuously is 1 second.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

seconds: Specifies the interval between IND requests that are sent continuously, in the range of 1 to 5 seconds.

Usage guidelines

An interface that fails to receive IND responses within the IND request interval continuously sends IND requests up to three times at the interval set by using this command.

Examples

# Set the type of the Frame Relay interface Serial 2/1/0 to DTE, and set the interval between continuous IND requests to 2 seconds for Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] link-protocol fr

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr interface-type dte

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] ipv6 ind solicitation retrans-timer 2

link-protocol fr

Use link-protocol fr to enable Frame Relay encapsulation on an interface.

Use undo link-protocol to restore the default.

Syntax

link-protocol fr

undo link-protocol

Default

PPP encapsulation is enabled on all interfaces except Ethernet interfaces, VLAN interfaces, and ATM interfaces.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Enable Frame Relay encapsulation on interface Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] link-protocol fr

reset fr compression iphc

Use reset fr compression iphc to clear Frame Relay IPHC statistics.

Syntax

reset fr compression iphc { rtp | tcp } [ interface interface-type interface-number ] [ dlci dlci-number ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

rtp: Clears RTP header compression statistics.

tcp: Clears TCP header compression statistics.

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command clears IPHC statistics for all interfaces.

dlci dlci-number: Specifies a VC by its DLCI in the range of 16 to 1007. Before you specify a VC, you must specify an interface. If you do not specify a VC, this command clears IPHC statistics for all VCs on an interface.

Examples

# Clear IPHC statistics for all interfaces.

<Sysname> reset fr compression iphc

Related commands

display fr compression iphc

reset fr inarp

Use reset fr inarp to clear dynamic address-to-DLCI maps established by InARP.

Syntax

reset fr inarp [ interface interface-type interface-number [ dlci dlci-number ] ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. It can be a main interface or subinterface. If you specify a main interface, this command clears information for the main interface and its subinterfaces. If you specify a subinterface, this command clears information for the subinterface. If you do not specify an interface, this command clears information for all interfaces.

dlci dlci-number: Specifies a VC by its DLCI in the range of 16 to 1007. DLCIs 0 through 15 and 1008 through 1023 are reserved. If you specify a VC, this command clears the dynamic address-to-DLCI map of the VC.

Usage guidelines

In some situations, for example, when the network topology changes, the dynamic address-to-DLCI maps will become invalid. Before dynamic address-to-DLCI maps are established again, clear all dynamic address-to-DLCI maps.

Examples

# Clear all dynamic IPv4 address-to-DLCI maps.

<Sysname> reset fr inarp

Related commands

fr inarp

reset fr ipv6 ind

Use reset fr ipv6 ind to clear dynamic IPv6 address-to-DLCI maps.

Syntax

reset fr ipv6 ind [ interface interface-type interface-number [ dlci dlci-number ] ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. It can be a main interface or subinterface.

· If you specify a main interface, this command clears information for the main interface and its subinterfaces.

· If you specify a subinterface, this command clears information for the subinterface.

· If you do not specify an interface, this command clears information for all interfaces.

dlci dlci-number: Specifies a VC by its DLCI in the range of 16 to 1007. DLCIs 0 through 15 and 1008 through 1023 are reserved.

· If you specify a main interface and a VC that is not on the main interface or any of its subinterfaces, this command does not clear IPv6 address mapping for the VC.

· If you specify a subinterface and a VC that is not on the subinterface, this command does not clear IPv6 address mapping for the VC.

· If you specify only an interface, this command clears IPv6 address mapping for all VCs on the interface.

Examples

# Clear all dynamic IPv6 address-to-DLCI maps.

<Sysname> reset fr ipv6 ind

reset fr pvc

Use reset fr pvc to clear statistics for PVCs.

Syntax

reset fr pvc [ interface interface-type interface-number [ dlci dlci-number ] ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. It can be a main interface or subinterface. If you specify a main interface, this command clears statistics for the main interface and its subinterfaces. If you specify a subinterface, this command clears statistics for the subinterface. If you do not specify an interface, this command clears statistics for all interfaces.

dlci dlci-number: Specifies a VC by its DLCI in the range of 16 to 1007. DLCIs 0 through 15 and 1008 through 1023 are reserved.

Examples

# Clear statistics for all PVCs on Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> reset fr pvc interface serial 2/1/0

snmp-agent trap enable fr

Use snmp-agent trap enable fr to enable SNMP notifications for Frame Relay.

Use undo snmp-agent trap enable fr to disable SNMP notifications for Frame Relay.

Syntax

snmp-agent trap enable fr

undo snmp-agent trap enable fr

Default

SNMP notifications are disabled for Frame Relay.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Disable SNMP notifications for Frame Relay.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] undo snmp-agent trap enable fr

timer-hold

Use timer-hold to set the DTE-side T391 timer.

Use undo timer-hold to restore the default.

Syntax

timer-hold seconds

undo timer-hold

Default

The DTE-side T391 timer is 10 seconds.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

seconds: Specifies the DTE-side T391 timer in the range of 0 to 32767 seconds. The value 0 indicates that the LMI protocol is disabled.

Usage guidelines

This command is available on DTE interfaces.

The DTE-side T391 timer defines the interval at which the DTE sends status enquiry messages.

The DTE-side T391 timer must be smaller than the DCE-side T392 timer.

Examples

# Set the type of Frame Relay interface Serial 2/1/0 to DTE. Set the T391 timer to 15 seconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] link-protocol fr

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr interface-type dte

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] timer-hold 15

Multilink Frame Relay commands

This feature is supported only on Layer 2 Ethernet ports on the following modules:

· CE3.

· CPOS.

· CT3.

· E1.

· E1-F.

· POS.

· SAE.

· T1.

· T1-F.

bandwidth

Use bandwidth to set the expected bandwidth for an MFR interface.

Use undo bandwidth to restore the default.

Syntax

bandwidth bandwidth-value

undo bandwidth

Default

The expected bandwidth (in kbps) for an MFR interface is the interface baud rate divided by 1000.

Views

MFR interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

bandwidth-value: Specifies the expected bandwidth in the range of 1 to 400000000 kbps.

Usage guidelines

The expected bandwidth is an informational parameter used only by higher-layer protocols for calculation. You cannot adjust the actual bandwidth of an interface by using this command.

Examples

# Set the expected bandwidth to 1000 kbps for interface MFR 0/0/2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mfr 0/0/2

[Sysname-MFR0/0/2] bandwidth 1000

default

Use default to restore the default settings for an MFR interface.

Syntax

default

Views

MFR interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

CAUTION:

The default command might interrupt ongoing network services. Make sure you are fully aware of the impact of this command when you execute it on a live network.

This command might fail to restore the default settings for some commands for reasons such as command dependencies or system restrictions. Use the display this command in interface view to identify these commands. Then use their undo forms or follow the command reference to restore their default settings. If your restoration attempt still fails, follow the error message instructions to resolve the problem.

Examples

# Restore the default settings for interface MFR 0/0/2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mfr 0/0/2

[Sysname-MFR0/0/2] default

description

Use description to set a description for an MFR interface.

Use undo description to restore the default.

Syntax

description text

undo description

Default

The description of an MFR interface is interface name Interface, for example, MFR0/0/2 Interface.

Views

MFR interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

text: Specifies an interface description, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

Examples

# Set the description to mfr0/0/2-interface for interface MFR 0/0/2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mfr 0/0/2

[Sysname-MFR0/0/2] description mfr0/0/2-interface

display interface mfr

Use display interface mfr to display MFR interface information.

Syntax

display interface [ mfr [ interface-number ] ] [ brief [ description | down ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

mfr [ interface-number ]: Specifies MFR interfaces. If you do not specify the mfr keyword, this command displays information about all interfaces supported by the device. If you specify the mfr keyword but not the interface-number argument, this command displays information about all MFR interfaces.

brief: Displays brief information about interfaces. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays detailed information about interfaces.

description: Displays complete interface descriptions. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays only the first 27 characters of each interface description.

down: Displays information about the interfaces in physically down state and the causes. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays information about interfaces in all states.

Examples

# Display detailed information about interface MFR 0/0/2.

<Sysname> display interface mfr 0/0/2

MFR0/0/2

Current state: DOWN

Line protocol state: DOWN

Description: MFR0/0/2 Interface

Maximum Transmit Unit: 1500

Hold timer: 10 seconds, retry times: 5

Internet protocol processing: Disabled

Link layer protocol is FR IETF

LMI DLCI is 0, LMI type is Q.933a, frame relay DTE

LMI status enquiry sent 0, LMI status received 0

LMI status timeout 0, LMI message discarded 0

Physical: MFR

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - FIFO queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/75/0

Last clearing of counters: Never

Last 300 seconds input rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec

Last 300 seconds output rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec

Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 dropps

Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 dropps

Table 67 Command output

Field	Description
Current state	Physical state and administrative state of the MFR interface: · Administratively DOWN—The interface has been shut down by using the shutdown command. · DOWN—The interface is administratively up, but its physical state is down (possibly because no physical link exists or the link has failed). · UP—The interface is both administratively and physically up.
Line protocol state	Data link layer state of the interface: · UP—The data link layer protocol is up. · DOWN—The data link layer protocol is down.
Description	Description of the MFR interface.
Bandwidth	Expected bandwidth of the MFR interface.
Maximum Transmit Unit	MTU of the MFR interface.
Hold timer	Interval for the MFR interface to send keepalive messages.
retry times	Number of times that the interface sends a keepalive message.
Internet protocol processing	IP packet processing capability: · Enabled—The MFR interface can process IP packets. · Disabled—The MFR interface cannot process IP packets.
Link layer protocol is FR IETF	Encapsulation type of the MFR interface: · IETF. · Nonstandard.
LMI DLCI is 0, LMI type is Q.933a, Frame Relay DTE	DLCI number used by LMI, LMI type, and port type. Q.933a LMI and ANSI LMI use DLCI 0, and nonstandard LMI uses DLCI 1023.
LMI status enquiry sent 0, LMI status received 0	Number of sent status enquiry messages and number of received status messages.
LMI status timeout 0, LMI message discarded 0	Number of status messages that timed out and number of discarded messages.
Physical	Physical type of the interface.
Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0 Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0 Output queue - FIFO queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/75/0	Statistics on the packets of the following interface output queues: · Urgent queue. · Protocol queue. · FIFO queue.
Last clearing of counters: Never	Time when the interface statistics were last cleared. Never indicates that the interface statistics have never been cleared since device startup.
Last 300 seconds input rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec Last 300 seconds output rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec	Average input rate of the MFR interface in the last 5 minutes. Average output rate of the MFR interface in the last 5 minutes.
Input: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 dropps	Number of incoming packets, number of incoming bytes, and number of incoming packets discarded.
Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 dropps	Number of outgoing packets, number of outgoing bytes, and number of outgoing packets discarded.

# Display brief information about interface MFR 0/0/2.

<Sysname> display interface mfr 0/0/2 brief

Brief information on interface(s) under route mode:

Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby

Protocol: (s) - spoofing

Interface Link Protocol Main IP Description

MFR0/0/2 DOWN DOWN --

# Display brief information about the MFR interfaces in physically down state.

<Sysname> display interface mfr brief down

Brief information on interface(s) under route mode:

Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby

Interface Link Cause

MFR0/0/2 ADM Administratively

Table 68 Command output

Field	Description
Brief information on interface(s) under route mode	Brief information about Layer 3 interfaces.
Interface	Interface name.
Link	Physical link state of the interface: · UP—The interface is physically up. · DOWN—The interface is physically down. · ADM—The interface has been shut down by using the shutdown command. To restore the physical state of the interface, use the undo shutdown command. · Stby—The interface is a backup interface.
Protocol	Data link layer protocol state of the interface: · UP—The data link layer protocol of the interface is up. · DOWN—The data link layer protocol of the interface is down. · UP(s)—The data link layer protocol of the interface is up, but the link is an on-demand link or does not exist. The (s) attribute represents the spoofing flag. This value is typical of null interfaces and loopback interfaces.
Description	Partial or complete interface description set by using the description command: · If you do not specify the description keyword for the display interface brief command, this field displays only the first 27 characters of the interface description. · If you specify the description keyword for the display interface brief command, this field displays the complete interface description.
Cause	Causes for the physical link state of an interface to be DOWN: · Not connected—No physical connection exists (possibly because the network cable is disconnected or faulty). · Administratively—The interface has been manually shut down by using the shutdown command. To restore the physical state of the interface, use the undo shutdown command.

Related commands

fr interface-type

fr lmi type

timer-hold

display mfr

Use display mfr to display information about MFR bundles and bundle links.

Syntax

display mfr [ interface interface-type interface-number ] [ verbose ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. The specified interface must be a main interface (MFR interface or physical interface).

verbose: Displays detailed information, including the number of control messages sent and received. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays only configuration and status information.

Usage guidelines

If you specify an MFR interface without the verbose keyword, this command displays the configuration and status information for the specified bundle and all its bundle links.

If you specify a physical interface without the verbose keyword, this command displays the configuration and status information for the specified bundle link and its bundle.

If you specify an MFR interface with the verbose keyword, this command displays detailed information about the specified n MFR interface and all its bundle links.

If you specify a physical interface with the verbose keyword, this command displays detailed information about the specified bundle link and its bundle.

Examples

# Display the configuration and status information for all MFR bundles and bundle links.

<Sysname> display mfr

Bundle interface: MFR0/0/2 Bundle state: Up Bundle class: A

Bundle name: MFR1 Peer bundle name: MFR2

Fragment: Enabled MFR bundle fragment size: 222 bytes

Original packets assembled/fragmented (input/output): 0/0

Dropped fragments (input/output): 0/0

Unassigned fragments: 0

Bundle links:

Serial2/1/0 Physical state: Up Link state: Up Link name: Serial2/1/0

Table 69 Command output

Field	Description
Bundle state	Operating state of the MFR interface: · Up—The interface is physically up. · Down—The interface is physically down. · Administratively down—The interface is administratively down.
Bundle class	Bandwidth class, which is fixed at class A. A class A bundle is brought up when one or more bundle links come up. The bundle goes down when the last bundle link is down.
Fragment	Indicates whether fragmentation is enabled.
MFR bundle fragment size	Maximum fragment size allowed for bundle links.
Original packets assembled/fragmentized (input/output)	Number of assembled packets on the bundle interface and number of unfragmented packets before being sent by the MFR interface.
Dropped fragments (input/output)	Number of incoming/outgoing packets dropped on the MFR interface.
Unassigned fragments	Number of fragments that have not been assembled.
Serial2/1/0 Physical state: Up Link state: Up Link name: Serial2/1/0	Information about a bundle link: · Physical layer state: ¡ Up. ¡ Down. ¡ Administratively down. · Link layer state: ¡ Add sent—The interface sent an Add_link message and started connection establishment. ¡ Ack rx—The interface received an Add_link acknowledgement and is expecting an Add_link message from the peer. ¡ Add rx—The interface received an Add_link message and is expecting an Add_link acknowledgement from the peer. ¡ Up—The bundle link was successfully negotiated, and the interface can send frames. ¡ Idle—The bundle link was removed. ¡ Down—The bundle link was physically down. ¡ Down idle—The bundle link was physically down and removed. · The bundle link name is the name of the physical interface by default.

# Display detailed information about all MFR bundles and bundle links.

<Sysname> display mfr verbose

Bundle interface: MFR0/0/2 Bundle state: Up Bundle class: A

Bundle name: MFR1 Peer bundle name: MFR2

Fragment: Enabled MFR bundle fragment size: 222 bytes

Original packets assembled/fragmented (input/output): 0/0

Dropped fragments (input/output): 0/0

Unassigned fragments: 0

Bundle links:

Serial2/1/0

Link name: Serial2/1/0 Peer link name: Serial2/1/0

Physical state: Up Link state: Up Cause code: None

Timer: ACK 4 seconds Hello 10 seconds

Retry: Max 2 Current 0

Bundle link negotiation statistics:

Hello (Tx/Rx): 10/10 packets

Hello_ack (Tx/Rx): 10/10 packets

Add_link (Tx/Rx): 4/2 packets

Add_link_ack (Tx/Rx): 2/1 packets

Add_link_rej (Tx/Rx): 0/0 packets

Remove_link (Tx/Rx): 0/0 packets

Remove_link_ack (Tx/Rx): 0/0 packets

Packets dropped (input/output): 0/0

Bundle link fragment statistics:

MFR fragments(input/output): 0/0

Table 70 Command output

Field	Description
Physical state	Operating state of the physical interface: · UP—The interface is physically up. · DOWN—The interface is physically down. · Administratively down—The interface has been administratively shut down.
Link state	Operating state of the link protocol on the bundle link: · Add sent—The interface sent an Add_link message and started connection establishment. · Ack rx—The interface received an Add_link acknowledgement and is expecting an Add_link message from the peer. · Add rx—The interface received an Add_link message and is expecting an Add_link acknowledgement from the peer. · Up—The bundle link was successfully negotiated, and the interface can send frames. · Idle—The bundle link was removed. · Down—The bundle link was physically down. · Down idle—The bundle link was physically down and removed.
Cause code	Cause code for a bundle link state: · None—Initial state. · Ack timer expired—The ACK timer expires. · Bundle link idle—The bundle link is not operational. · Inconsistent bundle—Possible configuration mismatch detected. · Loopback detected—The bundle link has detected a potential loopback condition. · Unexpected add_link—An ADD_LINK message was received when the bundle link was in up state. · Other—Generic failure cause described by text in diagnostic element.
Timer: Ack	Amount of time for which the bundle link waits for a hello or Add_link acknowledgement before retransmitting a hello message or an Add_link message (for initial synchronization).
Hello	Interval for the bundle link to send hello messages.
Retry: Max	Maximum number of times that the bundle link can retransmit a hello or Add_link message before receiving a hello or Add_link acknowledgement.
Current	Number of retries that have been made.
Hello (Tx/Rx)	Number of hello messages sent/received.
Hello_ack (Tx/Rx)	Number of hello acknowledgements sent/received.
Add_link_ack (Tx/Rx)	Number of Add_link acknowledgements sent/received. An Add_link acknowledgement notifies the peer that the local end received an Add_link message.
Add_link_rej (Tx/Rx)	Number of Add_link reject messages sent/received. An Add_link_rej message notifies the peer that the local end rejected an Add_link message.
Remove_link (Tx/Rx)	Number of Remove_link messages sent/received. A Remove_link message notifies that the local end is removing a bundle link from the bundle.
Remove_link_ack (Tx/Rx)	Number of Remove_link acknowledgements sent/received. A Remove_link acknowledgement notifies the peer that the local end received a Remove_link message.
Packets dropped (input/output)	Number of incoming/outgoing packets dropped.
MFR fragments (input/output)	Number of fragments sent/received by the bundle link.

Related commands

fr mfr

Use fr mfr to bind a physical interface to an MFR interface.

Use undo fr mfr to remove all physical interfaces from an MFR interface.

Syntax

fr mfr mfr interface-number

undo fr mfr

Default

A physical interface is not bound to any MFR interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface-number: Specifies an MFR interface by its number in the range of 0 to 1023.

Usage guidelines

Before configuring this command, make sure the physical interface is enabled with MFR encapsulation. A maximum of 16 physical interfaces can be bound to an MFR interface.

You can bind a physical interface to a nonexistent MFR interface. However, the binding takes effect only when the MFR interface is created. When a physical interface is removed from an MFR interface, MFR settings on the physical interface are not deleted.

To remove a physical interface from an MFR interface, you can also configure a different encapsulation type from MFR by using the link-protocol command.

After MFR encapsulation is enabled on a physical interface, the interface cannot be configured with any FR-related commands except MFR commands. In addition, the queuing type on the interface can be configured only as FIFO. If the interface uses another queuing type before you enable MFR encapsulation, the interface is forced to use FIFO after you enable MFR encapsulation.

Make sure a physical interface is on the same card as the MFR interface to which the interface is to be bound.

Examples

# Enable MFR encapsulation on Serial 2/1/0, and bind it to interface MFR 0/0/2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] link-protocol mfr

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] fr mfr mfr 0/0/2

Related commands

link-protocol mfr

interface mfr

Use interface mfr to create an MFR interface or subinterface and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing MFR interface or subinterface.

Use undo interface mfr to delete an MFR interface or subinterface.

Syntax

interface mfr { interface-number | interface-number.subnumber [ p2mp | p2p ] }

undo interface mfr { interface-number | interface-number.subnumber }

Default

No MFR interface or subinterfaces exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface-number: Specifies a number for the MFR interface.

interface-number.subnumber: Specifies a number for the MFR subinterface. The interface-number argument represents the number of the main MFR interface. The subnumber argument represents the number of the MFR subinterface. The value range for the subnumber argument is 0 to 1023.

p2mp: Specifies an MFR subinterface as a point-to-multipoint subinterface. By default, an MFR subinterface is a point-to-multipoint subinterface.

p2p: Specifies an MFR subinterface as a point-to-point subinterface.

Usage guidelines

Before creating an MFR subinterface, make sure the main MFR interface already exists.

An MFR interface is physically up when a minimum of one of its physical interfaces is up. An MFR interface is physically down when its last physical interface is down. The link layer state of an MFR interface is negotiated by using LMI messages.

Examples

# Create interface MFR 0/0/2, and create a point-to-multipoint subinterface.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mfr 0/0/2

[Sysname-MFR0/0/2] quit

[Sysname] interface mfr 0/0/2.1

[Sysname-MFR0/0/2.1]

link-protocol mfr

Use link-protocol mfr to enable MFR encapsulation on an interface.

Use undo link-protocol to restore the default.

Syntax

link-protocol mfr

undo link-protocol

Default

PPP encapsulation is enabled on all interfaces except Ethernet interfaces, VLAN interfaces, and ATM interfaces.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Enable MFR encapsulation on interface Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] link-protocol mfr

Related commands

fr mfr

mfr bundle-name

Use mfr bundle-name to set a bundle name.

Use undo mfr bundle-name to restore the default.

Syntax

mfr bundle-name name

undo mfr bundle-name

Default

The bundle name is represented by MFR plus the bundle number, for example, MFR0/0/2.

Views

MFR interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

Usage guidelines

You cannot set a bundle name as a string in the form of MFR + number.

Each MFR bundle has a bundle name, and the peer device can identify an MFR bundle by using the bundle name. Bundle names at the two ends of a bundle can be different. Bundle names must be unique on the same device.

The bundle names at both ends are used during the bundle link negotiation phase. After changing the bundle name of an MFR interface, you must execute the shutdown and undo shutdown commands on the interface to make the new bundle name take effect.

Examples

# Set the bundle name to bundle1 for interface MFR 0/0/2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mfr 0/0/2

[Sysname-MFR0/0/2] mfr bundle-name bundle1

Related commands

display mfr

mfr fragment enable

Use mfr fragment enable to enable fragmentation on an MFR interface.

Use undo mfr fragment enable to disable fragmentation on an MFR interface.

Syntax

mfr fragment enable

undo mfr fragment enable

Default

Fragmentation is disabled on an MFR interface.

Views

MFR interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

With fragmentation enabled, an MFR interface fragments packets larger than the set fragment size and sends the fragments over bundle links in a round robin manner. The receiving end reassembles the fragments.

Examples

# Enable fragmentation on interface MFR 0/0/2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mfr 0/0/2

[Sysname-MFR0/0/2] mfr fragment enable

Related commands

display mfr

mfr fragment size

Use mfr fragment size to set the maximum fragment size allowed on an MFR interface.

Use undo mfr fragment size to restore the default.

Syntax

mfr fragment size size

undo mfr fragment size

Default

The maximum fragment size allowed on an MFR interface is 300 bytes.

Views

MFR interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

size: Specifies the fragment size in the range of 60 to 1500 bytes.

Usage guidelines

With fragmentation enabled, an MFR interface fragments packets larger than the set fragment size and sends the fragments over bundle links in a round robin manner. This reduces the transmission delay of real-time packets.

Examples

# Set the maximum fragment size allowed on interface MFR 0/0/2 to 70 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mfr 0/0/2

[Sysname-MFR0/0/2] mfr fragment-size 70

Related commands

display mfr

mfr timer lost-fragment

Use mfr timer lost-fragment to set the amount of time that an MFR interface waits for an expected fragment.

Use undo mfr timer lost-fragment to restore the default.

Syntax

mfr timer lost-fragment seconds

undo mfr timer lost-fragment

Default

An MFR interface waits for an expected fragment for 30 seconds before it declares the fragment lost.

Views

MFR interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

seconds: Specifies a value for the wait timer, in the range of 1 to 255 seconds.

Usage guidelines

The receiving end buffers the fragments of a packet before receiving all fragments of the packet. If any fragments are missing, the received fragments stay in the buffer. This processing wastes buffer resources.

The wait timer starts when the receiving end receives the first fragment of a packet. When the wait timer expires, the receiving end checks whether all fragments are received. If not all fragments are received, the receiving end discards all received fragments of the packet to release buffer resources.

Examples

# Set the wait time to 20 seconds for interface MFR 0/0/2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mfr 0/0/2

[Sysname-MFR0/0/2] mfr timer lost-fragment 20

Related commands

mfr fragment enable

mfr link-name

Use mfr link-name to set the bundle link name for a Frame Relay interface.

Use undo mfr link-name to restore the default.

Syntax

mfr link-name name

undo mfr link-name

Default

The bundle link name is the name of the physical interface, for example, Serial 2/1/0.

Views

Frame Relay interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

name: Specifies the bundle link name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 49 characters.

Usage guidelines

Use link-protocol mfr to enable MFR encapsulation on a Frame Relay interface before configuring the mfr link-name command on the interface.

The bundle link name identifies the bundle link to the peer device and enables the local device to determine which bundle links are bound to which bundles. The bundle link names in a bundle must be unique on the same device. The local and peer bundle link names can be different.

The local and peer bundle link names are used during the bundle link negotiation phase. After changing the bundle link name on an interface, you must execute the shutdown and undo shutdown commands on the interface to make the new bundle link name take effect.

Examples

# Set the bundle link name to bl1 for interface Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] link-protocol mfr

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] mfr link-name bl1

Related commands

link-protocol mfr

mfr retry

Use mfr retry to set the maximum number of times that a bundle link can resend a hello message when waiting for a hello acknowledgement.

Use undo mfr retry to restore the default.

Syntax

mfr retry retries

undo mfr retry

Default

The maximum number of retries is 2.

Views

Frame Relay interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

retries: Specifies the maximum number of retries, in the range 1 to 5.

Usage guidelines

A bundle link maintains link status by periodically sending hello messages to its peer end. If the bundle link sends a hello message but does not receive a hello acknowledgement, it will resend the hello message. If the bundle link still receives no acknowledgements after the maximum number of retries is reached, the system determines that the line protocol on the bundle link is down.

Before configuring this command, make sure you have used the link-protocol mfr command to enable MFR encapsulation on the Frame Relay interface.

Examples

# Set the maximum number of retries to 3 for interface Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] link-protocol mfr

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] mfr retry 3

Related commands

link-protocol mfr

mfr timer ack

mfr timer hello

mfr timer ack

Use mfr timer ack to set the amount of time that a bundle link waits for a hello acknowledgment before resending the hello message.

Use undo mfr timer ack to restore the default.

Syntax

mfr timer ack seconds

undo mfr timer ack

Default

The wait time for a hello acknowledgment is 4 seconds.

Views

Frame Relay interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

seconds: Specifies the wait time in the range 1 to 10 seconds.

Usage guidelines

Before configuring this command, make sure you have used the link-protocol mfr command to enable MFR encapsulation on the Frame Relay interface.

Examples

# Set the wait time to 6 seconds for interface Serial 2/1/0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] link-protocol mfr

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] mfr timer ack 6

Related commands

link-protocol mfr

mfr timer hello

mfr retry

mfr timer hello

Use mfr timer hello to set the interval at which a bundle link sends hello messages.

Use undo mfr timer hello to restore the default.

Syntax

mfr timer hello seconds

undo mfr timer hello

Default

A bundle link sends hello messages at the interval of 10 seconds.

Views

Frame Relay interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

seconds: Specifies the interval in the range 1 to 180 seconds.

Usage guidelines

Before configuring this command, make sure you have used the link-protocol fr mfr command to enable MFR encapsulation on the Frame Relay interface.

Examples

# Configure interface Serial 2/1/0 to send a hello message every 15 seconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface serial 2/1/0

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] link-protocol mfr

[Sysname-Serial2/1/0] mfr timer hello 15

Related commands

link-protocol mfr

mfr retry

mfr timer ack

mfr window-size

Use mfr window-size to set the maximum number of fragments that can be held by the window used in the sliding window algorithm when an MFR interface reassembles received fragments.

Use undo mfr window-size to restore the default.

Syntax

mfr window-size number

undo mfr window-size

Default

The sliding window size is the number of physical interfaces in an MFR bundle.

Views

MFR interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

number: Specifies the sliding window size in the range 1 to 16.

Examples

# Set the sliding window size to 8 for interface MFR 0/0/2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mfr 0/0/2

[Sysname-MFR0/0/2] mfr window-size 8

Related commands

fr mfr

reset counters interface

Use reset counters interface to clear statistics for MFR interfaces.

Syntax

reset counters interface [ mfr [ interface-number | interface-number.subnumber ] ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface-number: Specifies an MFR interface by its number.

Usage guidelines

Use this command to clear history statistics before you collect traffic statistics for a time period.

· If you do not specify the mfr keyword, this command clears statistics for all interfaces.

· If you specify the mfr keyword but without the interface-number or interface-number.subnumber argument, this command clears statistics for all MFR interfaces or subinterfaces.

Examples

# Clear statistics for interface MFR 0/0/2.

<Sysname> reset counters interface mfr 0/0/2

shutdown

Use shutdown to shut down an MFR interface.

Use undo shutdown to restore the default.

Syntax

shutdown

undo shutdown

Default

An MFR interface is up.

Views

MFR interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Shut down interface MFR 0/0/2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface mfr 0/0/2

[Sysname-MFR0/0/2] shutdown

Index

A B C D E F G I L M N O P R S T U V W

allow l2tp,96

apn,271

apn-profile,271

apn-profile apply,272

attach-format imsi-sn split,273

authentication-mode,273

bandwidth,286

bandwidth,97

bandwidth,274

bandwidth,195

bandwidth,353

bandwidth,34

bandwidth,138

broadcast,195

broadcast,319

bundle id,138

bundle load-balance,139

bundle max-active links,140

bundle member-priority,140

bundle min-active bandwidth,141

bundle min-active links,141

controller cellular,239

country-code,231

default,196

default,142

default,35

default,98

default,287

default,275

default,353

description,354

description,275

description,287

description,239

description,197

description,143

description,35

description,98

dialer bundle enable,288

dialer bundle-member,288

dialer callback-center,289

dialer call-in,290

dialer circular enable,291

dialer circular-group,292

dialer diagnose,90

dialer disconnect,293

dialer flow-interval,293

dialer number,294

dialer peer-name,295

dialer priority,295

dialer queue-length,296

dialer route,297

dialer threshold,298

dialer timer autodial,299

dialer timer compete,300

dialer timer enable,300

dialer timer idle,301

dialer timer wait-carrier,302

dialer timer warmup,302

dialer-group,303

dialer-group rule,304

display atm map-info,197

display atm pvc-group,199

display atm pvc-info,203

display bundle hdlc-bundle,143

display cellular,240

display controller cellular,251

display dialer,305

display fr compression iphc,319

display fr compression stac,322

display fr fragment,323

display fr inarp,324

display fr ipv6 map,325

display fr lmi,326

display fr map,328

display fr pvc,329

display interface dialer,306

display interface eth-channel,276

display interface hdlc-bundle,145

display interface mfr,355

display interface mp-group,36

display interface virtual-access,39

display interface virtual-ethernet,206

display interface virtual-ppp,99

display interface virtual-template,42

display ip pool,1

display isdn active-channel,155

display isdn call-info,156

display isdn call-record,159

display isdn parameters,160

display isdn spid,161

display l2tp session,102

display l2tp session temporary,103

display l2tp tunnel,104

display l2tp va-pool,105

display mfr,358

display ppp access-user,3

display ppp compression iphc,8

display ppp mp,44

display pppoe-client session packet,91

display pppoe-client session summary,92

display pppoe-server session packet,66

display pppoe-server session summary,68

display pppoe-server throttled-mac,70

display pppoe-server va-pool,71

dm-port open,252

encapsulation,209

eth-channel,279

fr compression iphc enable,331

fr compression iphc rtp-connections,332

fr compression iphc tcp-connections,333

fr compression stac enable,335

fr dlci,335

fr encapsulation,336

fr fragment enable,337

fr fragment size,338

fr inarp,338

fr inarp interval,339

fr interface-type,340

fr ipv6 ind,340

fr ipv6 ind holdtime,347

fr ipv6 ind solicitation retrans-timer,348

fr lmi n391dte,341

fr lmi n392dce,342

fr lmi n392dte,342

fr lmi n393dce,343

fr lmi n393dte,344

fr lmi t392dce,345

fr lmi type,346

fr map,346

fr mfr,361

gsm band,266

imsi bind,280

interface dialer,309

interface eth-channel,281

interface hdlc-bundle,149

interface mfr,362

interface mp-group,45

interface virtual-ethernet,210

interface virtual-ppp,105

interface virtual-template,46

ip address cellular-alloc,281

ip address ppp-negotiate,9

ip dscp,106

ip pool,10

ip pool gateway,11

ipv6 address cellular-alloc,282

isdn bch-local-manage,163

isdn bch-select-way,164

isdn bri-slipwnd-size,165

isdn caller-number,166

isdn calling,166

isdn carry calling-name,167

isdn carry connected-name,168

isdn check-called-number,168

isdn crlength,169

isdn ignore connect-ack,170

isdn ignore hlc,171

isdn ignore llc,171

isdn ignore sending-complete,172

isdn l3-timer,173

isdn leased-line,174

isdn link-mode p2p,175

isdn number-property,175

isdn overlap-sending,180

isdn pri-slipwnd-size,181

isdn progress-indicator,182

isdn progress-to-alerting enable,183

isdn protocol-mode,183

isdn protocol-type,184

isdn q921-permanent,185

isdn spid auto-trigger,186

isdn spid nit,187

isdn spid resend,187

isdn spid service,188

isdn spid timer,189

isdn spid1,190

isdn spid2,191

isdn two-tei,191

l2tp enable,106

l2tp tsa-id,107

l2tp virtual-template va-pool,108

l2tp-auto-client,109

l2tp-group,109

link-protocol fr,349

link-protocol hdlc,134

link-protocol mfr,363

link-protocol ppp,12

lns-ip,110

lte band,283

mac-address,210

mandatory-chap,111

mandatory-lcp,112

map bridge,211

map ip,212

map ppp,213

mfr bundle-name,363

mfr fragment enable,364

mfr fragment size,365

mfr link-name,366

mfr retry,367

mfr timer ack,368

mfr timer hello,369

mfr timer lost-fragment,365

mfr window-size,369

mode,253

modem answer-timer,232

modem auto-answer,233

modem callback,233

modem caller-number resolve,234

modem enable,235

modem reboot,254

modem response,254

mtu,113

mtu,149

mtu,283

mtu,309

mtu,47

mtu,214

nas-port-type,12

oam ais-rdi,215

oam loopback,216

oam ping,217

pdp-type,284

permanent-active,192

pin modify,255

pin unlock,256

pin verification enable,257

pin verify,258

plmn search,258

plmn select,259

power-source,193

ppp access-control enable,113

ppp accm,14

ppp account-statistics enable,14

ppp acfc local-request,15

ppp acfc remote-reject,15

ppp authentication-mode,16

ppp callback,310

ppp callback ntstring,311

ppp chap password,17

ppp chap user,18

ppp compression iphc enable,19

ppp compression iphc rtp-connections,20

ppp compression iphc tcp-connections,20

ppp ipcp dns,21

ppp ipcp dns admit-any,22

ppp ipcp dns request,23

ppp ipcp remote-address match,23

ppp ip-pool route,24

ppp lcp delay,25

ppp lcp echo mru verify,72

ppp lcp imsi accept,114

ppp lcp imsi request,114

ppp lcp imsi string,115

ppp lcp sn accept,116

ppp lcp sn request,116

ppp lcp sn string,117

ppp lqm,25

ppp lqm lcp-echo,26

ppp mp,48

ppp mp binding-mode,48

ppp mp endpoint,49

ppp mp fragment disable,50

ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag,51

ppp mp lfi enable,51

ppp mp lfi size-per-frag,52

ppp mp max-bind,53

ppp mp min-bind,54

ppp mp min-fragment,54

ppp mp mp-group,55

ppp mp short-sequence,56

ppp mp sort-buffer-size,56

ppp mp timer lost-fragment,57

ppp mp user,58

ppp mp virtual-template,59

ppp pap local-user,27

ppp pfc local-request,28

ppp pfc remote-reject,28

ppp timer negotiate,29

ppp user accept-format imsi-sn split,118

ppp user attach-format imsi-sn split,118

ppp user replace,119

pppoe-client,93

pppoe-server access-delay,73

pppoe-server access-line-id bas-info,73

pppoe-server access-line-id circuit-id parse-mode,75

pppoe-server access-line-id circuit-id trans-format,76

pppoe-server access-line-id content,77

pppoe-server access-line-id remote-id trans-format,78

pppoe-server access-line-id trust,79

pppoe-server bind,80

pppoe-server session-limit,81

pppoe-server session-limit per-mac,82

pppoe-server session-limit per-vlan,83

pppoe-server session-limit total,84

pppoe-server tag ac-name,85

pppoe-server tag ppp-max-payload,85

pppoe-server tag service-name,86

pppoe-server throttle per-mac,87

pppoe-server virtual-template va-pool,89

precedence,218

profile create,267

profile delete,268

profile main,268

pvc,219

pvc-group,220

remark atm-clp,221

remote address,29

remote address dhcp client-identifier,30

reset atm interface,222

reset counters controller cellular,260

reset counters interface,311

reset counters interface,150

reset counters interface,284

reset counters interface,370

reset counters interface mp-group,60

reset counters interface virtual-access,61

reset counters interface virtual-ethernet,223

reset counters interface virtual-ppp,120

reset fr compression iphc,349

reset fr inarp,350

reset fr ipv6 ind,350

reset fr pvc,351

reset l2tp tunnel,120

reset ppp access-user,33

reset ppp compression iphc,31

reset pppoe-client,94

reset pppoe-client session packet,95

reset pppoe-server,90

rssi,261

sendat,236

sendat,262

serial-set,269

service,121

service,61

service,150

service,312

service cbr,223

service standby,152

service standby,313

service standby,63

service standby,122

service ubr,225

service vbr-nrt,226

service vbr-rt,227

shutdown,228

shutdown,315

shutdown,285

shutdown,228

shutdown,370

shutdown,262

shutdown,153

shutdown,124

shutdown,65

sim backup enable track,263

sim switch-back enable,264

sim switch-to,265

snmp-agent trap enable fr,351

source-ip,124

standby routing-group,315

standby routing-group rule,316

standby timer routing-disable,317

timer-hold,317

timer-hold,352

timer-hold,135

timer-hold,32

timer-hold,125

timer-hold retry,32

timer-hold retry,136

timer-hold retry,126

timer-hold retry,318

transmit-priority,229

trust-imsi,265

tunnel authentication,126

tunnel avp-hidden,127

tunnel flow-control,128

tunnel name,128

tunnel password,129

tunnel timer hello,130

tunnel window send,130

user,131

vp limit,230

vpn-instance,132

wcdma band,270

05-Layer 2 - WAN Access Command Reference

PPP and MP commands

ppp acfc local-request

ppp acfc remote-reject

ppp ipcp dns admit-any

ppp ipcp dns request

ppp ipcp remote-address match

ppp lcp delay

ppp pfc remote-reject

interface virtual-template

mtu

ppp mp lfi enable

ppp mp lfi size-per-frag

ppp mp short-sequence

reset counters interface virtual-access

display pppoe-server session packet

display pppoe-client session packet

reset pppoe-client

L2TP commands

display interface virtual-ppp

display l2tp tunnel

interface virtual-ppp

ip dscp

l2tp enable

l2tp-auto-client

lns-ip